SXV20 Wiring PDF

FOREWORD
This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide

information on the electrical system of the 1999 CAMRY.
Applicable models: MCV20 Series

SXV20 Series
For service specifications and repair procedures of the above

models other than those listed in this manual, refer to the
following manuals;
Manual Name Pub. No.

1999 CAMRY Repair Manual
Volume 1 RM654U1
Volume 2 RM654U2
1999 TOYOTA New Car Features NCF160U
All information in this manual is based on the latest product

information at the time of publication. However, specifications
and procedures are subject to change without notice.
NOTICE
When handling supplemental restraint system components (removal,
installation or inspection, etc.), always follow the direction given in the repair
manuals listed above to prevent accidents and supplemental restraint
system malfunction.
A INTRODUCTION
This manual consists of the following 12 sections:
No. Section Description
INDEX Index of the contents of this manual.

A
INTRODUCTION Brief explanation of each section.
HOW TO USE THIS

B Instructions on how to use this manual.
MANUAL
TROUBLE–
C Describes the basic inspection procedures for electrical circuits.
SHOOTING
D ABBREVIATIONS Defines the abbreviations used in this manual.
GLOSSARY OF
E TERMS AND Defines the symbols and functions of major parts.
SYMBOLS
Shows position of the Electronic Control Unit, Relays, Relay Block, etc.
F RELAY LOCATIONS
This section is closely related to the system circuit.
ELECTRICAL Describes position of Parts Connectors, Splice points, Ground points, etc.
G
WIRING ROUTING This section is closely related to the system circuit.
INDEX Index of the system circuits.
Electrical circuits of each system are shown from the power supply through ground
H points. Wiring connections and their positions are shown and classified by code
SYSTEM CIRCUITS according to the connection method. (Refer to the section, ”How to use this manual”).
The ”System Outline” and ”Service Hints” useful for troubleshooting are also contained
in this section.
I GROUND POINTS Shows ground positions of all parts described in this manual.
OVERALL
J ELECTRICAL Provides circuit diagrams showing the circuit connections.
WIRING DIAGRAM
POWER SOURCE
K Describes power distribution from the power supply to various electrical loads.
(Current Flow Chart)
PART NUMBER OF
L Indicates the part number of the connectors used in this manual.
CONNECTORS
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL B
This manual provides information on the electrical circuits installed on vehicles by

dividing them into a circuit for each system.
The actual wiring of each system circuit is shown from the point where the power
source is received from the battery as far as each ground point. (All circuit
diagrams are shown with the switches in the OFF position.)
When troubleshooting any problem, first understand the operation of the circuit
where the problem was detected (see System Circuit section), the power source
supplying power to that circuit (see Power Source section), and the ground points
(see Ground Points section). See the System Outline to understand the circuit
operation.
When the circuit operation is understood, begin troubleshooting of the problem

circuit to isolate the cause. Use Relay Location and Electrical Wiring Routing
sections to find each part, junction block and wiring harness connectors, wiring
harness and wiring harness connectors, splice points, and ground points of each
system circuit. Internal wiring for each junction block is also provided for better
understanding of connection within a junction block.
Wiring related to each system is indicated in each system circuit by arrows
(from__, to__). When overall connections are required, see the Overall Electrical
Wiring Diagram at the end of this manual.
B HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
[A] ∗ The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual
circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.
STOP LIGHT
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66)
,,,,,,,,,,
,,,,,,,,,,
,,,,,,,,,,
,,,,,,,,,,
15A 7. 5A
STOP GAUGE
,,,,,,,,,,
,,,,,,,,,, 4 R–L
,,,,,,,,,,
2
IB
,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,
@@@@

ÀÀÀÀ
[B] 1
,,,,,,,,,,
[C]
3 IB
@@@@

ÀÀÀÀ
,,,,
7 3C
@@@@

ÀÀÀÀ
,,,,
@@@@

ÀÀÀÀ
,,,, [G]
@@@@

ÀÀÀÀ
,,,,
@@@@

ÀÀÀÀ
,,,,
R (W/G)
L (S/D)
W–R
@@@@

ÀÀÀÀ
,,,,
15 3C
R–L
4
2
C7
REAR LIGHTS
S6 WARNING LIGHT
STOP LIGHT SW [COMB. METER]
14 IE1 [E] 13
1
[D]
G–W
[H]
L (S/D)
G–W
TO ABS ECU I5
[F]
Y–G
G–W
L4
7 8 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR 4
DELAY
CIRCUIT
2 1 11
G–R
[I]
G
1 G–R
BV1 B18 [J] [K]
G–R
G–R
(SHIELDED)
[REAR COMB. LIGHT RH]
[REAR COMB. LIGHT LH]
4 4 2
H17
W–B
STOP LIGHT RH
STOP LIGHT RH
[L] HIGH MOUNTED

STOP LIGHT
1
3 3
R7
R6
W–B
W–B
W–B
1 W–B
BV1 B18
W–B
BO [M] BL
50 [N]
B
[A] : System Title [I] : Indicates the wiring color.
[B] : Indicates a Relay Block. No shading is used and Wire colors are indicated by an alphabetical code.
only the Relay Block No. is shown to distinguish it B = Black W = White BR = Brown
from the J/B
L = Blue V = Violet SB = Sky Blue
Example : Indicates Relay Block No.1
R = Red O = Orange LG = Light Green
[C] : ( ) is used to indicate different wiring and P = Pink Y = Yellow GR = Gray
connector, etc. when the vehicle model, engine
type, or specification is different. G = Green
[D] : Indicates related system. The first letter indicates the basic wire color and the
second letter indicates the color of the stripe.
[E] : Indicates the wiring harness and wiring harness
connector. The wiring harness with male terminal is Example: L–Y
shown with arrows ( ).
Outside numerals are pin numbers.
L Y
(Blue) (Yellow)
[J] : Indicates a wiring Splice Point (Codes are ”E” for the
Engine Room, ”I” for the Instrument Panel, and ”B”
Female Male ( ) for the Body).
The first letter of the code for each wiring harness

and wiring harness connector(s) indicates the
component’s location, e.g, ”E” for the Engine
Compartment, ”I” for the Instrument Panel and
Surrounding area, and ”B” for the Body and
Surrounding area.
When more than one code has the first and second
letters in common, followed by numbers (e.g, IH1,
IH2), this indicates the same type of wiring harness
The Location of splice Point I 5 is indicated by the
and wiring harness connector.
shaded section.
[F] : Represents a part (all parts are shown in sky blue).
[K] : Indicates a shielded cable.
The code is the same as the code used in parts
position.
[G] : Junction Block (The number in the circle is the J/B
No. and the connector code is shown beside it).
Junction Blocks are shaded to clearly separate
them from other parts. [L] : Indicates the pin number of the connector.
The numbering system is different for female and
male connectors.
,,,,
Example:
Example : Numbered in order Numbered in order
,,,,
,,,,3C indicates from upper left to
lower right
from upper right to
lower left
,,,,
,,,,
that it is inside
Junction Block
,,,,No.3
,,,,
Female Male
[M] : Indicates a ground point.
[H] : When 2 parts both use one connector in common, The first letter of the code for each ground point(s)
the parts connector name used in the wire routing indicates the component’s location, e.g, ”E” for the
section is shown in square brackets [ ]. Engine Compartment, ”I” for the Instrument Panel
and Surrounding area, and ”B” for the Body and
Surrounding area.
[N] : Page No.
[O] SYSTEM OUTLINE
Current is applied at all times through the STOP fuse to TERMINAL 2 of the stop light SW.
When the ignition SW is turned on, current flows from the GAUGE fuse to TERMINAL 8 of the light failure sensor, and also flows
through the rear lights warning light to TERMINAL 4 of the light failure sensor.
STOP LIGHT DISCONNECTION WARNING
When the ignition SW is turned on and the brake pedal is pressed (Stop light SW on), if the stop light circuit is open, the current
flowing from TERMINAL 7 of the light failure sensor to TERMINALS 1, 2 changes, so the light failure sensor detects the
disconnection and the warning circuit of the light failure sensor is activated.
As a result, the current flows from TERMINAL 4 of the light failure sensor to TERMINAL 11 to GROUND and turns the rear lights
warning light on. By pressing the brake pedal, the current flowing to TERMINAL 8 of the light failure sensor keeps the warning
circuit on and holds the warning light on until the ignition SW is turned off.
[P] SERVICE HINTS

S6 STOP LIGHT SW
2–1 : Closed with the brake pedal depressed
L4 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR

1, 2, 7–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the stop light SW on
4, 8–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position
11–GROUND : Always continuity
[Q] : PARTS LOCATION
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

C7 34 L4 36 R7 37
H17 36 R6 37 S6 35
[R] : RELAY BLOCKS
Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

1 18 R/B No.1 (Instrument Panel Left)
[S] @@@

ÀÀÀ
,,,
,,,
@@@

ÀÀÀ : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
,,,
@@@

ÀÀÀ
Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IB 20 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
3C 22 Instrument Panel Wire and J/B No.3 (Instrument Panel Left Side)
[T]
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IE1 42 Floor Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)
BV1 50 Luggage Room Wire and Floor Wire (Luggage Compartment Left)
[U]
: GROUND POINTS
Code See Page Ground Points Location

BL 50 Under the Left Quarter Pillar
BO 50 Back Panel Center
[V]
: SPLICE POINTS
Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
[W] I5 44 Cowl Wire B18 50 Luggage Room Wire
C7 H17 L4 R6 R7 S6
GRAY
1 2 4 X
1 2 X 7 8 X 11 X X X
4 X 13 1 2
3 3

6 6
[X]
B
[O] : Explains the system outline.
[P] : Indicates values or explains the function for reference during troubleshooting.
[Q] : Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of the parts in the system circuit.
Example : Part ”L4” (Light Failure Sensor) is on page 36 of the manual.
∗ The letter in the code is from the first letter of the part, and the number indicates its order in parts
starting with that letter.
Á
Example : L 4
Parts is 4th in order
Á
Light Failure Sensor
[R] : Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of Relay Block Connectors in the system circuit.
Example : Connector ”1” is described on page 18 of this manual and is installed on the left side of the instrument
panel.
[S] : Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of J/B and Wire Harness in the system circuit.
Example : Connector ”3C” connects the Instrument Panel Wire and J/B No.3. It is described on page 22 of this
manual, and is installed on the instrument panel left side.
[T] : Indicates the reference page describing the wiring harness and wiring harness connector (the female wiring
harness is shown first, followed by the male wiring harness).
Example : Connector ”IE1” connects the floor wire (female) and Instrument panel wire (male). It is described on
page 42 of this manual, and is installed on the left side kick panel.
[U] : Indicates the reference page showing the position of the ground points on the vehicle.
Example : Ground point ”BO” is described on page 50 of this manual and is installed on the back panel center.
[V] : Indicates the reference page showing the position of the splice points on the vehicle.
Example : Splice point ”I5” is on the Cowl Wire Harness and is described on page 44 of this manual.
[W]: Indicates connector to be connected to a part (the numeral indicates the pin No.) Explanation of pin use.
Pins used in the system circuit.

Occupied positions, but not
applicable to the system circuit.
Unoccupied positions.
The pins shown
[X] : Connector Colorare only for the highest grade, or only include those in the specification.
Connectors not indicated are milky white in color.
HINT :
Junction Connector Junction connector (code: J1 to J40) in this manual include a short
terminal which is connected to a number of wire harnesses. Always
perform inspection with the short terminal installed. (When
installing the wire harnesses, the harnesses can be connected to
any position within the short terminal grouping. Accordingly, in
other vehicles, the same position in the short terminal may be
connected to a wire harness from a different part.)
Wire harness sharing the same short terminal grouping have the
same color.
Same Color
Short Terminal
The ground points circuit diagram shows the connections from all major parts to the respective ground points. When
troubleshooting a faulty ground point, checking the system circuits which use a common ground may help you identify
the problem ground quickly. The relationship between ground points ( EA , IB and IC shown below) can also be
checked this way.
I GROUND POINT
W–B W–B A W–B HEATER CONTROL
FAN MAIN RELAY 5 CIGARETTE LIGHTER ASSEMBLY
W–B
E3
W–B A HEATER SERVO
FAN MAIN RELAY 5 O/D MAIN SW I6 MOTOR AMPLIFIER
W–B W–B A A
A/C FAN RELAY NO.2 5 E3 CLOCK I6 BLOWER SW
W–B A A W–B
A/C FAN RELAY NO.3 5 E3 PARKING BRAKE SW
J1
W–B JUNCTION
,,,,
RADIATOR FAN MOTOR E3 CONNECTOR
,,,, 7
,,,,
RETRACT CONTROL W–B W–B
E2 3B COMBINATION METER
RELAY
,,,,
,,,,
W–B W–B
E4 HORN SW [COMB. SW]
,,,,
RETRACT MOTOR RH
W–B
,,,, 7 W–B
DIMMER SW
,,,,
RETRACT MOTOR LH E5 3C I2 [COMB. SW]
W–B
,,,, 1 W–B
,,,,
FRONT TURN SIGNAL W–B FRONT SIDE MARKER CRUISE CONTROL
E4 E4 3D
LIGHT RH LIGHT RH MIRROR SW
,,,,
,,,,
3
W–B
W–B W–B W–B REMOTE CONTROL
E5 FRONT SIDE MARKER 3F
PARKING LIGHT RH
,,,,
LIGHT LH MIRROR SW
,,,,
W–B 13 W–B
FRONT TURN SIGNAL W–B BRAKE FLUID LEVEL
,,,,
E4 E6 WARNING SW 3G TURN SIGNAL FLASHER
LIGHT LH
W–B W–B
,,,, 5 W–B
,,,, 3E REAR WINDOW

PARKING LIGHT LH I2 DEFOGGER SW
,,,,
,,,,
W–B 2 6
DOOR LOCK CONTROL W–B W–B LIGHT CONTROL SW
B4 IA1 I4 3E I2 [COMB. SW]
SW RH
W–B
DOOR KEY LOCK W–B W–B WIPER AND WASHER

SW RH B4 I5 SW [COMB. SW]
W–B
W–B
DOOR LOCK MOTOR W–B W–B UNLOCK WARNING

RH B4 I5 SW
10 EA2
W–B 15
DOOR LOCK CONTROL POWER WINDOW
W–B
I5 ID1 B5 MASTER SW
RELAY
POWER WINDOW
B5 CONTROL RELAY
EA
W–B
W–B
BLOWER RESISTOR B5 DOOR KEY LOCK SW LH
W–B W–B 8
ELECTRICAL IDLE−UP DOOR LOCK CONTROL
CUT RELAY (M/T) I4 IB1 I8 B5
SW
W–B
W–B
W–B
A/C AMPLIFIER DOOR LOCK MOTOR LH
W–B (4A–GZE)
I5 FUEL CONTROL SW
4 4
BR W–B 3 W–B
RADIO AND PLAYER 4 4 I5 IC3 WOOFER AMPLIFIER
W–B BR
HEATER RELAY 4 COMBINATION METER
BR 5 BR BR BR
AUTO ANTENNA
MOTOR BA1 4 I3 I3 COMBINATION METER
W–B
BR
BR
FUEL SENDER
4
W–B
IB IC
∗ The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.
B
The ”Current Flow Chart” section, describes which parts each power source (fuses, fusible links, and circuit breakers)
transmits current to. In the Power Source circuit diagram, the conditions when battery power is supplied to each system
are explained. Since all System Circuit diagrams start from the power source, the power source system must be fully
understood.
K POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)

The chart below shows the route by which current flows from the battery to each electrical source
(Fusible Link, Circuit Breaker, Fuse, etc.) and other parts.
10A ECU–B
Short Pin 2 2
7.5A DOME
15A EFI
Battery 30A AM2 2 Fusible Link Block 6 10A HAZARD

2
20A RADIO NO.1
Starter S2
10A HORN
100A ALT 6 60A ABS 5
Engine Room R/B (See Page 20)

Fuse System Page
ABS 194
ABS and Traction Control 187
20A STOP Cruise Control 180
Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator 166
Multiplex Communication System 210
Cigarette Lighter and Clock 214
Combination Meter 230
Headlight 112
10A DOME Interior Light 122
Key Reminder and Seat Belt Warning
Light Auto Turn Off
Theft Deterrent and Door Lock Control
POWER SOURCE
40A DOOR LOCK CB
W 1.25B FL MAIN
W 1 2 W–L
E6 1 1
W
BATTERY
3 EA2 1 EA1 W 7.5A DOME R
I2 1 1
50A MAIN
W
W
B
B W 7 W W
E7 2 2 EB1 I2 I2 1
W–B
W
B
1
7.5A AM2 W–R 6
B
E7 2 2 EB1
2 1
W–R
15A HAZ–RADIO W
2 TAIL
RELAY
B
INJECTION RELAY I8 4 3
B–O 1 3 W–B 8 4 IGNITION SW
2 2
AM2
AM1
1 1
G–W
B 2 4 B–W
E7 2 2
1 G
ACC
IG2
IG1
STARTER RELAY 15A TAIL G

1
B
B 1 3 W–B
2 2 3 2
B B–W B–Y 20A DEFOG W–R

2 2 4 2
E7 1 1
B
B–Y 15A RAD CIG P–L

1 1
∗ The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.
C TROUBLESHOOTING
To Ignition SW VOLTAGE CHECK
IG Terminal
(a) Establish conditions in which voltage is present at the check
point.
Example:
Fuse [A] – Ignition SW on
[B] – Ignition SW and SW 1 on
[A] [C] – Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (SW 2 off)
(b) Using a voltmeter, connect the negative lead to a good ground
point or negative battery terminal, and the positive lead to the
SW 1 Voltmeter connector or component terminal.
This check can be done with a test light instead of a voltmeter.
[B]
Relay
[C]
SW 2 Solenoid
CONTINUITY AND RESISTANCE CHECK

(a) Disconnect the battery terminal or wire so there is no voltage
between the check points.
Ohmmeter (b) Contact the two leads of an ohmmeter to each of the check
points.
SW
If the circuit has diodes, reverse the two leads and check
again.
When contacting the negative lead to the diode positive side
and the positive lead to the negative side, there should be
continuity.
When contacting the two leads in reverse, there should be no
Ohmmeter continuity.
Diode
(c) Use a volt/ohmmeter with high impedance (10 kΩ/V
minimum) for troubleshooting of the electrical circuit.
Digital Type Analog Type
C
To Ignition SW FINDING A SHORT CIRCUIT
IG Terminal
(a) Remove the blown fuse and disconnect all loads of the fuse.
(b) Connect a test light in place of the fuse.
(c) Establish conditions in which the test light comes on.
Test Light Fuse Case Example:
[A] – Ignition SW on
[B] – Ignition SW and SW 1 on
Short [A] [C] – Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (Connect the
Relay) and SW 2 off (or Disconnect SW 2)
(d) Disconnect and reconnect the connectors while watching the
SW 1 test light.
The short lies between the connector where the test light
Short [B] stays lit and the connector where the light goes out.
Disconnect (e) Find the exact location of the short by lightly shaking the
Disconnect problem wire along the body.
Light Relay CAUTION:

(a) Do not open the cover or the case of the ECU unless
absolutely necessary. (If the IC terminals are touched,
Short [C] the IC may be destroyed by static electricity.)
(b) When replacing the internal mechanism (ECU part) of
the digital meter, be careful that no part of your body or
Disconnect clothing comes in contact with the terminals of leads
from the IC, etc. of the replacement part (spare part).
SW 2 Solenoid
DISCONNECTION OF MALE AND FEMALE

CONNECTORS
To pull apart the connectors, pull on the connector itself, not
the wire harness.
HINT : Check to see what kind of connector you are
disconnecting before pulling apart.
Pull Up Pull Up
Press Down Press Down

C TROUBLESHOOTING
Reference: HOW TO REPLACE TERMINAL
(with terminal retainer or secondary locking device)
10 1. PREPARE THE SPECIAL TOOL
3 1 HINT : To remove the terminal from the connector, please

construct and use the special tool or like object shown on
the left.
2. DISCONNECT CONNECTOR
0.2
1 (mm)
3. DISENGAGE THE SECONDARY LOCKING DEVICE OR

Example: Up
(Case 1)
Tool TERMINAL RETAINER.
(a) Locking device must be disengaged before the terminal

locking clip can be released and the terminal removed from
the connector.
(b) Use a special tool or the terminal pick to unlock the secondary
locking device or terminal retainer.
NOTICE:
Do not remove the terminal retainer from connector body.
Terminal Retainer
[A] For Non–Waterproof Type Connector
Terminal Retainer HINT : The needle insertion position varies according to the
connector’s shape (number of terminals etc.), so
check the position before inserting it.
”Case 1”
Raise the terminal retainer up to the temporary lock
position.
[Retainer at Full Lock Position]
Terminal
Stopper Retainer
[Retainer at Temporary Lock Position]

”Case 2”
Open the secondary locking device.
Example: Secondary
(Case 2) Locking Device
C
Tool
Tab
Tab
Example: [B] For Waterproof Type Connector

Terminal
Retainer Tool HINT : Terminal retainer color is different
according to connector body.
Example:
Terminal Retainer : Connector Body
Black or White : Gray
Black or White : Dark Gray
Tool Access Hole
Gray or White : Black
Male ( Mark) Female
”Case 1”
Type where terminal retainer is pulled
up to the temporary lock position (Pull
Type).
Insert the special tool into the terminal
retainer access hole (Mark) and pull
the terminal retainer up to the
temporary lock position.
HINT : The needle insertion position varies
Retainer according to the connector’s shape
at Full Lock Position (Number of terminals etc.), so check
the position before inserting it.
Retainer
at Temporary Lock Position
[Male] [Female]
”Case 2”
Type which cannot be pulled as far as
Example: Terminal Retainer Power Lock insert the tool straight into
(Case 2) the access hole of terminal retainer as
shown.
Tool Tool
Press Down
[Male] Press Down [Female]
C TROUBLESHOOTING
Push the terminal retainer down to the temporary lock position.
Retainer at
Full Lock Position
Retainer at
Temporary Lock Position
[Male] [Female]
(c) Release the locking lug from terminal and pull the terminal out
Locking Lug from rear.
Tool
4. INSTALL TERMINAL TO CONNECTOR
(a) Insert the terminal.

HINT:
1. Make sure the terminal is positioned correctly.
2. Insert the terminal until the locking lug locks firmly.
3. Insert the terminal with terminal retainer in the temporary lock
position.
(b) Push the secondary locking device or terminal retainer in to

the full lock position.
5. CONNECT CONNECTOR
ABBREVIATIONS D
ABBREVIATIONS
The following abbreviations are used in this manual.
ABS = Anti–Lock Brake System
A/C = Air Conditioning
ACIS = Acoustic Control Induction System
A/T = Automatic Transaxle
COMB. = Combination
ECU = Electronic Control Unit
EGR = Exhaust Gas Recirculation
ESA = Electronic Spark Advance
EVAP = Evaporative Emission
FL = Fusible Link
J/B = Junction Block
LH = Left–Hand
M/T = Manual Transaxle
O/D = Overdrive
R/B = Relay Block
RH = Right–Hand
SFI = Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection
SRS = Supplemental Restraint System
SW = Switch
TEMP. = Temperature
VSV = Vacuum Switching Valve
w/ = With
w/o = Without
∗ The titles given inside the components are the names of the terminals (terminal codes) and are not treated as being
abbreviations.
E GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS
BATTERY GROUND
Stores chemical energy and The point at which wiring attaches to
converts it into electrical energy. the Body, thereby providing a return
Provides DC current for the auto’s path for an electrical circuit; without a
various electrical circuits. ground, current cannot flow.
CAPACITOR (Condenser) HEADLIGHTS

A small holding unit for temporary Current flow causes a headlight
storage of electrical voltage. 1. SINGLE
FILAMENT filament to heat up and emit light. A
headlight may have either a single
(1) filament or a double (2) filament
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
An electric resistance heating 2. DOUBLE
element. FILAMENT
CIRCUIT BREAKER HORN

Basically a reusable fuse, a circuit An electric device which sounds a
breaker will heat and open if too loud audible signal.
much current flows through it.
Some units automatically reset when
cool, others must be manually reset.
DIODE IGNITION COIL

A semiconductor which allows Converts low–voltage DC current
current flow in only one direction. into high–voltage ignition current for
firing the spark plugs.
DIODE, ZENER LIGHT

A diode which allows current flow in one Current flow through a filament
direction but blocks reverse flow only up causes the filament to heat up and
to a specific voltage. Above that potential, emit light.
it passes the excess voltage. This acts as
a simple voltage regulator.
PHOTODIODE LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE)

The photodiode is a semiconductor Upon current flow, these diodes emit
which controls the current flow light without producing the heat of a
according to the amount of light. comparable light.
DISTRIBUTOR, IIA METER, ANALOG

Channels high–voltage current from Current flow activates a magnetic
the ignition coil to the individual coil which causes a needle to move,
spark plugs. thereby providing a relative display
against a background calibration.
FUSE METER, DIGITAL

A thin metal strip which burns through Current flow activates one or many
when too much current flows through it, LED’s, LCD’s, or fluorescent
FUEL
thereby stopping current flow and displays, which provide a relative or
protecting a circuit from damage. digital display.
FUSIBLE LINK
(for Medium Current Fuse) A heavy–gauge wire placed in high
amperage circuits which burns through on MOTOR
overloads, thereby protecting the circuit. A power unit which converts
The numbers indicate the crosssection M
electrical energy into mechanical
surface area of the wires. energy, especially rotary motion.
(for High Current Fuse or
Fusible Link)
E
RELAY SPEAKER
Basically, an electrically operated An electromechanical device which
1. NORMALLY switch which may be normally creates sound waves from current
CLOSED closed (1) or open (2). flow.
Current flow through a small coil
creates a magnetic field which either
opens or closes an attached switch.
2. NORMALLY SWITCH, MANUAL
OPEN Opens and closes
circuits,
i it thereby
th b
1. NORMALLY stopping (1) or
OPEN allowing (2) current
flow.
RELAY, DOUBLE THROW
A relay which passes current 2. NORMALLY
through one set of contacts or the CLOSED
other.
RESISTOR SWITCH, DOUBLE THROW

An electrical component with a fixed A switch which continuously passes
resistance, placed in a circuit to current through one set of contacts
reduce voltage to a specific value. or the other.
RESISTOR, TAPPED SWITCH, IGNITION

A resistor which supplies two or A key operated switch with several
more different non adjustable positions which allows various
resistance values. circuits, particularly the primary
ignition circuit, to become
operational.
RESISTOR, VARIABLE or RHEOSTAT

A controllable resistor with a variable
rate of resistance.
Also called a potentiometer or
rheostat.
SENSOR (Thermistor) SWITCH, WIPER PARK

A resistor which varies its resistance Automatically returns wipers to the
with temperature. stop position when the wiper switch
is turned off.
SENSOR, SPEED TRANSISTOR

Uses magnetic impulses to open A solidstate device typically used as
and close a switch to create a signal an electronic relay; stops or passes
for activation of other components. current depending on the voltage
(Reed Switch Type) applied at ”base”.
SHORT PIN
WIRES
Used to provide an unbroken
Wires are always drawn as
connection within a junction block. (1) NOT straight lines on wiring
CONNECTED diagrams.
Crossed wires (1) without a
black dot at the junction
j are
nott joined;
j i d
SOLENOID crossed wires (2) with a
An electromagnetic coil which forms black dot or octagonal ( )
a magnetic field when current flows, (2) SPLICED mark at the junction are
to move a plunger, etc. spliced (joined)
connections.
F RELAY LOCATIONS
[Engine Compartment]
[Body]
F
[Instrument Panel]
Engine Compartment Left (See Page 18)

Fusible Link Block (Inside Engine Room J/B No.2)
F RELAY LOCATIONS
,,,
,,,
,,,: Instrument Panel J/B Lower Finish Panel (See Page 19)
F
[Instrument Panel J/B Inner Circuit]
F RELAY LOCATIONS
,,,
,,,
,,,: Engine Room J/B No.2 Engine Compartment Left (See Page 18)
F
[Engine Room J/B No.2 Inner Circuit]
F RELAY LOCATIONS
Engine Compartment Left (See Page 18)
1 : Engine Room R/B No.1 (Inside Engine Room J/B No.2)
2 : Engine Room R/B No.2 Near the Battery (See Page 18)
F
3 : Engine Room R/B No.3 Radiator Upper Support RH (See Page 18)
(TMMK Made w/ ABS and Traction Control)
(TMC Made w/ ABS, w/ ABS and Traction Control)
3 : Fusible Link Block Radiator Upper Support RH (See Page 18)

(TMMK Made w/ ABS w/o Traction Control)
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Engine Compartment
[1MZ–FE]
A 1 A/C Condenser Fan Motor E 1 EGR Gas Temp. Sensor

A 2 A/C Magnetic Clutch and Lock Sensor E 2 EGR Valve Position Sensor
A 3 A/C Triple Pressure SW E 3 Electronically Controlled Transmission Solenoid
(A/C Dual and Single Pressure SW) E 5 Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor
A 4 ABS Actuator E 6 Engine Hood Courtesy SW
A 5 ABS Actuator
A 6 ABS Actuator and ECU F 1 Front Turn Signal Light and Parking Light LH
A 7 ABS and Traction Actuator F 2 Front Turn Signal Light and Parking Light RH
A 8 ABS and Traction Actuator F 3 Front Wiper Motor
A 9 ABS Speed Sensor Front LH F 4 Fusible Link Block
A 10 ABS Speed Sensor Front RH F 5 Fusible Link Block
A 28 Air Fuel Ratio Sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 1) F 6 Fusible Link Block
A 29 Air Fuel Ratio Sensor (Bank 2 Sensor 1) F 7 Fusible Link Block
A 30 A/C Ambient Temp. Sensor F 8 Fusible Link Block
A 31 Airbag Sensor Front LH F 9 Fusible Link Block
A 32 Airbag Sensor Front RH
G 1 Generator
B 1 Back–Up Light SW G 2 Generator
B 2 Brake Fluid Level Warning SW
H 1 Headlight LH
C 1 Camshaft Position Sensor H 2 Headlight RH
C 2 Crankshaft Position Sensor H 3 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
C 3 Cruise Control Actuator H 4 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 2 Sensor 1)
H 5 Horn (High)
D 1 Data Link Connector 1 H 6 Horn (Low)
D 2 Daytime Running Light Resistor
D 3 Diode (A/C)
G
[1MZ–FE]
I 1 Idle Air Control Valve R 1 Radiator Fan Motor

I 2 Igniter
I 5 Ignition Coil No.1 S 1 Starter
I 6 Ignition Coil No.2 S 2 Starter
I 7 Ignition Coil No.3
I 8 Injector No.1 T 1 Theft Deterrent Horn
I 9 Injector No.2 T 2 Throttle Position Sensor
I 10 Injector No.3
I 11 Injector No.4 V 2 Vehicle Speed Sensor (Combination Meter)
I 12 Injector No.5 V 3 Vehicle Speed Sensor
I 13 Injector No.6 (Electronically Controlled Transmission)
V 4 VSV (EGR)
K 1 Knock Sensor 1 V 5 VSV (EVAP)
K 2 Knock Sensor 2 V 6 VSV (Intake Air Control)
M 2 Mass Air Flow Meter W 1 Washer Level Warning SW

W 2 Washer Motor
N 1 Noise Filter (Ignition) W 3 Water Temp. Sender
W 4 Water Temp. SW No.1
O 1 Oil Pressure SW W 5 Water Temp. SW No.2
P 1 Park/Neutral Position SW,A/T Indicator Light SW and

Back–Up Light SW
P 2 Power Steering Oil Pressure SW
[5S–FE]
A 1 A/C Condenser Fan Motor E 3 Electronically Controlled Transmission Solenoid

A 2 A/C Magnetic Clutch and Lock Sensor E 4 Electronically Controlled Transmission Solenoid
A 3 A/C Triple Pressure SW E 5 Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor
(A/C Dual and Single Pressure SW) E 6 Engine Hood Courtesy SW
A 4 ABS Actuator
A 5 ABS Actuator F 1 Front Turn Signal Light and Parking Light LH
A 6 ABS Actuator and ECU F 2 Front Turn Signal Light and Parking Light RH
A 9 ABS Speed Sensor Front LH F 3 Front Wiper Motor
A 10 ABS Speed Sensor Front RH F 4 Fusible Link Block
A 11 Air Fuel Ratio Sensor F 5 Fusible Link Block
A 31 Airbag Sensor Front LH F 6 Fusible Link Block
A 32 Airbag Sensor Front RH F 7 Fusible Link Block
F 8 Fusible Link Block
B 1 Back–Up Light SW F 9 Fusible Link Block
B 2 Brake Fluid Level Warning SW
G 1 Generator
C 1 Camshaft Position Sensor G 2 Generator
C 2 Crankshaft Position Sensor
C 3 Cruise Control Actuator H 1 Headlight LH
H 2 Headlight RH
D 1 Data Link Connector 1 H 3 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
D 2 Daytime Running Light Resistor H 5 Horn (High)
H 6 Horn (Low)
G
[5S–FE]
I 1 Idle Air Control Valve R 1 Radiator Fan Motor

I 3 Ignition Coil and Igniter No.1
I 4 Ignition Coil and Igniter No.2 S 1 Starter
I 8 Injector No.1 S 2 Starter
I 9 Injector No.2
I 10 Injector No.3 T 1 Theft Deterrent Horn
I 11 Injector No.4 T 2 Throttle Position Sensor
I 14 Intake Air Temp. Sensor
V 2 Vehicle Speed Sensor (Combination Meter)
K 1 Knock Sensor 1 V 4 VSV (EGR)
V 5 VSV (EVAP)
M 1 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
W 1 Washer Level Warning SW
N 1 Noise Filter (Ignition) W 2 Washer Motor
W 3 Water Temp. Sender
O 1 Oil Pressure SW W 4 Water Temp. SW No.1
P 1 Park/Neutral Position SW,A/T Indicator Light SW and

Back–Up Light SW
P 2 Power Steering Oil Pressure SW
Position of Parts in Instrument Panel
A 12 A/C Amplifier C 11 Combination SW

A 13 A/C Evaporator Temp. Sensor C 12 Combination SW
A 14 A/C SW C 13 Combination SW
A 15 ABS and Traction ECU C 14 Cruise Control Clutch SW
A 16 ABS and Traction ECU C 15 Cruise Control ECU
A 17 ABS and Traction ECU C 17 Center Airbag Sensor Assembly
A 18 ABS ECU C 18 Center Airbag Sensor Assembly
A 19 ABS ECU C 19 Center Airbag Sensor Assembly
A 20 Air Vent Mode Control Servo Motor
A 22 Airbag Squib (Front Passenger Airbag Assembly) D 4 Data Link Connector 2
A 23 Airbag Squib (Steering Wheel Pad) D 5 Data Link Connector 3
A 24 Ashtray Illumination D 6 Daytime Running Light Relay (Main)
A 33 A/C Blower Motor Linear Controller D 7 Diode (Courtesy)
A 34 A/C Control Assembly D 10 Diode (Dome)
A 35 A/C Control Assembly D 11 Diode (Idle–Up)
A 36 A/C Room Temp. Sensor
A 37 A/C Solar Sensor E 7 Engine Control Module
A 38 Air Inlet Control Servo Motor E 8 Engine Control Module
A 39 Air Mix Control Servo Motor E 9 Engine Control Module
A 40 Automatic Light Control Sensor E 10 Engine Control Module
E 11 Engine Control Module
B 3 Blower Motor
B 4 Blower Resistor G 3 Glove Box Light and SW
B 5 Blower SW
B 8 Blower Resistor (Low Speed) H 7 Hazard SW
H 8 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 2)
C 4 Cigarette Lighter H 9 Heater Control SW
C 5 Cigarette Lighter Illumination
C 6 Clock I 15 Ignition Key Cylinder Light
C 7 Clutch Start SW I 16 Ignition SW
C 8 Combination Meter I 17 Integration Relay
C 9 Combination Meter I 18 Integration Relay
C 10 Combination Meter
G
Position of Parts in Instrument Panel
J 1 Junction Connector J 34 Junction Connector

J 5 Junction Connector
J 6 Junction Connector K 3 Key Interlock Solenoid
J 8 Junction Connector O 2 O/D Main SW and A/T Shift Lever Illumination
J 10 Junction Connector P 3 Parking Brake SW
J 11 Junction Connector P 4 Power Outlet
J 13 Junction Connector R 2 Radio and Player
J 16 Junction Connector R 5 Rear Window Defogger SW
J 17 Junction Connector R 6 Remote Control Mirror SW
J 18 Junction Connector R 7 Rheostat
J 20 Junction Connector S 3 Shift Lock ECU
J 21 Junction Connector S 4 Stereo Component Amplifier
J 22 Junction Connector S 5 Stereo Component Amplifier
J 23 Junction Connector S 6 Stop Light SW
J 25 Junction Connector T 3 Theft Deterrent ECU
J 26 Junction Connector T 4 Theft Deterrent ECU
J 27 Junction Connector T 5 Traction Off SW
J 28 Junction Connector T 6 Turn Signal Flasher
J 29 Junction Connector T 7 Transponder Key Amplifier
J 31 Junction Connector U 1 Unlock Warning SW
J 33 Junction Connector W 6 Wireless Door Lock ECU
Position of Parts in Body
A 25 ABS Speed Sensor Rear LH F 10 Front Door Speaker LH

A 26 ABS Speed Sensor Rear RH F 11 Front Door Speaker RH
A 27 Auto Antenna Motor and Relay F 12 Front Tweeter (Speaker) LH
F 13 Front Tweeter (Speaker) RH
B 6 Buckle SW LH F 14 Fuel Pump and Sender
C16 Condenser H10 High Mounted Stop Light
D12 Door Courtesy SW Front LH I 19 Interior Light

D13 Door Courtesy SW Front RH
D14 Door Courtesy SW Rear LH J 38 Junction Connector
D15 Door Courtesy SW Rear RH J 39 Junction Connector
D16 Door Key Lock and Unlock SW Front LH J 40 Junction Connector
D17 Door Key Lock and Unlock SW Front RH
D18 Door Lock Control SW RH L 1 License Plate Light LH
D19 Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW Front LH L 2 License Plate Light RH
D20 Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW Front RH L 3 Light Failure Sensor
D21 Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW Rear LH L 4 Luggage Compartment Key Unlock SW
D22 Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW Rear RH L 5 Luggage Compartment Light
L 6 Luggage Compartment Light SW
G
Position of Parts in Body
M 3 Moon Roof Control SW and Relay R 8 Rear Combination Light LH

M 4 Moon Roof Motor and Limit SW R 9 Rear Combination Light LH
R10 Rear Combination Light RH
N 2 Noise Filter (Rear Window Defogger) R 11 Rear Combination Light RH
R12 Rear Speaker LH
P 5 Personal Light R13 Rear Speaker RH
P 6 Power Window Control SW Front RH R14 Rear Window Defogger
P 7 Power Window Control SW Rear LH R15 Rear Window Defogger
P 8 Power Window Control SW Rear RH R16 Remote Control Mirror LH
P 9 Power Window Master SW and Door Lock Control SW LH R17 Remote Control Mirror RH
P 10 Power Window Motor Front LH
P 11 Power Window Motor Front RH S 7 Side Airbag Sensor LH
P 12 Power Window Motor Rear LH S 8 Side Airbag Sensor RH
P 13 Power Window Motor Rear RH
P 24 Pretensioner LH V 1 Vapor Pressure Sensor
P 25 Pretensioner RH V 7 VSV (Vapor Pressure Sensor)
V 8 Vanity Light LH
V 9 Vanity Light RH
Position of Parts in Seat
B 7 Buckle SW LH S 9 Side Airbag Squib LH

S 10 Side Airbag Squib RH
P 14 Power Seat Control SW (Driver’s Seat)
P 15 Power Seat Control SW (Front Passenger’s Seat)
P 16 Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat Rear Vertical Control)
P 17 Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat Reclining Control)
P 18 Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat Slide Control)
P 19 Power Seat Motors (Driver’s Seat)
P 20 Power Seat Motor
(Front Passenger’s Seat Rear Vertical Control)
P 21 Power Seat Motor
(Front Passenger’s Seat Reclining Control)
P 22 Power Seat Motor (Front Passenger’s Seat Slide Control)
P 23 Power Seat Motors (Front Passenger’s Seat)
MEMO
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
: Location of Ground Points
[1MZ–FE]
: Location of Splice Points

G
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
EA1 DARK GRAY (w/ Daytime Running Light) EB1 GRAY
1 2 2 1 1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1
5 6 7 8 8 7 6 5
(w/o Daytime Running Light) EB1 GRAY EB2 GRAY EC1 DARK GRAY
1 1
1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1 1 2 2 1
3 4 4 3
5 6 X X X X 6 5
ES1 BLACK
1 1
Code Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

EA1 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room Main No.3 Wire (Radiator LH)
EB1
Cowl Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Under the Engine Room J/B No.2)
No 2)
EB2
EC1 Engine Wire and Sensor Wire (Head Cover RH)
ES1 Engine Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Under the Engine Room J/B No.2)
[5S–FE]

G
EA1 DARK GRAY (w/ Daytime Running Light) EB1 GRAY
1 2 2 1 1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1
5 6 7 8 8 7 6 5
(w/o Daytime Running Light) EB1 GRAY EB2 GRAY
1 1
1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1
5 6 X X X X 6 5

EA1 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room Main No.3 Wire (Radiator LH)
EB1
No 2)
EB2

G

ID1 Floor Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IE1 Front Door LH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IE2 Front Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IF1
Floor Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IF2
IG1
Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Lower Finish Panel)
IG2
IG3 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Under the Blower Motor)
IH1
Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel No.2
No 2 Wire (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
IH2

G

II1
II2
Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Under the Blower Motor)
II3
II4
IJ1 Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Under the Blower Motor)
IK1
IK2 Engine
g Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire ((Right
g Kick Panel))
IK3
IL1 Floor No.2 Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)
IM1
Front Door RH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Kick Panel)
IM2
IN1
Floor No
No.2
2 Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Kick Panel)
IN2
IT1 Cowl Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IU1 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

G
BO1 BP1
1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1
3 4 5 6 7 7 6 5 4 3 3 4 5 6 7 7 6 5 4 3

BO1 Rear Door Wire LH and Floor Wire (Under the Left Center Pillar)
BP1 Rear Door Wire RH and Floor No.2 Wire (Under the Right Center Pillar)

G
BQ1 BR1 BV1 YELLOW
1 2
2 1
1 2 3 3 2 1 1 2 2 1
BW1 YELLOW
2 1
1 2

BQ1 Floor Wire and Seat No.1 Wire (Under the Driver’s Seat)
BR1 Floor No.2 Wire and Seat No.2 Wire (Under the Passenger’s Seat)
BV1 Floor Wire and Seat No.1 Wire (Under the Driver’s Seat)
BW1 Floor No.2 Wire and Seat No.2 Wire (Under the Passenger’s Seat)
POWER SOURCE
L 5 3 B
2 2
(*6) (* 6)
G1
GENERATOR B–W 1 2 W–B ABS SOL RELAY
2 2 GR 6 4 GR–R
(* 6) (* 6) 3 3
A/F HTR RELAY
B 60A FL ABS R–L 5
3
1
B–G 1 2 1 3 W–L
3 3
(*7, *2 * 4)
W–B
2 3
60A FL ABS 1 2 W–R

3
GR–R
B–G 1 2 L
3 3 GR–L 4 3
(* 2 * 5)
3 3
ABS MOTOR RELAY
B–R
W–B
1
4
L–B 1 2 L–R 1 2 L–R
1 1 1 1
(* 3) (* 3)
(5S–FE W/O ABS)
10A A/C
(*7, *2 * 4)
L–W 3 5 L–B
(* 2 * 5)
1 1
B–G
B–G
B–G
B–R
(* 6)
L
HTR RELAY
1 2
E3 30A RDI
4
2
1 2 1 2
2B
30A CDS
B–R
B–R
L–B
4
3 5 W–B
2F
F4 A , F5 B , F6 C ,
F7 D , F8 E , F9 F
1 B 1 F 2 F 1 E ENGINE MAIN RELAY 5

W–B
2C
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK
100A 50A 15A EFI 6

2
ALT HTR 2K
25A A/F HTR
10A HAZARD
20A RADIO NO. 1

1 A 1 C 1 D
B–R 10A HORN

1
30A AM2 4
1 W–R
2L
SHORT PIN B–R
B–G
1 2 10A ECU–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
(* 6)
W
1 5A ALT–S 7. 5A DOME
B
2A
FL MAIN 3. 0W
R
FL 1. 25B
40A MAIN
HEAD RELAY (* 8)
3 3
B 1 2 1 2
2B 2G
3 5 4 3
R–B
(*9)
2 1
BATTERY
ST RELAY 4
R–L
2G
(* 8)
15A HEAD (RH)(* 9)
15A HEAD RH(UPR)(* 8)
15A HEAD (LH)(* 9) EB

15A HEAD LH(UPR)(* 8)
4 10A TAIL
B–R 5 3
1B
25A DOOR 7. 5A PANEL
1 2
15A STOP
7. 5A OBD TAILLIGHT RELAY
30A POWER
POWER RELAY
1 2 5 3
1 2
NOISE FILTER
1 2
NOISE FILTER
7
B–R 1 2 W–B
I1 1J
40A DEF
DEFOGGER RELAY
1 2 5 3
10A MIRROR–HEATER
1 2
1
B–R 1 2
1B
2
W 40A AM1
1K
15A CIG
7. 5A RAD–NO. 2
6 15A POWER–OUTLET
ACC 3 L–R
1K
2 AM1 1 15A ECU–IG
IG1 4 B–Y
1K
10A HEATER
10A GAUGE
7 AM2 IG2 6 B–R
25A WIPER
ST2 8 R
7. 5A TURN
3 5A IGN
I16 1K
IGNITION SW
4 5A STARTER
1K
W–R 5
1K
W–R 5
1B
B–R 6
1A
5A DRL NO. 2
R 1 2 W–R
2 2
(*8)
10A H–LP RH (LWR)
R
1 4 R–B 1 2 R–G
2 2 2 2
2 R–L(* 8)
2
DIM 10A H–LP LH (LWR)
RELAY 3 R–Y
2 1 3 R
W–B
2
R–L
(*8)
A
J11
* 1 : TMC MADE * 4 : W/ TRACTION CONTROL * 7 : TMC MADE EXCEPT 5S–FE W/O ABS JUNCTION
* 2 : TMMK MADE * 5 : W/O TRACTION CONTROL * 8 : W/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT CONNECTOR
* 3 : EXCEPT TAIWAN * 6 : CALIFORNIA * 9 : W/O DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT
IG
POWER SOURCE
SERVICE HINTS
HEAD RELAY [ENGINE ROOM J/B NO.2]
2–1 : Closed with the light control SW at HEAD position or the dimmer SW at FLASH position
Closed with the engine running and the parking brake pedal released (Parking brake SW off) (w/ Daytime Running
Light)
TAILLIGHT RELAY [INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B]
5–3 : Closed with the light control SW at TAIL or HEAD position
I16 IGNITION SW
2–3 : Closed with the ignition SW at ACC or ON position
2–4 : Closed with the ignition SW at ON or ST position
7–8 : Closed with the ignition SW at ST position
: PARTS LOCATION
26 (1MZ–FE) 26 (1MZ–FE) 26 (1MZ–FE)
F4 A F7 D G1
28 (5S–FE) 28 (5S–FE) 28 (5S–FE)
26 (1MZ–FE) 26 (1MZ–FE) I16 30
F5 B F8 E
28 (5S–FE) 28 (5S–FE) J11 31
26 (1MZ–FE) 26 (1MZ–FE)
F6 C F9 F
28 (5S–FE) 28 (5S–FE)
: RELAY BLOCKS

1 24 Engine Room R/B No.1 (Engine Compartment Left)
2 24 Engine Room R/B No.2 (Near the Battery)
3 25 Engine Room R/B No.3 (Radiator Upper Support RH)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
1A
1B
20 Cowl Wire and J/B Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
1J
1K
2A
2B
2C 22 Engine
g Room Main Wire and Engine
g Room J/B No.2 ((Engine
g Compartment Left))
2F
2G
2K
22 Cowl Wire and Engine Room J/B No
No.2
2 (Engine Compartment Left)
2L
: GROUND POINTS

36 (1MZ–FE)
EB Left Radiator Side Support
38 (5S–FE)
IG 40 Instrument Panel Brace LH
: SPLICE POINTS
36 (1MZ–FE) I1 42 Cowl Wire
E3 Cowl Wire
38 (5S–FE)
F4 (A) F5 (B) F6 (C) F7 (D) F8 (E)
1 1 1 1 1
F9 (F) G1 I16 J11

ORANGE
1
A A
1 2 A A A A
X 2 3 4
X 6 7 8 (Hint : See Page 7)
STARTING AND IGNITION (1MZ–FE)
ACC
AM1 IG1
ST1
3 8
7 AM2 IG2 6 B–R B–R
1K 1C
ST2 8 R
W–R
B–W
I16 4 1K J29
IGNITION SW JUNCTION
B CONNECTOR
5 1K B B–W
5A
STARTER B
5 1B
B–W
(A/T)
3 1J
W–R
(M/T)
B–W
B–W
11 II2
4 2L
CLUTCH START SW
1
B–W
(A/T)
2
5 1
30A 40A
AM2 MAIN ST
C7
RELAY 2
5
1 3 2 P P1
PARK/NEUTRAL
1 2A 3 2B 5 2D 9 2K 11 2J POSITION SW
N
6
B
B
(* 1 M/T)
(* 2 M/T)
(A/T)
GR
B–O
GR
1 C
B–O(* 2)
GR(* 1)
F4 A , F6 C
10 II2
FUSIBLE LINK
BLOCK
W–B
B–R
1 A
GR(*1 A/T)
(*2 A/T)
B–O
B–G
C B C B
J7 A , J8 B
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
B A B A
FL MAIN GR(*1)
3. 0W
1 A B–O(*2)
B–R 1
B
W–B
GR(* 1)
B–O(*2)
M
BATTERY A
S1 B , S2 A J11
STARTER JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
IG
* 1 : TMC MADE
* 2 : TMMK MADE
B–R
12 II3
B–W
B–R
J18
A JUNCTION CONNECTOR
A
A A A A
B–R
B–R
B–R
1 1 1
IGNITION COIL NO. 3
IGNITION COIL NO. 2
IGNITION COIL NO. 1
B–R
B–R
2 2 2
I7
I6
I5
G
Y
L
2 1 10 9
IGC3 IGC2 IGC1 +B
I2
IGNITER
IGF IGT3 IGT2 IGT1 GND
4 5 6 7 3
BR–Y
LG–B
W–R
B–W
GR
BR
20 B 25 E 13 E 12 E 11 E
NSW IGF IGT3 IGT2 IGT1
STA
7 A 1
E 7 A , E 8 B , E11 E
NOISE FILTER
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

(IGNITION)
2
B–O(* 2)
GR(*1)
N1
GR(*1)
BR
B–O(* 2)
BR
ED
STARTING AND IGNITION (1MZ–FE)
SERVICE HINTS
I16 IGNITION SW
P1 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW
5–6 : Closed with the A/T shift lever in P or N position (A/T)
S1 (B), S2 (A) STARTER
Points closed with the Park/Neutral position SW at P or N position and the ignition SW at ST position (A/T)
Points closed with the clutch start SW on and the ignition SW at ST position (M/T)
: PARTS LOCATION
C7 30 I5 27 (1MZ–FE) J18 31
E7 A 30 I6 27 (1MZ–FE) J29 31
E8 B 30 I7 27 (1MZ–FE) N1 27 (1MZ–FE)
E11 E 30 I16 30 P1 27 (1MZ–FE)
F4 A 26 (1MZ–FE) J7 A 31 S1 B 27 (1MZ–FE)
F6 C 26 (1MZ–FE) J8 B 31 S2 A 27 (1MZ–FE)
I2 27 (1MZ–FE) J11 31
1B
1C
20 Cowl Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
1J
1K
2A
2B 22 Engine
2D
2J
2K 22 Cowl Wire and Engine
2L

II2
42 Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Under the Blower Motor)
II3
: GROUND POINTS

ED 36 (1MZ–FE) Rear Side of the Surge Tank
C7 E7 (A) E8 (B) E11 (E)

(California)
1 2
X X 7 X X X X X
X X X X X X X 11 12 13
X 20 X X X X X 25
E11 (E) F4 (A) F6 (C)
(Except California) BLACK
1 1
X
11 12 13
X 25
I2 I5 I6 I7
BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK
1 2 1 2 1 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X 9 10
I16 J7 (A) J8 (B) J11

GRAY GRAY
A A
A A A A
X
B B B C C C
(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)
J18 J29 N1 P1
ORANGE GRAY GRAY
A A A A A B B B B
X
A A A A A A A A 1 2 5 6

(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)
S1 (B) S2 (A)
BLACK
1
1
STARTING AND IGNITION (5S–FE)
ACC
AM1 IG1
ST1
13
7 AM2 IG2 6 B–R B–R B–R
II3
ST2 8 R B–W
W–R
J29
JUNCTION
I16 4 1K B CONNECTOR
IGNITION SW B B–W
5 1K B
5A
STARTER
5 1B
(A/T)
B–W
(M/T)
B–W
3 1J
W–R
B–W 11 II2
CLUTCH START SW
1
4 2L
B–W
(A/T)
2
5 1
C7
2
30A 40A
AM2 MAIN ST
RELAY 5
P P1
1 3 2 PARK/NEUTRAL
POSITION SW
N
1 2A 3 2B 5 2D 9 2K 11 2J
6
(A/T)
B
GR
(* 3 M/T)
(* 4 M/T)
B–O
GR
1 C
B–O(* 4)
GR(* 3)
10 II2
F4 A , F6 C
FUSIBLE LINK
BLOCK
W–B
B–R
GR(*3 A/T)
(*4 A/T)
1 A
B–O
B–G
C B C B
J7 A , J8 B
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
B A B A
FL MAIN GR(*3)
3. 0W
1 A B–O(*4)
B–R 1
B
W–B
GR(*3)
B–O(*4)
M
BATTERY A
S1 B , S2 A J11
STARTER JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
IG
* 1 : W/ ENGINE IMMOBILISER SYSTEM * 3 : TMC MADE
* 2 : W/O ENGINE IMMOBILISER SYSTEM * 4 : TMMK MADE
J25
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
B–R B B
B B
B–W
B–R
B–R
B–R
1 1
+B +B
I3 I4
IGNITION COIL IGNITION COIL
AND IGNITER AND IGNITER
NO. 1 NO. 2 1
NOISE FILTER
IGT IGF GND IGF IGT GND
(IGNITION)
2 3 4 3 2 4
N1
W–R
W–R
Y–R
BR
BR
B
B–W
A
A J19
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
W–R
I2
W–R
BR
22 A 23 C 17 C 22 C (*1)
22 A 20 C 3 C 19 C (*2)
NSW IGT1 IGF IGT2
STA
11 A (*1)
E7 A , E9 C
11 A (*2)
GR(* 3)
B–O(* 4)
BR
EC
STARTING AND IGNITION (5S–FE)
SERVICE HINTS
I16 IGNITION SW
P1 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW
5–6 : Closed with the A/T shift lever in P or N position (A/T)
S1 (B), S2 (A) STARTER
Points closed with the Park/Neutral position SW at P or N position and the ignition SW at ST position (A/T)
Points closed with the clutch start SW on and the ignition SW at ST position (M/T)
: PARTS LOCATION
C7 30 I16 30 N1 29 (5S–FE)
E7 A 30 J7 A 31 P1 29 (5S–FE)
E9 C 30 J8 B 31 S1 B 29 (5S–FE)
F4 A 28 (5S–FE) J11 31 S2 A 29 (5S–FE)
F6 C 28 (5S–FE) J19 31
I3 29 (5S–FE) J25 31
I4 29 (5S–FE) J29 31
1B
1J 20 Cowl Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower
( Finish Panel))
1K
2A
2B 22 Engine
2D
2J
2L

II2
II3
: GROUND POINTS

EC 38 (5S–FE) Surge Tank RH
: SPLICE POINTS
I2 42 Engine Wire
C7 E7 (A) E7 (A) E9 (C)
(w/ Engine Immobiliser System) (w/o Engine Immobiliser System) (w/ Engine Immobiliser System) DARK GRAY
11 X 11 X
1 2
22 22 X 17 X 22 23
E9 (C) F4 (A) F6 (C) I3

(w/o Engine Immobiliser System) GRAY
1 1
3 1 2 3 4
X 19 20
I4 I16 J7 (A) J8 (B)

BLACK GRAY GRAY
1 2 3 4

X
B B B C C C
X 6 7 8
J11 J19 J25 J29

GRAY
A A A A A B B B B B
A A A A
A A A B B B

N1 P1 S1 (B) S2 (A)
GRAY GRAY BLACK BLACK
1
X 1
1 X 5 6

CHARGING
B–G
ACC
2 AM1 IG1 4 B–Y
ST1
7 AM2 IG2 6 B–R
ST2 3 1K 1 1K
W–R
W
I16
IGNITION SW
2 1K 5 1K 5A 10A
IGN GAUGE
2 * 1 : W/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT
* 2 : W/O DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT
40A 8 1T 2 1J
AM1
B–R
1
CHARGE WARNING LIGHT

1 1B 5 1B 13 A
W–R
C8 A , C9 B
[COMB. METER]
4 2L 3 2C
B–R
4 B
TO DAYTIME RUNNING
30A 5A
LIGHT RELAY (MAIN)
R–L
Y
AM2 ALT–S
4 IG2
E3
(*1)
1 2A
Y
B–G
B–R
B–R
CONNECTOR
B
C
JUNCTION
C Y
(* 2)
W
1 B 1 F 2 F 1 C (* 1)
J1
C
(*1)
Y
100A ALT
6 EB1
4 IK2
1 A
F4 A , F5 B ,
R–L
B–G
B–G
F6 C , F9 F
Y
FUSIBLE LINK
BLOCK G1 B , G2 A
3 A 1 A 2 A 1 B GENERATOR
FL MAIN S L IG B
3. 0W
BATTERY
IC REGULATOR
SERVICE HINTS
G2 (A) GENERATOR
(A) 3–GROUND : 13.9–15.1 volts with the engine running at 2000 rpm and 25C (77F)
13.5–14.3 volts with the engine running at 5000 rpm and 115C (239F)
(A) 1–GROUND : 0–4 volts with the ignition SW at ON position and the engine not running
: PARTS LOCATION
C8 A 30 26 (1MZ–FE) 26 (1MZ–FE)
F6 C G2 A
C9 B 30 28 (5S–FE) 28 (5S–FE)
26 (1MZ–FE) 26 (1MZ–FE) I16 30
F4 A F9 F
28 (5S–FE) 28 (5S–FE) J1 31
26 (1MZ–FE) 26 (1MZ–FE)
F5 B G1 B
28 (5S–FE) 28 (5S–FE)
1B
1J 20 Cowl Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower
( Finish Panel))
1K
1T 20 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2A
22 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B No
No.2
2C
2L 22 Cowl Wire and Engine Room J/B No.2 (Engine Compartment Left)

36 (1MZ–FE)
EB1 Cowl Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Under the Engine Room J/B No.2)
No 2)
38 (5S–FE)
IG2 40 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Lower Finish Panel)
IK2 42 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)
: SPLICE POINTS
E3 36 (1MZ–FE) Cowl Wire E3 38 (5S–FE) Cowl Wire
CHARGING
C8 (A) C8 (A)
(TMC Made) BLUE (TMMK Made) BLUE
13
13
C9 (B) C9 (B) F4 (A)

(TMC Made)
1
4
4
F5 (B) F6 (C) F9 (F) G1 (B) G2 (A)

ORANGE BLACK
1 1 1
1 2 3
1 2
I16 J1
C C
C C
X 2 4
X 6 7
(Hint : See Page 7)
MEMO
ENGINE CONTROL (1MZ–FE)
B(* 1)
B–W
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50) B–W
B–W
(*1)
B
1 7
1 B–R B–R
ES1 IK1
25A
B–W
7 AM2 IG2 6 B–R
B–R
A/F 1 1
HTR
B–R
W–R
ST2 8 1 5
A C
CIR OPN RELAY

(*1)
2
B
B A
3 1J 3 1K 7 1W
R
5 1K I16 1
C
IGNITION SW
B–W
A
(* 1)
(* 1)
5A STARTER
L
5A IGN
J35 A , J36 B
2 2 2 2 3
5 1B JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
5 1
A/F HTR RELAY

1 1
W–R
B–W
G–R
L–B
4 2L
4 1K 8 1C
3 2
B–R
5 EB1 4 EB1
R
B–R
2
G–R
L–B
30A
AM2
W–B
12 II3
(* 1)
B–R
B–R 7 ID1
I1
J18
L–B
1 2A JUNCTION CONNECTOR A
B–W
B–R
B
A A A A A A 4
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
F14
FUEL M
1 C PUMP
F4 A , F6 C
5
FUSIBLE LINK
2 2 2 2 2 2
INJECTOR NO. 1
INJECTOR NO. 2
INJECTOR NO. 3
INJECTOR NO. 4
INJECTOR NO. 5
INJECTOR NO. 6
G–R
BLOCK
W–B
B–R
I10
I11
I12
I13
1 A
I8
I9
1 1 1 1 1 1
W–B
B–G
R–L
(* 1)
W
G
R
Y
L
FL MAIN
3. 0W
R–L
BATTERY W
L
W–B
A
J40
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
BL
B(*1) B(* 1)
B–W B–Y
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50) B–Y
B–W B–Y
9 II3
B–R B–W
15A B
EFI 11
B–W B B B–W
II2
8 (A/T)
B–Y
B–Y J29
B–W
(A/T)
7 2K JUNCTION
2J
CONNECTOR
(M/T)
B–W
1 5 B–Y
B–Y
PARK/NEUTRAL
EFI RELAY
POSITION SW
1
J27 A , J28 B
CLUTCH START
P
B–Y
B A B A E A E A
CONNECTOR
JUNCTION
N
P1
2 3 2
6
SW
C7
2J
2
(A/T)
GR
B B B B B B
10
PRESSURE SENSOR)
5 2C 4 2F 10 2C B–Y
B–Y
II2
B–O(* 5 M/T)
GR(*4 M/T)
GR(*4 A/T)
1
W–B
W–B
B–R
B–Y
(* 5 A/T)
VSV (VAPOR
B–O
10 ID1
B–Y
V7
2 C B C B
J7 A , J8 B
B–Y JUNCTION
B–W
CONNECTOR
V
B A
B–W B–W 1 ID1 B–O
B–Y
(* 5)
GR
V
(*4)
16 A 8 A 9 A 1 A 7 A 20 B
+B MREL TPC BATT STA NSW
G–R 3 FC
A
E7 A , E8 B , E9 C ,
B–R 2 E10 D , E11 E

A ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
IGSW
W–B # 60 # 50 # 40 # 30 # 20 # 10 CODE RXCK TXCT NEO EFI+ EFI– TRC+ TRC–
(*1) 4 E 3 E 2 E 1 E 6 D 5 D 4 C 5 C 10 C 16 B 14 A 21 A 13 A 20 A
BR–W
G–W
R–L
R–L
L–Y
(* 3)
(* 3)
(* 3)
(* 2)
(* 2)
(* 2)
(* 2)
(* 2)
LG
W
W
R
Y
B
L
G G
R–L
L TO TRANSPONDER FROM ABS AND

KEY AMPLIFIER TRACTION ECU
B–Y
W–B
* 1 : CALIFORNIA
EB * 2 : W/ TRACTION CONTROL * 4 : TMC MADE
* 3 : W/ ENGINE IMMOBILISER SYSTEM * 5 : TMMK MADE
B(*1) B(* 1)
B–Y
B–Y J20
B–Y A

A A A A
B–Y
BR
10A 10A 15A
TAIL MIRROR– STOP (* 6)
HEATER
B–Y
B–Y
B–Y
B–Y
9 1C 11 1J 7 1C 4 1R 5 1R
(* 6)
(* 6)
BR
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR

G–W
G–W
W
G–O
VSV (INTAKE AIR CONTROL)

1 1 1 2 4
J27 A , J28 B
(BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
2 A A +B E1
VSV (EGR)
VSV (EVAP)
STOP LIGHT SW
A
J12 HT OX
V4
V5
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR C B 2 2 2 1 3
A
H3
S6
V6
B–Y
(SHIELDED)
1
L–B(* 6)
Y–G
R–Y
LG
G–W
(*6)
W
G–O
E7 A , E8 B , E9 C ,
E10 D , E11 E
19 A 18 A ENGINE CONTROL MODULE 15 A 17 E 18 E 7 D 3 D 11 D
ELS ELS2 STP ACIS EGR EVP1 HTR OXR1
IGT1 IGT2 IGT3 IGF VG E2G THA KSW

11 E 12 E 13 E 25 E 10 D 19 D 22 D 11 C
8
BR–Y
LG–B
W–R
L–B L–B
R–B
L–Y
GR
IG3
J 9 A , J10 B
5 3 1 B B
CONNECTOR
JUNCTION
TO IGNITER M2
MASS AIR
FLOW METER B A
4 2
BR BR
B–Y
5 7
2 1 L–B L–B
1M 1D
U1
UNLOCK WARNING SW
3 7
W–B W–B
1M 1J
CONNECTOR
JUNCTION
B–Y A
J11
IG
B(*1) BR(* 6)
BR
J20
JUNCTION B–Y B–Y
CONNECTOR
A (SHIELDED)
A A
BR(* 6)
BR
B–Y
BR(* 6)
BR BR
I2 J24
(*6) (*6) JUNCTION BR(* 1)
B–Y B CONNECTOR
B–Y
2 II1 B B(*1) B(* 1)
BR
B–Y
(* 6)
(* 6)
BR
(* 1)
IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE
B
AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR

2 4
(BANK 1 SENSOR 2)
2 4
(BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
+B E1
BR(* 1)
(SHIELDED) (BANK 2 SENSOR 1)
4 2
E1 +B
HT OX
1 3
H8
OX HT
1 3 1 3
(SHIELDED)
A28
I1
3 1
H4
I2
B
I2
(SHIELDED)
B–R(* 1 *5)
BR(* 6)
BR(* 1 * 5)
G(* 1 *4)
R(* 1 * 4)
B–R(* 1)
(SHIELDED) BR(* 6)
I2
* 1 : CALIFORNIA
R–W
Y–B
P–B
Y–R
* 4 : TMC MADE
(*6)
(*6)
B
* 5 : TMMK MADE
* 6 : EXCEPT CALIFORNIA
12 D 4 D 16 E 15 E 9 B 8 B 3 D 11 D 20 D
AFR+
AFR–
OXL1 HTL RSO RSC HTS OXS HAFR
E 7 A , E 8 B , E 9 C , E10 D , E11 E
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE CF
E2 VTA1 VC EGLS THG THW PTNK IMLD PS

18 D 23 D 2 D 22 E 13 D 14 D 17 A 16 C 29 E 9 D
G–W
W–G
G–Y
G–B
R–Y
P
ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR
EGR GAS TEMP. SENSOR
3
POSITION SENSOR
2 2
BR
Y
L
1 II2
EGR VALVE
6 ID1 4 IG3
G–W
R–Y
B–L
2 1
P
BR
E2
VAPOR PRESSURE SENSOR
I2 1 1
E1
2
BR
BR
BR
Y
D
PTNK B
BR BR
E5
FROM FAN NO. 1 RELAY
I2 I2 D
E2 VCC B
Y
I2 I2 1 3 J10 B
BR
JUNCTION
OIL PRESSURE SW
1
V1
POWER STEERING
BR
CONNECTOR
BR
R–Y
Y
2 3 1 4 II1 2 ID1
E2 VTA VC
6
P2
BR IND T 3
THEFT
DETERRENT
3 5 ECU
T2 Y
II1 ID1
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
BR(* 6) BR(* 6)
BR BR
B–Y
(SHIELDED) (SHIELDED)
BR(* 6) BR(* 6)
BR(* 6) BR(* 6)
BR(* 1) BR(* 1)
B(* 1)
B(*1)
BR(* 1) BR(* 1)
BR BR
2 4
(BANK 2 SENSOR 1)
BR(*1)
BR
C2 C1
BR
CRANKSHAFT CAMSHAFT POSITION
POSITION SENSOR SENSOR
B–Y
BR
1 3
A29
1 2 2 1
I2
12 3
+B E1 I2
(SHIELDED)
DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1
B–W
B–R
BR
L
(SHIELDED)
B–W(*1 * 5)
B–W(*1 * 4)
TE1
B–W(* 1)
L(* 1 *4)
L(* 1 *5)
8
(SHIELDED)
I2
L–W
D1
L
4 D 12 D 21 D 6 E 16 D 24 D 10 E
AFL+
AFL–
HAFL TC NE+ NE– G22+
E 7 A , E 8 B , E 9 C , E10 D , E11 E
KNKL KNKR TW ACT A/C TACH

28 E 27 E 14 B 13 B 25 B 27 B
BR BR
B–O
I2
(SHIELDED)
B–O
B–O
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
F A F A
W
LG–B
V(* 8)
J27 A , J28 B
B–Y
4 EC1 2 EC1 1 EC1 3 EC1

D B
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
B–O
W
14 B 10 B 13 B 16 A (*8)
7 C 1 C 4 C (*7)
TW ACT AC1 IGN A12 C
KNOCK SENSOR 2
KNOCK SENSOR 1
1 1
A/C AMPLIFIER
A34 A , A35 B
A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY
K2
K1
BR(* 6) BR(*7)
BR BR BR
I2
BR
A
BR(* 6) BR(*6) A * 1 : CALIFORNIA * 6 : EXCEPT CALIFORNIA
* 4 : TMC MADE * 7 : MANUAL A/C
BR(* 6) BR(*6) A * 5 : TMMK MADE * 8 : AUTOMATIC A/C
BR(* 1) BR(*1) A A BR
BR(* 1) BR(*1) A
BR BR A J22
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
BR BR A
BR A A
BR A A
(* 5 M/T)
A
BR
G–R
(*5 M/T)
BR
BR
V–W
(* 1)
(* 6)
BR
BR
BR
BR
W
17 D 24 E 13 C 11 A 6 A 22 B
E1 ADJ2 EOM SIL W SPD
E 7 A , E 8 B , E 9 C , E10 D , E11 E
E01 E02 E03 E04 E05

21 E 31 E 30 E 1 D 8 D
BR
B–O
(* 1)
(* 1)
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
B
B
B BR
(*1)
B J26
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(* 1)
BR
B–O
BR
(* 6)
EC
BR
7. 5A 10A
OBD GAUGE
(SHIELDED)
I3
BR
BR 10 1J 1 1J 2 1D
6
R–L
BR
BR R–L
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
II3
B B B B D
J8 B
J4
B
F JUNCTION
B CONNECTOR
J28 B
J7 A ,
D
JUNCTION
F CONNECTOR
R–L
C A C A
B
BR
BR
I5
5 16
CONNECTOR 3
3
(SHIELDED)
V–W
R–L
SG BAT IG3
(SHIELDED)
DATA LINK
SIL CG C 9 B , C10 C
D5
J3
BR JUNCTION COMBINATION METER 7 C 14 B
7 4
CONNECTOR V–W
W C C W
W–B
G–R
INDICATOR LAMP
SPEEDOMETER
2 II2 TACHOMETER
MALFUNCTION
V–W B B V–W
J15
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
R–L
8 C 2 C 15 B 6 C 5 C
A B
A
G–R
B–O
J7 A , J8 B
P
L
J24
JUNCTION JUNCTION
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
A A A
6 IG3 10 IG3 7 IJ1 2 IJ1
W–B
P
L
G–R
B–O
3 2
8 1J
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
SI SE
(COMBINATION METER)
R–L
7 1J
BR
IG+
V2
W–B
1
R–L
BR
B–O
A
J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
ED IG IH
SYSTEM OUTLINE
This system utilizes an engine control module and maintains overall control of the engine, transmission and so on. An outline
of the engine control is explained here.
1. INPUT SIGNALS
(1) Engine coolant temp. signal circuit
The engine coolant temp. sensor detects the engine coolant temp. and has a built–in thermistor with a resistance which
varies according to the water temp. is input into TERMINAL THW of the engine control module as a control signal.
(2) Intake air temp. signal circuit
The intake air temp. sensor is installed in the mass air flow meter and detects the intake air temp., which is input as a
control signal into TERMINAL THA of the engine control module.
(3) Oxygen sensor signal circuit
The oxygen density in the exhaust gases is detected and input as a control signal into TERMINALS OXL1, OXR1
(Except California) and OXS of the engine control module. To maintain stable detection performance by the heated
oxygen sensor, a heater is used for warming the sensor. The heater is also controlled by the engine control module
(HTL, HTR (Except California) and HTS).
(4) RPM signal circuit
Camshaft position and crankshaft position are detected by the camshaft position sensor and crankshaft position sensor.
The camshaft position is input as a control signal to TERMINAL G22+ of the engine control module, and the engine
RPM is input into TERMINAL NE+.
(5) Throttle signal circuit
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve opening angle as a control signal, which is input into TERMINAL
VTA1 of the engine control module.
(6) Vehicle speed signal circuit
The vehicle speed sensor, installed inside the transmission, detects the vehicle speed and inputs a control signal into
TERMINAL SPD of the engine control module.
(7) Park/Neutral position SW signal circuit
The Park/Neutral position SW detects whether the shift position is in neutral, parking or not, and inputs a control signal
into TERMINAL STA of the engine control module.
(8) A/C SW signal circuit
The A/C control assembly (Automatic A/C) or A/C Amplifier (Manual A/C) inputs the A/C operations into TERMINAL A/C
of the engine control module as a control signal.
(9) Battery signal circuit
(California or w/ engine immobiliser and/or traction control)
Voltage is always supplies to TERMINAL BATT of the engine control module.
If you turn on the ignition SW, the current goes from TERMINAL MREL of the engine control module to the EFI relay and
put on the relay, and the voltage related to the engine control module operation is supplied to TERMINAL +B of the
engine control module through the EFI relay.
(Except California or w/ engine immobiliser and/or traction control)
Voltage is constantly applied to TERMINAL BATT of the engine control module. When the ignition SW is turned on,
voltage for engine control module start–up power supply is applied to TERMINAL +B of engine control module via EFI
relay.
(10) Intake air volume signal circuit
Intake air volume is detected by the mass air flow meter and a signal is input into TERMINAL VG of the engine control
module as a control signal.
(11) NSW signal circuit
To confirm whether the engine is cranking, the voltage applied to the starter motor during cranking is detected and the
signal is input into TERMINAL NSW of the engine control module as a control signal.
(12) Engine knock signal circuit
Engine knocking is detected by the knock sensor 1 and 2, then the signals are input into TERMINALS KNKR and KNKL
of the engine control module as a control signal.
(13) Air fuel ratio signal circuit (California)
The air fuel ratio is detected and input as a control signal into TERMINALS AFL+, AFR+ of the engine control module.
2. CONTROL SYSTEM
∗ SFI system
The SFI system monitors the engine condition through the signals, which are input from each sensor (Input signals (1) to
(12) ). The best fuel injection volume is decided based on this data and the program memorized by the engine control
module, and the control signal is output to TERMINALS #10, #20, #30, #40, #50 and #60 of the engine control module
to operate the injector (Inject the fuel). The SFI system produces control of fuel injection operation by the engine control
module in response to the driving conditions.
∗ ESA system
The ESA system monitors the engine condition through the signals, which are input to the engine control module from
each sensor (Input signals from 1, 3, 4, 12). The best ignition timing is decided according to this data and the memorized
data in the engine control module and the control signal is output to TERMINALS IGT1, IGT2 and IGT3. This signal
controls the igniter to provide the best ignition timing for the driving conditions.
∗ Heated oxygen sensor heater control system
The heated oxygen sensor heater control system turns the heater on when the intake air volume is low (Temp. of
exhaust emissions is low), and warms up the heated oxygen sensor to improve detection performance of the sensor.
The engine control module evaluates the signals from each sensor (Input signals from 1, 4, 9, 10), current is output to
TERMINALS HTL, HTR and HTS, controlling the heater.
∗ Idle air control system
The idle air control system (Rotary solenoid type) increases the RPM and provides idle stability for fast idle–up when the
engine is cold, and when the idle speed has dropped due to electrical load and so on, the engine control module
evaluates the signals from each sensor (Input signals from 1, 4, 5, 8, 9), current is output to TERMINALS RSO and RSC
to control idle air control valve.
∗ EGR control system
The EGR control system detects the signal from each sensor (Input signals from 1, 4, 9, 10), and outputs current to
TERMINAL EGR to control the VSV (EGR).
The EGR valve position sensor is mounted on the EGR valve. this sensor converts the EGR valve opening height into a
voltage and sends it to the engine control module as the EGR valve position signal.
∗ ACIS
ACIS includes a valve in the bulkhead separating the surge tank into two parts. This valve is opened and closed in
accordance with the driving conditions to control the intake manifold length in two stages for increased engine output in
all ranges from low to high speeds.
The engine control module judges the engine speed by the signals ( (4), (5) ) from each sensor and outputs signals to
the TERMINAL ACIS to control the VSV (Intake air control).
3. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM
With the diagnosis system, when there is a malfunction in the engine control module signal system, the malfunctioning
system is recorded in the memory.
4. FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM
When a malfunction occurs in any systems, if there is a possibility of engine trouble being caused by continued control
based on the signals from that system, the fail–safe system either controls the system by using data (Standard values)
recorded in the engine control module memory or else stops the engine.
SERVICE HINTS
E5 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR
1–2 : Approx. 15.04 kΩ (–20C, –4F)
Approx. 5.74 kΩ (0C, 32F)
Approx. 2.45 kΩ (20C, 68F)
Approx. 1.15 kΩ (40C, 104F)
Approx. 0.584 kΩ (60C, 140F)
Approx. 0.318 kΩ (80C, 176F)
E7 (A), E8 (B), E9 (C), E10 (D), E11 (E) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
Voltage at engine control module wiring connector
BATT–E1 : Always 9.0–14.0 volts
+B–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW at ON position)
VC–E2 : Always 4.5–5.5 volts (Ignition SW at ON position)
VTA1–E2 : 0.3–0.8 volts (Ignition SW on and throttle valve fully closed)
: 3.2–4.9 volts (Ignition SW on and throttle valve fully open)
VG–E2G : 1.1–1.5 volts (Engine idling and A/C SW OFF position)
THA–E2 : 0.5–3.4 volts (Engine idling and intake air temp. 20°C, 68°F)
THW–E2 : 0.2–1.0 volts (Engine idling and engine coolant temp. 80°C, 176°F)
IGF–E1 : 4.5–5.5 volts (Ignition SW at ON position)
Pulse generation (Engine idling)
G22+–NE– : Pulse generation (Engine idling)
NE+–NE– : Pulse generation (Engine idling)
NSW–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW on and other shift position in P or N position)
Below 3.0 volts (Ignition SW on and shift position in P or N position)
SPD–E1 : Pulse generation (Ignition SW on and rotate driving wheel slowly)
TC–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW at ON Position)
W–E1 : Below 3.0 volts
A/C–E1 : Below 2.0 volts (Engine idling and A/C SW on)
9.0–14.0 volts (A/C SW off)
ACT–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Engine idling and A/C SW on)
Below 2.0 volts (A/C SW off)
ACIS–E01 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW at ON position)
STA–E1 : 6.0 volts or more (Engine cranking)
THG–E2 : 4.5–5.5 volts (Ignition SW at ON position)
ELS–E1 : 7.5–14.0 volts (Taillight SW at ON position)
0–1.5 volts (Taillight SW at OFF position)
ELS2–E1 : 7.5–14.0 volts (Defogger SW at ON position)
0–1.5 volts (Defogger SW at OFF position)
EGR–E01 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW at ON position)
FC–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW at ON position)
0–3.0 volts (Engine idling)
EVP1–E01 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW at ON position)
CF–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Electric cooling fan is operating on high speed)
0–2.0 volts (Electric cooling fan is operating on low speed or off)
TACH–E1 : Pulse generation (Engine idling)
TPC–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW on and disconnect the vacuum hose from the vapor pressure sensor)
PTNK–E1 : 3.0–3.6 volts (Ignition SW at ON position)
1.3–2.1 volts (Ignition SW on and apply vacuum 2.0 kpa (15.0 mmHg, 0.6 in.Hg)
STP–E1 : 7.5–14.0 volts (Ignition SW on and brake pedal depressed)
Below 1.5 volts (Ignition SW on and brake pedal released)
SIL–E1 : Pulse generation (During transmission)
RSC, RSO–E01 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW on and disconnect E 7 of engine control module connector)
KNKL, KNKR–E1 : Pulse generation (Engine idling)
HTS, HTL, HTR–E03 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW at ON position)
0–3.0 volts (Engine idling)
OXS, OXL, OXR–E1 : Pulse generation (Maintain engine speed at 2500 rpm for two minutes after warning up)
IGT1, IGT2, IGT3–E1 : Pulse generation (Engine idling)
#10, #20, #30, #40, #50, #60–E01 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW at ON position)
Pulse generation (Engine idling)
I8, I9, I10, I11, I12, I13 INJECTOR

2–1 : Approx. 13.8 Ω
CIR OPN RELAY [R/B NO.1]
3–5 : Closed with starter running
EFI RELAY [ENGINE ROOM J/B NO.2]
3–5 : Closed with ignition SW at ON or ST position
: PARTS LOCATION
A12 C 30 H8 30 J24 31
A28 26 (1MZ–FE) H3 26 (1MZ–FE) J26 31
A29 26 (1MZ–FE) H4 26 (1MZ–FE) J27 A 31
A34 A 30 I1 27 (1MZ–FE) J28 B 31
A35 B 30 I8 27 (1MZ–FE) J29 31
C1 26 (1MZ–FE) I9 27 (1MZ–FE) J35 A 31
C2 26 (1MZ–FE) I10 27 (1MZ–FE) J26 B 31
C7 30 I11 27 (1MZ–FE) J40 32
C9 B 30 I12 27 (1MZ–FE) K1 27 (1MZ–FE)
C10 C 30 I13 27 (1MZ–FE) K2 27 (1MZ–FE)
D1 26 (1MZ–FE) I16 30 M2 27 (1MZ–FE)
D5 30 J3 31 P1 27 (1MZ–FE)
E1 26 (1MZ–FE) J4 31 P2 27 (1MZ–FE)
E2 26 (1MZ–FE) J7 A 31 S6 31
E5 26 (1MZ–FE) J8 B 31 T2 27 (1MZ–FE)
E7 A 30 J9 A 31 T3 31
E8 B 30 J10 B 31 U1 31
E9 C 30 J11 31 V1 27 (1MZ–FE)
E10 D 30 J12 31 V2 27 (1MZ–FE)
E11 E 30 J15 31 V4 27 (1MZ–FE)
F4 A 26 (1MZ–FE) J18 31 V5 27 (1MZ–FE)
F6 C 26 (1MZ–FE) J20 31 V6 27 (1MZ–FE)
F14 32 J22 31 V7 27 (1MZ–FE)
: RELAY BLOCKS

1B
1C
1D 20 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
1J
1K
1M 20 Cowl Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower
( Finish Panel))
1R
1W
2A
2C 22 Engine
2F
2J
2L

EB1 36 (1MZ–FE) Cowl Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Under the Engine Room J/B No.2)
EC1 36 (1MZ–FE) Engine Wire and Sensor Wire (Head Cover RH)
ES1 36 (1MZ–FE) Engine Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Under the Engine Room J/B No.2)
ID1 40 Floor Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IG3 40 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Under the Blower Motor)
II1
II2 42 Engine
g Wire and Cowl Wire (Under
( the Blower Motor))
II3
IJ1 42 Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Under the Blower Motor)
: GROUND POINTS

EB 36 (1MZ–FE) Left Radiator Side Support
EC 36 (1MZ–FE) Surge Tank RH
IH 40 Instrument Panel Brace RH
BL 44 Under the Left Center Pillar
: SPLICE POINTS
I1 42 Cowl Wire I3
42 Cowl Wire
I2 42 Engine Wire I5
A12 (C) A28 A29 A34 (A)
ORANGE DARK GRAY DARK GRAY
1 X 4 X
7 X 1 2 1 2 X
3 4 3 4
16 X X X X
A35 (B) C1 C2 C7
BLACK BLACK
X 1 2 1 2 1 2
10 X X 13 14 X
C9 (B) C9 (B)
(TMC Made) (TMMK Made)
14 15
14 15
C10 (C) C10 (C)

(TMC Made) BROWN (TMMK Made) BROWN
2 5 6 7 8
2 5 6 7 8
D1 D5 E1
BLACK DARK GRAY
1 2
X X 3 X X X
X
X 8 X X X 16 X X X X X X X
12 X X X X X X 7 X 5 4 X X X
E2 E5 E7 (A) E8 (B) E9 (C)
BLACK DARK GRAY
1 2
1 2 3
1 2 3 X X 6 7 X X X X 8 9 X X X 4 5 X
8 9 X 11 X 13 14 15 X 13 14 X 16 X X X X X X 10 11 X
16 17 18 19 20 21 X 20 X 22 X 25 X 27 X 13 X X 16 X
E10 (D) E10 (D) E11 (E)

(California) (Except California) BLACK (California)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 X 6
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 X 16 X 9 10 11 12 13 14 X 16 10 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 21
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 17 18 19 X X 22 23 24 22 X 24 25 27 28 29 30 31
E11 (E) F4 (A) F6 (C) F14

(Except California) BLACK
1 1

1 2 3 4 X 6 4 5
10 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 21
22 X 24 25 27 28 29 30 31
H3 H4 H8 I1 I8 I9
DARK GRAY DARK GRAY DARK GRAY GRAY GRAY GRAY
1 2 1 2 1 2 12 12
1 2 3
3 4 3 4 3 4
I10 I11 I12 I13 I16

GRAY GRAY GRAY GRAY
12 12 12 12
X
X 6 7 8
J3 J4 J7 (A) J8 (B)
BLACK GRAY GRAY
X X
C C DD DX
C C A A A A A A A A A A A A
(Hint : See Page 7) B B B C C C B B B C C C
(Hint : See Page 7)
J9 (A) J10 (B) J11 J12

BLACK BLACK BLACK
A A A
A A
B B B B A A A A
D D D (Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)
J15 J18 J20 J22

BLACK ORANGE
B B A A A A A A A A
B A A A A A
A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
A A A A A A A A
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)
J24 J26 J27 (A) J28 (B)
A B B
A A B B B B B B A A B B B B C C
E E F F D D E E F F
J29 J35 (A) J36 (B) J40
B B B B A A
C C A A A A A A

K1 K2 M2 P1 P2
DARK GRAY DARK GRAY BLACK GRAY BLACK
1 1 1
1 2 3 4 5 X
5 6

S6 T2 T3 U1 V1
BLUE BLACK BLACK
1 2 3 X X X X 6
1 2 1 2 1 2 3
X

V2 V4 V5 V6 V7
BLACK BROWN BLUE BROWN BLUE
1 2 3 1 2
1 2 1 2 1 2
ENGINE CONTROL (5S–FE)
B–R B–R
I1
(* 2) (* 2)
B–W
B–R (* 1)
B–R
B–R
(* 2)
(* 2)
7 AM2 IG2 6
B–R B–R
ST2 8 R I3
(*1) (* 1)
W–R
3 1K 7 1W B–R
I16 B–R 7 IK1
IGNITION SW
B–R
5 1K
5A 1 1
IGN
5 1B 1 5
W–R
CIR OPN
8 1C RELAY
4 2L
B–R 2 3
12 II3 1 1
30A
B–R
AM2
B–W
G–R
B–R
L–B
(* 1)
(* 1)
J21
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR B
1 2A 6 II4 5 EB1 4 EB1

B B B B
B–W
G–R
L–B
(* 1)
B
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
1 C 7 ID1
L–B
F4 A , F6 C 2 2 2 2
INJECTOR NO. 1
INJECTOR NO. 2
INJECTOR NO. 3
INJECTOR NO. 4
FUSIBLE
LINK BLOCK
4
1 A F14
M FUEL
I10
I11
I8
I9
1 1 1 1 PUMP
B–G
5
W–B
W
R
Y
L
FL MAIN
3. 0W
G–R
B–W(*1)
B–R(*1)
Y
BATTERY
R
L
W–B
B–R
A
J40
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
BL
R
B–Y
FROM POWER SOURCE
SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50)
4 1K
B–R
(*2) B–Y
5A STARTER
B–W B–W
15A
(*1) EFI (A/T)
5
8 P P1
7 2K
2J PARK/NEUTRAL
N POSITION SW
1 5 3 1J 9 II3 11 II2
6
B–W
EFI
(A/T)
GR
RELAY
B–R
2
B–Y B–Y 10 II2
2 3 2J E3
J29
B JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(*3 A/T)
(*4 A/T)
5 2C 4 2F 10 2C B B–W
B–O
GR
GR(* 3 M/T)
B–Y
(A/T)
B
B–Y B–W 1 2 B–O
(M/T) (*4 M/T)
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
J8 B
C7 C B C B
E A E A B A B A CLUTCH START SW
CONNECTOR
J27 A , J28 B
JUNCTION
J7 A ,
B–W
(A/T)
B–Y
B A
E B B B
GR(*3)
B–Y
B–O
(*4)
B–Y
W–B
W–B
B–Y
12 A 2 A 22 A (*1) E 7 A , E 8 B , E 9 C , E10 D 11 A (*1)

12 A 1 A 22 A (*2) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE 11 A (*2)
+B BATT NSW STA
FC MREL IGSW #40 #30 #20 #10 IGT1 IGF IGT2

14 A 7 D 1 A 9 C 10 C 11 C 12 C 23 C 17 C 22 C (*1)
14 A 24 C 25 C 11 C 12 C 20 C 3 C 19 C (*2)
W–R
B–W
G–R
B–R
Y–R
(*1)
(*1)
R
Y
B
L
G–R
I2
W–R
W–R
B–W(* 1)
B–R(*1) 2 3 3 2
IGNITION COIL AND
IGNITION COIL AND
IGT IGF IGF IGT

W
IGNITER NO. 1
IGNITER NO. 2
Y
+B GND +B GND
R
I3
I4
1 4 1 4
BR
L
B–R
B–R
BR
A
J25 J19
JUNCTION A
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR B CONNECTOR
13
B–R B–R B–R B B
II3 A
W–B
W–B
B–Y
BR

EB EC
B–Y B B B–Y
B B B J19 B
JUNCTION B–Y(* 6)
B–Y CONNECTOR
BR
BR
B–Y
B–Y
B–Y
(*5)
10 ID1
B
B–Y
(VAPOR PRESSURE SENSOR)

2 2 3
KNOCK SENSOR 1
1 2 1 +B AF+
VSV (EVAP)
VSV (EGR)
HT AF–
V4
V5
BR
BR
1 4
2 1 2 K1
A11
1 3 1
VSV
V7
I1
1 ID1
I2 I2
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
G(*5)
B–W(*3)
W(*4)
O(*4)
W
L(* 3)
V
(* 5)
(* 5)
(* 5)
(*5)
V–W
B–O
P–B
W
5 II4
V
16 B 7 C 6 C 15 B 3 C 12 B 2 C 14 B 6 B (* 1)
8 B 10 C 9 C 23 C 22 C 13 B 2 C 14 B 6 B (* 2)
TPC ISCO ISCC EGR EVP KNK HTAF AF– AF+
E 7 A , E 8 B , E 9 C , E10 D
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE PTNK VC VTA E2 PIM THA THW
8 B 1 B 10 B 9 B 2 B 3 B 4 B (* 1)
7 B 1 B 11 B 9 B 2 B 3 B 4 B (* 2)
6 8
P P P
G–B
B–Y
Y–B
ID1 II4
BR
LG
Y
INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR
5 7
Y Y Y Y 2 2
ID1 II4 I2
2 3
BR BR BR BR BR
ID1 I6 II2 I2
1 1
BR
BR
BR
P
Y
THROTTLE POSITION
BR
BR
BR
1 3 2 1 3 2
I14
BR
2 3 1
E5
VC VTA E2 E2 VC PIM
PTNK VCC E2 I2
M1
SENSOR
V1 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE
VAPOR PRESSURE PRESSURE SENSOR
T2
SENSOR
BR
B–Y B–Y
* 1 : W/ ENGINE IMMOBILISER SYSTEM * 3 : TMC MADE * 5 : CALIFORNIA
B–Y * 2 : W/O ENGINE IMMOBILISER SYSTEM * 4 : TMMK MADE * 6 : EXCEPT CALIFORNIA
BR
B–Y(*6) BR
BR BR
BR BR
BR
(* 6)
B–Y
B–Y
(* 6)
(* 6)
BR
BR
MIRROR–
10A TAIL
HEATER
POSITION SENSOR
POSITION SENSOR
10A
CONNECTOR 1
2 4 12 3 1 2
(BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
CRANKSHAFT
+B E1 +B E1
DATA LINK
CAMSHAFT
D1
OX HT TE1 9 1C 11 1J
C2
C1
G–O
BR
3 1 8 2 1
CONNECTOR
H3
JUNCTION
A
B–Y
J12
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
I2
(SHIELDED)
B–W
B–R
BR
G–O
L
L–W
L–Y
(*6)
(*6)
W
3 1
I2
2 D11
DIODE
B–R
(IDLE–UP)
L
5 B 1 C 7 B 12 D 6 D 11 D 13 A (*1)
6 B 8 C 15 B 4 C 17 C 5 C 2 A (*2)
OX1 HT1 TE1 NE+ NE– G+ ELS
E 7 A , E 8 B , E 9 C , E10 D
LOCK A/C SW IMLD MGC PRS RXCK CODE TXCT LOCK IN KSW THR PS SW
20 A 10 A 1 D 21 A 19 A 3 D 8 D 9 D 19 C 4 D 11 B 4 C (* 1)
15 A 10 A 21 A 13 A 18 C 10 B 12 B (* 2)
R–W
R–B
W–L
R–Y
L–R
L–B
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
L–Y
G–W
R–L
L–Y
THEFT DETERRENT
B 3 II4 10 II3 9 II4 1 II2

B–L
W–L
R–Y
L–B
7 IK2 2 IK2
IND
POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SW

L–W
B
6
ECU
R–B
R–B
J12
T3
L–Y
4 IG3 TO TRANSPONDER 9 IK2 8 IG3

G
A/C EVAPORATOR
1
W–L
R–Y
R–Y
L–B
HEATER CONTROL SW
KEY AMPLIFIER
TEMP. SENSOR
1 5 2 1
D D
LOCK SENSOR
CLT RELAY
PRESSURE SW
WARNING SW
FROM MG
CLUTCH AND
TO UNLOCK
A13
2
MAGNETIC
FROM A/C
A/C DUAL
A14
H9
A/C SW
BR
FROM
J10
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
P2
BR
B–Y B–Y
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
(*6)
BR
12 II2 B–Y
BR
4 2 V–W
E1 +B H8
HEATED OXYGEN
SENSOR G–R
HT OX (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)
1 3
(SHIELDED)
W
P–B
2 II3 1 II3
V–W
G–R
W
P–B
14 C 13 B 8 A 4 A 6 A (* 1)
21 C 5 B 9 A 5 A 16 A (* 2)
HT2 OX2 SPD W SIL
E 7 A , E 8 B , E 9 C , E10 D
EOM E1 E04 E01 E02 E03 TACH STP

2 D 24 C 15 C 13 C 26 C 25 C 7 A 9 A (* 1)
14 C 15 C 13 C 26 C 16 B 8 A 4 A (* 2)
BR
G–W
B–O
(* 5)
BR
BR
BR
BR
A
BR A A BR
A BR
J23 A BR
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A BR
A A BR BR
BR
A
BR
BR
BR
(*6)
G–W
BR
BR
BR
BR
I2 B–O
B–Y
BR
EC EC
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50)
7. 5A 15A 10A
OBD STOP GAUGE
10 1J 7 1C 1 1J 2 1D
R–L
R–L
W
B
J4
J15 JUNCTION
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR D
3
V–W B B V–W
IG3
R–L
V–W
G–R
R–L
F
J3
JUNCTION CONNECTOR B
J28 B
(SHIELDED)
W C C JUNCTION
F
CONNECTOR
W
B
2
(SHIELDED)
7 16 C 9 B , C10 C
CONNECTOR 3
STOP LIGHT SW
COMBINATION METER 7 C 14 B
R–L
SIL BAT
DATA LINK
I5
SG CG
D5
S6
5 4
INDICATOR LAMP
SPEEDOMETER
TACHOMETER
MALFUNCTION
W–B
2 II2
BR
BR
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
C A C A A B
J8 B
G–W
G–R
R–L
J7 A ,
A A
B B 8 C 2 C 15 B 6 C 5 C
J7 A , J8 B A
G–R
B–O
BR
J21
P
L
JUNCTION JUNCTION
W–B
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
BR
A
6 IG3 10 IG3 7 IJ1 2 IJ1
R–L
8 1J 4 1R
(SHIELDED)
I3
G–R
B–O
P
L
BR
7 1J 5 1R 3 2
CONNECTOR
F A
SI SE
JUNCTION
(COMBINATION METER)
6 II3
J27 A
G–W
F A
J27 A , J28 B
W–B
A A
CONNECTOR
B–O
JUNCTION
BR
IG+
V2
C B 1
R–L
G–W
B–O
A * 1 : W/ ENGINE IMMOBILISER SYSTEM * 5 : CALIFORNIA

BR
J11 * 2 : W/O ENGINE IMMOBILISER SYSTEM * 6 : EXCEPT CALIFORNIA

JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
IG IH
SYSTEM OUTLINE
This system utilizes an engine control module and maintains overall control of the engine, transmission and so on. An outline
of the engine control is explained here.
1. INPUT SIGNALS
(1) Engine coolant temp. signal circuit
The engine coolant temp. sensor detects the engine coolant temp. and has a built–in thermistor with a resistance which
varies according to the engine coolant temp. thus the engine coolant temp. is input in the form of a control signal into
TERMINAL THW of the engine control module.
(2) Intake air temp. signal circuit
The intake air temp. sensor detects the intake air temp., which is input as a control signal into TERMINAL THA of the
engine control module.
(3) Oxygen sensor signal circuit
The oxygen density in the exhaust gases is detected and input as a control signal into TERMINAL OX1 (except
California) and OX2 of the engine control module.
(4) RPM signal circuit
Camshaft position and crankshaft position are detected by the camshaft position sensor and crankshaft position sensor.
Camshaft position is input as a control signal to TERMINAL G+ of the engine control module, and engine RPM is input
into TERMINAL NE+.
(5) Throttle signal circuit
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve opening angle, which is input as a control signal into TERMINAL
VTA of the engine control module.
(6) Vehicle speed signal circuit
The vehicle speed sensor, installed inside the transmission, detects the vehicle speed and inputs a control signal into
TERMINAL SPD of the engine control module.
(7) Park/Neutral position SW signal circuit (A/T)
The Park/Neutral position SW detects whether the shift position are in neutral, parking or not, and inputs a control signal
into TERMINAL STA of the engine control module.
(8) A/C SW signal circuit
The A/C amplifier function is built in the engine control module. The A/C SW signal inputs into the TERMINAL A/C SW of
the engine control module.
(9) Battery signal circuit
Voltage is constantly applied to TERMINAL BATT of the engine control module. When the ignition SW is turned on, the
voltage for engine control module start–up power supply is applied to TERMINAL +B of engine control module via EFI
relay.
(10) Intake air volume signal circuit
Intake air volume is detected by the manifold absolute pressure sensor (for manifold pressure) and is input as a control
signal into TERMINAL PIN of the engine control module.
(11) Starter signal circuit
To confirm whether the engine is cranking, the voltage applied to the starter motor during cranking is detected and the
signal is input into TERMINAL NSW of the engine control module as a control signal.
(12) Engine knock signal circuit
Engine knocking is detected by knock sensor 1 and the signal is input into TERMINAL KNK as a control signal.
(13) Electrical load signal circuit
The signal when systems such as the rear window defogger, headlights, etc. Which cause a high electrical burden are
on is input to TERMINAL ELS as a control signal.
(14) Air fuel ratio signal circuit (California)
The air fuel ratio is detected and input as a control signal into TERMINAL AF+ of the engine control module.
2. CONTROL SYSTEM
∗ SFI system
The SFI system monitors the engine condition through the signals, which are input from each sensor (Input signals from
(1) to (14) etc.) to the engine control module. The best fuel injection volume is decided based on this data and the
program memorized by the engine control module, and the control signal is output to TERMINALS #10, #20, #30 and
#40 of the engine control module to operate the injector. (Inject the fuel). The SFI system produces control of fuel
injection operation by the engine control module in response to the driving conditions.
∗ ESA system
The ESA system monitors the engine condition through the signals, which are input to the engine control module from
each sensor (Input signals from (1), (2), (4) to (12) etc.) the best ignition timing is detected according to this data and the
memorized data in the engine control module, and the control signal is output to TERMINALS IGT1 and IGT2. This
signal controls the igniter to provide the best ignition timing for the driving conditions.
∗ Idle Air Control system
The IAC system (Step motor type) increases the RPM and provides idling stability for fast idle–up when the engine is
cold and when the idle speed has dropped due to electrical load, etc. The engine control module evaluates the signals
from each sensor (Input signals (1), (4) to (8), (13) etc.), outputs current to TERMINALS ISCO and ISCC, and controls
the idle air control valve.
∗ Fuel pump control system
The engine control module operation outputs to TERMINAL FC and controls the CIR OPN relay. Thus controls the fuel
pump drive speed in response to conditions.
∗ EGR control system
The EGR cut control system controls the VSV (EGR) by evaluating the signals from each sensor which are input to the
engine control module (Input signals (1), (5), (6), (9) etc.) and by sending output to TERMINAL EGR of the engine
control module.
∗ A/C conditioning operation system
In addition to the conventional A/C cut control, the engine control module performs the air conditioning operation as well
since the A/C amplifier function is built in it.
3. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM
With the diagnosis system, when there is a malfunctioning in the engine control module signal system, the malfunction
system is recorded in the memory. The malfunctioning system can then be found by reading the display (Code) of the
malfunction indicator lamp.
4. FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM
When a malfunction occurs in any system, if there is a possibility of engine trouble being caused by continued control based
on the signals from that system, the fail–safe system either controls the system by using data (Standard values) recorded in
the engine control module memory or else stops the engine.
SERVICE HINTS
E7 (A), E8 (B), E9 (C), E10 (D) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
Voltage at engine control module wiring connector
BATT–E1 : Always 9.0–14.0 volts
+B–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW at ON position)
VC–E2 : 4.5– 5.5 volts (Ignition SW at ON position)
VTA–E2 : 0.3– 0.8 volts (Ignition SW on and throttle valve fully closed)
3.2–4.9 volts (Ignition SW on and throttle valve open)
PIM–E2 : 3.3– 3.9 volts (Ignition SW at ON position)
THA–E2 : 0.5–3.4 volts (Ignition SW on and intake air temp. 20°C, 68°F)
THW–E2 : 0.2– 1.0 volts (Ignition SW on and coolant temp. 80°C, 176°F)
STA–E1 : 6.0–14.0 volts (Engine cranking)
W–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts (No trouble and engine running)
TE1–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW at ON position)
NSW–E1 : 0– 3.0 volts (Ignition SW on and Park/Neutral position SW position P or N position)
9.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW on and except Park/Neutral position SW position P or N position)
IGT1, IGT2–E1 : Pulse generation (Engine cranking or idling)
#10, #20, #30, #40–E01, E02 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW at ON position)
RESISTANCE AT ENGINE CONTROL MODULE WIRING CONNECTORS
(Disconnect wiring connector)
VC–E2 : 2.5–5.0 kΩ
THA–E2 : 2.21–2.69 kΩ (Intake air temp. 20°C, 68°F)
THW–E2 : 0.29–0.354 kΩ (Coolant temp. 80°C, 176°F)
: PARTS LOCATION
A11 28 (5S–FE) H8 30 J21 31
A13 30 H9 30 J23 31
A14 30 I1 29 (5S–FE) J25 31
C1 28 (5S–FE) I3 29 (5S–FE) J27 A 31
C2 28 (5S–FE) I4 29 (5S–FE) J28 B 31
C7 30 I8 29 (5S–FE) J29 31
C9 B 30 I9 29 (5S–FE) J40 32
C10 C 30 I10 29 (5S–FE) K1 29 (5S–FE)
D1 28 (5S–FE) I11 29 (5S–FE) M1 29 (5S–FE)
D5 30 I14 29 (5S–FE) P1 29 (5S–FE)
D11 30 I16 30 P2 29 (5S–FE)
E5 28 (5S–FE) J3 31 S6 31
E7 A 30 J4 31 T2 29 (5S–FE)
E8 B 30 J7 A 31 T3 31
E9 C 30 J8 B 31 V1 29 (5S–FE)
E10 D 30 J10 31 V2 29 (5S–FE)
F4 A 28 (5S–FE) J11 31 V4 29 (5S–FE)
F6 C 28 (5S–FE) J12 31 V5 29 (5S–FE)
F14 32 J15 31 V7 29 (5S–FE)
H3 28 (5S–FE) J19 31
: RELAY BLOCKS

1B
1C
1J
1K
1R
1W
2A
2C 22 Engine
2F
2J
2L
EB1 38 (5S–FE) Cowl Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Under the Engine Room J/B No.2)
II2
II3 42 Engine
II4
IK1
42 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)
IK2
: GROUND POINTS

EB 38 (5S–FE) Left Radiator Side Support
EC 38 (5S–FE) Intake Manifold
: SPLICE POINTS
E3 38 (5S–FE) I3
Cowl Wire
I1 42 I5 42 Cowl Wire
I2 42 Engine Wire I6
A11 A13 A14 C1 C2 C7

DARK GRAY DARK GRAY DARK GRAY
15
1 2
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
3 4
C9 (B) C9 (B)
14 15
14 15
C10 (C) C10 (C)

(TMC Made) BROWN BROWN
2 5 6 7 8
2 5 6 7 8
∗ 1 : w/ Engine Immobiliser System
∗ 2 : w/o Engine Immobiliser System
D1 D5 D11 E5
BLACK ORANGE GREEN
X X 3 X X X 1 2 3 1 2
X
X 8 X X X
12 X X X X X 16 X X X X X X X
X 7 X 5 4 X X X
E7 (A) E7 (A) E8 (B) E8 (B)

(∗ 1) (∗ 2) (∗ 1) DARK GRAY (∗ 2)
1 2 4 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 4 5 X 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
12 13 14 19 20 21 22 12 13 14 15 16 21 22 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
E9 (C) E9 (C) E10 (D) F4 (A)

(∗ 1) DARK GRAY (∗ 2) DARK GRAY
1
1 2 3 4 X 6 7 9 10 11 12 13 2 3 4 5 8 9 10 11 12 13 1 2 3 4 X 6
14 15 X 17 X 19 22 23 24 25 26 14 15 X 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 7 8 9 X 11 12
F6 (C) F14 H3 H8 H9
DARK GRAY DARK GRAY
1 2
1 2 1 2
3 4 3 4
4 5
I1 I3 I4 I8 I9 I10
GRAY GRAY BLACK BROWN GRAY BROWN
12 12 12
1 2 3 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
I11 I14 I16 J3 J4

GRAY BLACK BLACK
X X
12 C C DD DX
1 2
C C
X (Hint : See Page 7)
X 6 7 8
(Hint : See Page 7)
J7 (A) J8 (B) J10 J11
GRAY GRAY BLACK
A A
A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
B B B C C C B B B C C C D D D
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)
J12 J15 J19 J21

BLACK BLACK GRAY GRAY
A A A B B B B
B B A A A B B A A A B B
A A A B B B B B A A A B B B B B
J23 J25 J27 (A) J28 (B)
A A A A
B
A A A A A A A A A B B B B C C
B B B
E E F F E E F F
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)
J29 J40 K1 M1
DARK GRAY BLACK
B B B B A A 1
A A A A 1 2 3
P1 P2 S6 T2 T3
GRAY BLACK BLUE BLACK
1 1 2 3
X 1 2 X X X X 6
5 6
X

V1 V2 V4 V5 V7
BLACK BLACK BLUE BLACK BLUE
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2
1 2 1 2
ENGINE IMMOBILISER SYSTEM
* 1 : 1MZ–FE
* 2 : 5S–FE
15A
EFI
7
B–W C
2K
(*1) J35
5 1
JUNCTION
C CONNECTOR
EFI
B–W
RELAY
(*2)
3 2
6 II4
2 2J 5 2C 4 2F
B–W
B–W
(*2)
(*1)
W–B
W–B
B–Y
B–Y 8 A (* 1)
7 D (* 2)
MREL E 7 A , E 9 C , E10 D
E A B A B A
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
CODE RXCK TXCT
4 C 5 C 10 C (* 1)
8 D 3 D 9 D (* 2)
E B
J27 A , J28 B
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
B–Y
G–W
R–L
L–Y
(* 2)
(* 2)
(* 2)
G–W
R–L
L–Y
(*1)
(*1)
(*1)
1 II4 4 II4 2 II4
G–W
R–L
L–Y
(* 2)
(* 2)
(* 2)
2 3 4
TRANSPONDER
KEY COIL
1 T7 5
B–Y TRANSPONDER
KEY AMPLIFIER
W–B
W–B
W–B
EB IE
: PARTS LOCATION
E7 A 30 J27 A 31 T7 31
E9 C 30 J28 B 31
E10 D 30 J35 31
2C
No.2
2F
2J
No.2
2K

II4 42 Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Under the Blower Motor)
: GROUND POINTS

36(1MZ–FE)
EB Left Radiator Side Suport
38(5S–FE)
IE 40 Cowl Side Panel LH
E7 (A) E9 (C) E10 (D) J27 (A)

(1MZ–FE) (1MZ–FE) (5S–FE) DARK GRAY
3 X
B B
X X X X X 4 5 X
7 8 9 X E E
8 X X X X X 10 X
X X X X (Hint : See Page 7)
J28 (B) J35 T7
C C 1 2 3 4 5
E E

HEADLIGHT (w/o DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT)
2
4 1
15A 15A
HEAD HEAD
40A (LH) (RH)
MAIN HEAD
RELAY
1 3 2
3 2B 8 2K 3 2G 4 2G 6 2G 8 2C
R–W
R–B
R–B
R
3 3
B H1 H2
B
J32 B HEADLIGHT HEADLIGHT

JUNCTION LH RH
CONNECTOR
B 2 1 1 2
R–L
R–B
R–B
R–L
R–B
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK
1 C 3
F4 A , F6 C
F B F B D B D B
INTEGRATION RELAY
J35 A , J36 B
JUNCTION
R–B
CONNECTOR
D A F A F A
1 A
I17
R–L
R–B
R–Y
R–L
13 8 7 17
OFF
CONTROL
3 IG1
LIGHT
TAIL
SW
R–L
HEAD
B–G
HIGH BEAM INDICATOR LIGHT
LOW
DIMMER SW
8
HIGH
[COMB. METER]
FLASH
16 C13
COMBINATION SW 9
W–B
C9
W–B
A
8 J5
A W–B
1J JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
FL MAIN J7 A
3. 0W JUNCTION 7 1J
CONNECTOR
W–B
W–B
BATTERY
A
J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
IG IF
SERVICE HINTS
C13 COMBINATION SW
13–16 : Continuity with the light control SW at HEAD position
8–16 : Continuity with the dimmer SW at FLASH position
7–16 : Continuity with the dimmer SW at HIGH or FLASH position
: PARTS LOCATION
C9 30 26 (1MZ–FE) J7 31
H1
C13 30 28 (5S–FE) J11 31
26 (1MZ–FE) 26 (1MZ–FE) J32 31
F4 A H2
28 (5S–FE) 28 (5S–FE) J35 A 31
26 (1MZ–FE) I17 30 J36 B 31
F6 C
28 (5S–FE) J5 31
1J 20 Cowl Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2B
2C 22 Engine
2G
2K 22 Cowl Wire and Engine Room J/B No.2 (Engine Compartment Left)

: GROUND POINTS

IF 40 Left Kick Panel
HEADLIGHT (w/o DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT)
C9 C9
8 9
8 9
C13 F4 (A) F6 (C) H1 H2

BLACK BLACK
1 1 1 1
2 3 2 3
X X X 7 8
X X X X13 X 16 17
I17 J5 J7 J11 J32

ORANGE GRAY GRAY
B
A A B B B
A A A A A
A A A A A A A A A A
3 4 A A A A A A A A
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)
J35 (A) J36 (B)

D D F F D D F F

MEMO
HEADLIGHT (w/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT)
G–R
R–B
2 4 1 R–L
HEAD
40A RELAY 4 2G
MAIN
3 2
1
3 2B 8 2K 3 2G
15A 15A
R–B
HEAD LH HEAD RH
R (UPR) (UPR)
R
G–R
6 1C 2 2 2 5 2G 2 2G
R
3 2 1 1
TAILLIGHT
R
R–W R–G
RELAY
5A DIM
DRL 4
R
B
RELAY
NO. 2
5 1
2 3 2 2 1 2 1
H1 H2
2 2 2 HEADLIGHT HEADLIGHT
4 1B LH RH
R–L
3 3
B–R
R–B
E3
W–R
1
R–Y
B–R
B–R
DAYTIME RUNNING
R–B
LIGHT RESISTOR
R–B
1 F 2 F 1 C
F4 A , F6 C , F9 F
8 EB1
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK
D2
100A
ALT 2
W–R R–B
1 A
2 2
B–G
R–Y
3 1
DRL
W–B
NO. 4
RELAY
FL MAIN
3. 0W 4 2
2 2
R–Y
BATTERY
7
R R
EB1
W–B
EB
G–R
R–B
G–R
R–B
2
A
J2
1 1 JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
10A 10A
H–LP LH H–LP RH
(LWR) (LWR)
R–B
3 2
2 2
R–G
G–R
D6
16 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN)
TAIL
DIM H–LP H H–ON CSB CSO CSE

R–B
R–B
20 19 2 18 6 15 5
GR–R
V–Y
P–L
R–Y
R–B
R
B 4 IG1 9 IG1 8 IG1

B B
GR–R
V–Y
P–L
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR 1 4 3
CLTB CLTS CLTE
R–Y
A40
R AUTOMATIC LIGHT
CONTROL SENSOR
R
R–L
R–B 7. 5A
DOME
D A
3 J27 A , J28 B
JUNCTION
I17 CONNECTOR
2 INTEGRATION
RELAY 12 2J F B
R–L
R
1 4
R–B R–B
R–Y R–Y
G G
1 1W
R–Y
G–Y
R–Y
R–L
7 1V
R–W
R
D6
17 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN) 22 23 3 21
T +B IG HI IND
CHG– PKB BRK E

13 14 4 12
R–W
W–B
Y
R–W
C
J1
JUNCTION B
CONNECTOR J2
7 IG1 B R–W
C JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
B
W–B
Y
R–W
R–W
6 EB1
1 1
P3 B2
Y
PARKING BRAKE FLUID LEVEL

BRAKE SW WARNING SW
1
2
L
W–B
G2
GENERATOR
W–B
10A
GAUGE
1 1J 2 1D
R–L
R–L
R–B
R–Y
R–Y
R–W
R–L
3 IG1
D
J4
JUNCTION
R–Y
R–B
CONNECTOR
D G
R–L
R–L
C13
7 C 8 B COMBINATION SW 14 13 8
CONTROL SW
OFF
BRAKE
C 9 B , C10 C
BEAM
HIGH
COMBINATION TAIL
LIGHT
METER
HEAD
7 B 9 B
DIMMER SW
LOW
HIGH
R–W
FLASH
W–B
7 16
3
R–W
IG2 R–Y
W–B
W–B
A
A
J5 7 1J 8 1J W–B A J7
JUNCTION JUNCTION
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
W–B A
A
W–B
W–B
A
W–B W–B A J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
IF IG
SYSTEM OUTLINE
The current from the FL MAIN is always flowing from the MAIN fuse to HEAD relay (Coil side) to TERMINAL H–LP of the
daytime running light relay (Main), from DOME fuse to TERMINAL +B of the daytime running light relay (Main) and from the
ALT fuse to Taillight relay (Coil side) to TERMINAL TAIL (TMMK Made) of the daytime running light relay (Main).
When the ignition SW is turned on, the current flowing through the GAUGE fuse flows to TERMINAL IG of the daytime
running light relay (Main).
1. DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT OPERATION
When the engine is started, voltage generated at TERMINAL L of the generator is applied to TERMINAL CHG– of the
daytime running light relay (Main). If the parking brake lever is pulled up (Parking brake SW on) at this time, the relay is not
activated so the daytime running light system does not operate. If the parking brake lever is then released (Parking brake
SW off), a signal is input to TERMINAL PKB of the relay.
This activates the daytime running light relay (Main) and the HEAD relay is turned to on, so the current flows from the MAIN
fuse to the HEAD relay (Point side) to TERMINAL 1 of the DIM relay to TERMINAL 4 to H–LP LH (LWR), H–LP RH (LWR)
fuses to TERMINAL 1 of the headlights to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL 1 of the daytime running light resistor to TERMINAL 2
to GROUND, causing the headlights to light up (Headlights light up dimmer than normal brightness.). Once the daytime
running light system operates and the headlights light up, the headlights remain on even if the parking brake lever is pulled
up (Parking brake SW on).
If the engine stalls and the ignition SW remains on, the headlights remain light up even through current is no longer output
from TERMINAL L of the generator. If the ignition SW is then turned off, the headlights go off.
If the engine is started with the parking brake lever released (Parking brake SW off), the daytime running light system
operates and headlights light up when the engine starts.
2. HEADLIGHT OPERATION
When the light control SW is switched to HEAD position and the dimmer SW is set to LOW position, causing the daytime
running light relay (Main) and the HEAD relay to turn on, so the current flows from the MAIN fuse to HEAD relay (Point side)
to DRL NO.2 fuse to TERMINAL 3 of the DRL NO.4 relay to TERMINAL 4 to TERMINAL H–ON of the daytime running light
relay (Main) to TERMINAL H to TERMINAL 3 of the integration relay to TERMINAL 4 to TERMINAL 13 of the light control
SW to TERMINAL 16 to GROUND, activating the DRL. NO.4 relay. The current to HEAD relay (Point side) then flows to
TERMINAL 1 of the DIM relay to TERMINAL 4 to H–LP LH (LWR), H–LP RH (LWR) fuses to TERMINAL 1 of the headlights
to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL 1 of the DRL NO.4 relay to TERMINAL 2 to GROUND, causing the headlights to light up at
normal intensity.
When the light control SW is switched to HEAD position and the dimmer SW is set to HIGH position, the signal from the
dimmer SW is input to the daytime running light relay (Main). This activates the daytime running light relay (Main) and the
HEAD relay is turned on, so the current flows from the MAIN fuse to HEAD relay (Point side) to TERMINAL 1 of the DIM
relay to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL DIM of the daytime running light relay (Main), activating the DIM relay. This causes
current to flow from TERMINAL 1 of the DIM relay to TERMINAL 2 to HEAD LH (UPR), HEAD RH (UPR) fuses to TERMINAL
2 of the headlights to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL 1 of the DRL NO.4 relay to TERMINAL 2 to GROUND, causing the
headlights to light up at high beam and the high beam indicator light to light up.
When the dimmer SW is switched to FLASH position, the signal from the dimmer SW is input to the daytime running light
relay (Main). This activates the daytime running light relay (Main) and the HEAD relay is turned on, so the current flows from
the MAIN fuse to HEAD relay (Point side) to DRL NO.2 fuse to TERMINAL 3 of the DRL NO.4 relay to TERMINAL 4 to
TERMINAL H–ON of the daytime running light relay (Main) to TERMINAL H to TERMINAL 8 of the dimmer SW to
TERMINAL 16 to GROUND, activating the DRL NO.4 relay. At the same time, the current flows from the TERMINAL 1 of the
DIM relay to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL DIM of the daytime running light relay (Main), activating the DIM relay, and also
flows from the HEAD LH (UPR), HEAD RH (UPR) fuses to TERMINAL 2 of the headlights to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL 1 of
the DRL NO.4 relay to TERMINAL 2 to GROUND, causing the headlights to light up at high beam and the high beam
indicator light to light up.
3. AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL OPERATION
When the daytime running light is operating and the Automatic control sensor detects a decrease in the ambient light (It
continues less than approx. 2500 lux over about 20 seconds, and it is less than 1000 lux.), the automatic light control
operation starts. At the same time, daytime running light relay (Main) is activated, so current flows from the ALT fuse to the
Taillight relay (Coil side) to TERMINAL TAIL of the daytime running light relay (Main), and the DRL NO.2 fuse to the DRL
NO.4 relay (Coil side) to TERMINAL H–ON of the daytime running light relay (Main), activating both the Taillight relay and the
DRL NO.4 relay, so that the taillights and headlights light up.
When the automatic light control sensor detects an increase in the ambient light (It continues more than approx. 1000 lux
over about 20 seconds, and it is more than approx. 2500 lux), the ignition SW is turned to off, the light control SW is turned to
HEAD position, and the automatic light control operation stops.
SERVICE HINTS
Closed with the engine running and the parking brake lever is released (Parking brake SW off)
D6 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN)
2–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position
5, 7,17–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the light control SW at HEAD position or the dimmer SW at FLASH position
Approx. 12 volts with the engine running and the parking brake lever is released
(Parking brake SW off)
6,15–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts
8–GROUND : Continuity with the parking brake lever pulled up
11–GROUND : 13.9–15.1 volts with the engine running at 2000 rpm 25°C (77°F)
12–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the high beam light up
16–GROUND : Continuity with the dimmer SW at HIGH or FLASH position
18–GROUND : Continuity with the brake fluid level not enough
: PARTS LOCATION
A40 30 26 (1MZ–FE) J1 31
F6 C
26 (1MZ–FE) 28 (5S–FE) J2 31
B2
28 (5S–FE) 26 (1MZ–FE) J4 31
F9 F
C9 B 30 28 (5S–FE) J5 31
C10 C 30 26 (1MZ–FE) J7 31
G2
C13 30 28 (5S–FE) J11 31
26 (1MZ–FE) 26 (1MZ–FE) J27 A 31
D2 H1
28 (5S–FE) 28 (5S–FE) J28 B 31
D6 30 26 (1MZ–FE) P3 31
H2
26 (1MZ–FE) 28 (5S–FE)
F4 A
28 (5S–FE) I17 30
: RELAY BLOCKS

1B
1C
1J
1V 20 Cowl Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower
( Finish Panel))
1W
2B
No.2
2G
2J
No.2
2K

36 (1MZ–FE)
No 2)
38 (5S–FE)
IG1
40 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Lower Finish Panel)
IG2
: GROUND POINTS

36 (1MZ–FE)
38 (5S–FE)
: SPLICE POINTS
A40 B2 C9 (B)
BLACK GRAY (TMC Made)
1 2 7 8 9
1 X 3 4
C9 (B) C10 (C)

(TMMK Made) (TMC Made) BROWN
7
7 8 9
C10 (C) C13 D2

(TMMK Made) BROWN GRAY
7 X X X 7 8
1 2
X X X X 1314 X 16
D6 F4 (A) F6 (C) G2
BLACK
1 1
1
X 2 3 4 5 6 X X X X X
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 X X
H1 H2 I17 J1 J2
BLACK BLACK BLACK
1 1 A A A B B
2 3 2 3 B C C B
1 2 3 4 B B B B C C
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)
J4 J5 J7 J11
BLACK ORANGE GRAY
X X
DD DX A A
A A A A A
A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)
J27 (A) J28 (B) P3
1

D D F F

MEMO
LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF
B FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50)
3 2B
1 5 1 10A 7. 5A
GAUGE DOME
TAILLIGHT
RELAY 40A
MAIN
2 3 12 2J
2
4 1B 6 1C
4 1
G–R * 2 : W/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT HEAD
* 3 : TMC MADE RELAY
* 4 : TMMK MADE
3 2
A
J2
JUNCTION 8 2K
CONNECTOR
R
A
G–R (*2)
(* 2 * 4)
6 A (* 3)
B–R
R–B
(*1)
16 B 19 B (* 4)
LIGHT RELAY (MAIN)

DAYTIME RUNNING
TAIL H–LP
B
J32
B
T H JUNCTION
(EXCEPT * 2 * 4)
D6 A , CONNECTOR
R
5 A (* 3) B
G–R
17 B 2 B (* 4)
R–B
(* 2)
CONNECTOR
E3 B
R–B
(* 1)
JUNCTION
(* 2 *4)
G–Y
B–R
B–R
J1
B
B
R–B
(*2) 1 1W
1 C 1 F 2 F 2 C 3 C 7 1
100A
ALT
1 A
F4 A , F6 C , F9 F
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK
B–G
10 1 C 4 C 6 I17 C
INTEGRATION RELAY
R–Y
G
7 1J 8 1J C13 7 1S
FL MAIN COMBINATION SW 14 13
3. 0L
CONTROL SW
OFF
TAIL
LIGHT
W–B
W–B
R–G
HEAD
16
W–B
BATTERY
1
A A A
J11 D12
JUNCTION J7 DOOR COURTESY SW
CONNECTOR JUNCTION FRONT LH
CONNECTOR
IG
SYSTEM OUTLINE
With the ignition SW turned on, the current flows to TERMINAL 7 of the integration relay through GAUGE fuse.
Voltage is applied at all times to TERMINAL (C) 2 of the integration relay through the taillight relay coil side, and to
TERMINAL (C) 3 through the HEAD relay coil side (w/o daytime running light) or through the daytime running light relay
(Main) (w/ daytime running light).
1. NORMAL LIGHTING OPERATION
<Turn taillight on>
With the light control SW turned to TAIL position, a signal is input into TERMINAL (C) 1 of the integration relay. Due to this
signal, the current flowing to TERMINAL (C) 2 of the relay flows to TERMINAL (C) 1 to TERMINAL 14 of the light control SW
to TERMINAL 16 to GROUND, and taillight relay causes taillights to turn on.
<Turn headlight on>

With the light control SW turned to HEAD position, a signal is input into TERMINALS (C) 1 and (C) 4 of the integration relay.
Due to this signal, the current flowing to TERMINAL (C) 3 of the relay flows to TERMINAL (C) 4 to TERMINAL 13 of the light
control SW to TERMINAL 16 to GROUND in the headlight circuit, and causes taillight and HEAD relay to turn the lights on.
The taillight circuit is same as above.
2. LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF OPERATION
With light on and ignition SW turned off (Input signal goes to TERMINAL 7 of the relay), when the driver’s door is opened
(Input signal goes to TERMINAL 6 of the relay), the relay operates and the current is cut off which flows from TERMINAL (C)
2 of the relay to TERMINAL (C) 1 In taillight circuit and from TERMINAL (C) 3 to TERMINAL (C) 4 in headlight circuit.
As a result, all lights are turned off automatically.
SERVICE HINTS
Closed with the engine running and the parking brake lever released (w/ daytime running light)
D12 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH
1–GROUND : Continuity with the front LH door open
I17 (C) INTEGRATION RELAY
1–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts
(C) 2–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts
(C) 3–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts
(C) 4–GROUND : Continuity with the light control SW at HEAD position
(C) 1–GROUND : Continuity with the light control SW at TAIL or HEAD position
: PARTS LOCATION
C13 30 26 (1MZ–FE) J2 31
F6 C
A 30 28 (5S–FE) J7 31
D6
B 30 26 (1MZ–FE) J11 31
F9 F
D12 32 28 (5S–FE) J32 31
26 (1MZ–FE) I17 C 30
F4 A
28 (5S–FE) J1 31
LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF
1B
1C 20 Cowl Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower
( Finish Panel))
1J
1S 20 Floor Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
1W 20 Cowl Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2B 22 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B No.2 (Engine Compartment Left)
2J
No.2
2K
: GROUND POINTS

: SPLICE POINTS
C13 D6 (A) D6 (B)

(TMC Made) GRAY (TMMK Made)
X X X 5 6
X X X X X X X 2 X X X X X
X X X X 1314 X 16 16 17 19 X X
D12 F4 (A) F6 (C) F9 (F) I17 (C)

ORANGE
1 1
1
1 2 1 2 3 4
J1 J2 J7 J11
BLACK GRAY
A A A
B A A
B B B B A A A A A A A A A A
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)
J32
GRAY
B
B B B
(Hint : See Page 7)

MEMO
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LIGHT
7. 5A 10A
TURN HAZARD
2 1L 3 2K
G–R
W
C13
H7 TURN SIGNAL SW
HAZARD SW 10 8 [COMB. SW]
OFF RH
HAZARD TURN
ON LH
T6 7 9 5 6 2 1 3
TURN SIGNAL
G–B
G–B
G–Y
FLASHER
G–B
G–Y
2 G–R
1 G–W
G–B
3
C D
G–Y D
J15
JUNCTION
G–B C CONNECTOR
C D
G–B
G–Y
W–B
G–B
8 1V 5 1A 10 1C
1 EB1 11 1S 6 1S 2 1A 8 1H 6 1H
G–Y
J35 A , J36 B
B A
CONNECTOR
G–B
G–B
G–Y
G–B
G–Y
JUNCTION
B B
G–Y
REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT RH
REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT LH
1 B 1 C
TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR
FRONT TURN SIGNAL
FRONT TURN SIGNAL
3 6 6 3
LIGHT [COMB. METER]
C 9 B , C10 C
LH RH
LIGHT RH
LIGHT LH
2 5 5 2
F1
F2
16 B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
R11
R9
W–B
B11 A
J5
CONNECTOR
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
JUNCTION
A E4
A
W–B
W–B
W–B
J11
IG EB BP IF
SERVICE HINTS
T6 TURN SIGNAL FLASHER
2–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW on or the hazard SW on
1–GROUND : Changes from 12 to 0 volts with the ignition SW on and the turn signal SW LEFT or RIGHT position,
and with the hazard SW on
: PARTS LOCATION
C9 B 30 F2 28 (5S–FE) J36 B 31
C10 C 30 H7 30 R9 33
C13 30 J5 31 R11 33
26 (1MZ–FE) J11 31 T6 31
F1
28 (5S–FE) J15 31
F2 26 (1MZ–FE) J35 A 31
1A
1C
1H 20 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
1L 20 Cowl Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
1V 20 Cowl Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

36 (1MZ–FE)
No 2)
38 (5S–FE)
: GROUND POINTS

36 (1MZ–FE)
38 (5S–FE)
BP 44 Back Panel Center
: SPLICE POINTS
36 (1MZ–FE) B11 44 Floor Wire
E4 Engine Room Main Wire
38 (5S–FE)
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LIGHT
C9 (B) C9 (B)
1 16
1 16
C10 (C) C10 (C) C13

1
1 1 2 3 X X X
X X X X X
F1 F2 H7 J5 J11
GRAY GRAY BLACK ORANGE
X X A A A A A A A
2 2 A A A A
5 6 7 8 9 10 A A A A A A A A
3 3
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)
J15 J35 (A) J36 (B) R9 R11

BLACK

CCCD D D
B B B B
(Hint : See Page 7) X 5 6 X 5 6
T6
2 3
MEMO
STOP LIGHT
15A 10A
STOP GAUGE
7 1C 1 1S 2 1D
R–L
W
D
J4
JUNCTION
2 CONNECTOR
D
S6
R–L
R–L
STOP LIGHT
SW
7 C
1 C 8 A , C10 C
REAR LIGHTS
WARNING LIGHT
G–W
[COMB. METER]
3 A
Y–G
4 1R
5 IF2
2 1S
Y–G
G–W
L3
7 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR 8 4
DELAY
HOLD
1 2 11
G–R
B7
R
W–B
G–R
G–R
2 2
HIGH MOUNTED
2
STOP LIGHT
STOP LIGHT RH
STOP LIGHT LH
H10
1
5 5
R11
R9
W–B
W–B
W–B
B11
A
J40 A W–B
W–B
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
BL BP
SYSTEM OUTLINE
When the ignition SW is turned on, current flows from the GAUGE fuse to TERMINAL 8 of the light failure sensor, and also
flows through the rear lights warning light to TERMINAL 4 of the light failure sensor.
STOP LIGHT DISCONNECTION WARNING
When the ignition SW is turned on and the brake pedal is pressed (Stop light SW on), if the stop light circuit is open, the
current flowing from TERMINAL 7 of the light failure sensor to TERMINAL 2 and 1 changes, so the light failure sensor
detects the disconnection and the warning circuit of the light failure sensor is activated.
As a result, the current flows from TERMINAL 4 of the light failure sensor to TERMINAL 11 to GROUND and turns the rear
lights warning light on. By pressing the brake pedal, the current flowing to TERMINAL 8 of the light failure sensor keeps the
warning circuit on holding and the warning light on until the ignition SW is turned off.
SERVICE HINTS
S6 STOP LIGHT SW
1, 2, 7–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the stop light SW on
: PARTS LOCATION
C8 A 30 J4 31 R9 33
C10 C 30 J40 32 R11 33
H10 32 L3 32 S6 31
1C 20 Cowl Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
1R 20 Cowl Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

IF2 40 Floor Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)
: GROUND POINTS

: SPLICE POINTS
B7 44 Floor Wire B11 44 Floor Wire
STOP LIGHT
C8 (A) C8 (A)
3
3
C10 (C) C10 (C) H10

1 2
7
7
J4 J40 L3 R9 R11
BLACK
X X 1 2 4 X
DD DX A A X 7 8 X 11 X
A A A A 2 2
(Hint : See Page 7) X 5 X 5
(Hint : See Page 7)
S6
BLUE
1 2

MEMO
INTERIOR LIGHT
W–B
1 2A
SHORT
PIN
7. 5A
DOME
12 2J
R R
B1
1 R 1 2 R R
R
B5
B
L3 C16
LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR CONDENSER
R R
B1
R
(*1)
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT

R
1 C 1 1 2 2
1
F4 A , F6 C
VANITY LIGHT RH
VANITY LIGHT LH
FUSIBLE LINK
INTERIOR LIGHT
PERSONAL LIGHT
DOOR
2
BLOCK
OFF
ON
V8
V9
I19
1 A
P5
L5
2 2 1
R–W
1
(W/ FADE OUT)
R–W
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
B–G
(* 1)
(W/O FADE OUT)

B 3 : *1
B 2 : *2
R–Y
FL MAIN
W–B
3. 0W
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
3 1F 1
W–B
BATTERY
LIGHT SW
3 1V
L6
A
W–B
J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
IG BM IE
* 1 : W/ MOON ROOF * 3 : W/O THEFT DETERRENT SYSTEM
* 2 : W/O MOON ROOF * 4 : W/ THEFT DETERRENT SYSTEM
W–B
7 1J
I18 A , B
10 INTEGRATION RELAY
1 2 4 6 8 A (*3)
6 B (*4)
1 1W 5 1F 9 1S 8 1G 2 1M 1 1M 2 1F 11 1H 6 1F 12 1S 4 1G 7 1S
(W/O FADE OUT)

R–Y
(W/ FADE OUT)

R
R–W
R–W
R–W
R–W
R–W
R
R–G
G–R
1
D10
R DIODE
(DOME) D
R–G
A
2 D
R R–W
A
D 1
(COURTESY)
E R A
CONNECTOR
JUNCTION
J33 A
DIODE
JUNCTION
D7
E R
CONNECTOR 2
J16
R–G
11
CYLINDER LIGHT
WARNING LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
1
IGNITION KEY
OPEN DOOR
J33 A , J34 B
E A E A
2
CONNECTOR
C9
R–W
I15
10
JUNCTION
G–R
D B
R–W
R–W
(W/ FADE OUT) R–G
R–W
(W/O FADE OUT)
8 IN2 6 IN2
R–G
R–W
R–W
R–G
DOOR COURTESY SW
DOOR COURTESY SW
DOOR COURTESY SW
DOOR COURTESY SW
1 1 1 1
FRONT RH
FRONT LH
REAR RH
REAR LH
D14
D15
D12
D13
INTERIOR LIGHT
SERVICE HINTS
I18 (A), (B) INTEGRATION RELAY
4–GROUND : Continuity with the one of each door (Front LH, RH, rear LH and RH) open
D12, D13, D14, D15 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH
1–GROUND : Closed with the door open
L6 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW
1–GROUND : Closed with the luggage compartment door open
: PARTS LOCATION
C9 30 F4 A 28 (5S–FE) J33 A 31
C16 32 26 (1MZ–FE) J34 B 31
F6 C
D7 30 28 (5S–FE) L3 32
D10 30 I15 30 L5 32
D12 32 A 30 L6 32
I18
D13 32 B 30 P5 33
D14 32 I19 32 V8 33
D15 32 J11 31 V9 33
F4 A 26 (1MZ–FE) J16 31
1F 20 Roof Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
1G
20 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
1H
1J
1M
1V
1W
2A 22 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B No.2 (Engine Compartment Left)
2J 22 Cowl Wire and Engine Room J/B No.2 (Engine Compartment Left)

IN2 42 Floor No.2 Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Kick Panel)
: GROUND POINTS

BM 44 Roof Left
: SPLICE POINTS
B1 B3 44 Roof Wire
44 Roof Wire
B2 B5 44 Floor Wire
C9 C9 C16
10 11 1 2
10 11
D7 D10 D12 D13 D14 D15 F4 (A)

BLACK BLACK
1
1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1
F6 (C) I15 I18 (A) I18 (B) I19

(w/o Theft Deterrent System) ORANGE (w/ Theft Deterrent System) ORANGE
1
1
1 2 X X 6 X X 2
8
X X X X X X X
J11 J16 J33 (A) J34 (B)

BLACK BLACK BLACK
A A
A A A A
E E E D D D E E E D D D
(Hint : See Page 7)
L3 L5 L6 P5 V8 V8
GRAY GRAY (TMC Made) BLUE (TMMK Made)
1 X
1 2 1 2 1 2
X X X 1
1 2
V9 V9
(TMC Made) BLUE (TMMK Made)
1 2 1 2
ILLUMINATION
1 5
TAILLIGHT
RELAY 7. 5A
PANEL
2 3
4 1B 6 1C 4 1J 5 1D
G G
G–R
B–R
G
A
J2
JUNCTION J13 A , J14 B
CONNECTOR
E3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR
A B A B A
G–R
(* 5)
LIGHT RELAY (MAIN)
B–R
B–R
DAYTIME RUNNING
16 B B B B B B B B B B
G–R
(*6)
1 F 2 F
D6
(* 4)
(* 4)
(* 4)
(* 3)
17
G
G
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK
CIGARETTE LIGHTER ILLUMINATION

G–Y
F4 A , F9 F
ASHTRAY ILLUMINATION
(* 5)
100A ALT
2 12
DEFOGGER SW
REAR WINDOW
BLOWER SW
6 2 4 6 1
A/C SW
A14
I17
B5
1 A INTEGRATION 2 1 3 7 2
R5
RELAY
2
B–G
A34
A24
1
FL MAIN
C5
(* 4)
(* 4)
(* 4)
(* 3)
B
B
3. 0W
G
C13
COMBINATION SW 14
BATTERY
OFF
CONTROL
A B A B A B A B
LIGHT
TAIL
SW
HEAD
16 A A A A A A
J13 A , J14 B
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A W–B
B
A W–B
J7
JUNCTION B
CONNECTOR 8 1J 6 1V
7 1J 4 1H
W–B
A
J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
IG
G
G
A A A A A A A A
J30 A , J31 B
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
G A B A B
(*1)
G
G
10 IH1
(* 2)
G
(* 1)
G
COMBINATION METER ILLUMINATION

1
A/T SHIFT LEVER ILLUMINATION
GLOVE BOX LIGHT AND SW

RADIO AND PLAYER
RADIO AND PLAYER
13
R2 B , R3 A
10 A 2 C
HAZARD SW
2 1
H7
[COMB. METER]
R4 C
[O/D MAIN SW]
3 3
5 B 9 C 12
2
G3
O2
C10
W–G
(*1)
B
W–G
W–B
(* 2)
5 IH2
J5
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
W–G
A
(* 1)
A
W–B
B E D
B A
3 1
D E T
B
W–B
A
ILL
E D 2 R7
B B RHEOSTAT
B A
J16 A , J17 B
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
* 1 : SEPARATE TYPE AMPLIFIER * 3 : AUTOMATIC A/C * 5 : TMMK MADE W/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT IF
* 2 : BUILT–IN TYPE AMPLIFIER * 4 : MANUAL A/C * 6 : EXCEPT * 5
ILLUMINATION
SERVICE HINTS
C13 COMBINATION SW
: PARTS LOCATION
A14 30 F9 F 28 (5S–FE) J17 B 31
A24 30 G3 30 J30 A 31
A34 30 H7 30 J31 B 31
B5 30 I7 30 O2 31
C5 30 J2 31 R2 B 31
C10 30 J5 31 R3 A 31
C13 30 J7 31 R4 C 31
D6 30 J11 31 R5 31
26 (1MZ–FE) J13 A 31 R7 31
F4 A
28 (5S–FE) J14 B 31
F9 F 26 (1MZ–FE) J16 A 31
1B
1C
1D
1H
1J
1V

IH1
40 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel No.2
IH2
: GROUND POINTS

: SPLICE POINTS
A14 A24 A34 B5 C5
BLACK
3 4 1 2 1 2
2 X 12 X
X X X X 6 7
C10 C10 C13

12 13
12 13 X X X
X X X X 14 X 16
D6 F4 (A) F9 (F) G3
ORANGE BLACK
1
1 2
X X X X X X 1 2
16 17 X X
H7 I17 J2 J5
BLACK BLACK ORANGE
A A A
X 2 3 X A A A A A
1 2 A A A A A A A A
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)
J7 J11 J13 (A) J14 (B)

GRAY BLUE BLUE
A A
A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
B B B B B B B B B B B B
(Hint : See Page 7)
J16 (A) J17 (B) J30 (A) J31 (B) O2

BLACK BLACK GRAY GRAY BLUE
A A A A A A A A A A A A 1
D D D E E E 3
(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)
ILLUMINATION
R2 (B) R3 (A) R4 (C) R5 R7
BLACK BLACK

X 2
X 5 X 10 2 1 2 3
6
9 X
MEMO
TAILLIGHT
1 5
10A
TAILLIGHT TAIL
RELAY
2 3
4 1B 6 1C 9 1C 8 1S
G–O
G–R
A A
G
J2 J12
JUNCTION JUNCTION
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
A A
G–R G
B5
B–R
(* 1)
LIGHT RELAY (MAIN)

DAYTIME RUNNING
16
G–O
G–R
(* 2)
G
D6
17
G–Y J35 A , J36 B

(* 1) A A JUNCTION CONNECTOR
E3 2
INTEGRATION RELAY
G G
B–R
B–R
B8 B8
C B C B (* 3)
G–O
G–O
I17
1 F 2 F 1
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK
G
F4 A , F9 F
G
14
100A
CONTROL SW
LICENSE PLATE LIGHT RH

ALT
LICENSE PLATE LIGHT LH
OFF
FRONT PARKING LIGHT RH
FRONT PARKING LIGHT LH
1 1
TAIL 2 2
LIGHT
1 A
HEAD
B–G
C13 16 1 1
COMBINATION SW 2 2
W–B
L1
L2
W–B
W–B
F1
F2
FL MAIN
3. 0W A
J7
JUNCTION A
CONNECTOR
W–B
W–B
W–B
8 1J
BATTERY
W–B
7 1J
W–B
W–B
E4 B9
A
J11 W–B
W–B
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
IG EB
* 1 : TMMK MADE W/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT 10A

* 2 : EXCEPT *1 GAUGE
* 3 : TMC MADE
2
R–L
1D
D
1 1S J4
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
D
R–L
7 C
C 8 A , C10 C
R–L
G REAR LIGHTS
WARNING LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
3 A
Y–G
G
5 IF2
Y–G
3 8 4
LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR

G DELAY
(* 3)
L3
9 11
G–O
G–O G–O
B10 B7
W–B
G–O
G–O
G–O
(* 3)
G
G
B8
(*3)
(* 3)
G
REAR COMBINATION
REAR COMBINATION
4 4 1 3 1 3
MARKER
MARKER
TAIL
TAIL
SIDE
SIDE
TAILLIGHT RH
TAILLIGHT LH
LIGHT RH
LIGHT LH
3 3
R11
R9
R10
5 5
R8
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B W–B
B9 B11 B11
W–B
W–B
A
W–B A J40
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
BP BL
TAILLIGHT
SYSTEM OUTLINE
When the light control SW is turned to TAIL or HEAD position. The current flows to TERMINAL 3 of the light failure sensor
through the TAIL fuse.
When the ignition SW is turned on, the current flows from the GAUGE fuse to TERMINAL 8 of the light failure sensor, and
also flows through the rear lights warning light to TERMINAL 4 of the light failure sensor.
TAILLIGHT DISCONNECTION WARNING
With the ignition SW on and the light control SW turned to TAIL or HEAD position, if the taillight circuit is open, the light failure
sensor detects the failure by the change in current flowing from TERMINAL 3 of the light failure sensor to TERMINAL 9, and
the warning circuit of the light failure sensor is activated.
As a result, the current flows from TERMINAL 4 of the light failure sensor to TERMINAL 11 to GROUND and turns the rear
lights warning light on, which remains on until the light control SW is turned off
SERVICE HINTS
3–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the light control SW at TAIL or HEAD position
: PARTS LOCATION
C8 A 30 26 (1MZ–FE) J40 32
F9 F
C10 C 30 28 (5S–FE) L1 32
C13 30 I17 30 L2 32
D6 30 J2 31 L3 32
26 (1MZ–FE) J4 31 R8 33
F1
28 (5S–FE) J7 31 L9 33
26 (1MZ–FE) J11 31 R10 33
F2
28 (5S–FE) J12 31 R11 33
26 (1MZ–FE) J35 A 31
F4 A
28 (5S–FE) J36 B 31
1B
1C

: GROUND POINTS

36 (1MZ–FE)
38 (5S–FE)
: SPLICE POINTS
36 (1MZ–FE) B7
E3 Cowl Wire
38 (5S–FE) B8
36 (1MZ–FE) B9 44 Floor Wire
E4 Engine Room Main Wire
38 (5S–FE) B10
B5 44 Floor Wire B11
C8 (A) C8 (A)
3
3
C10 (C) C10 (C) C13

7
7 X X X
X X X X 14 X 16
D6 F1 F2 F4 (A) F9 (F)
GRAY GRAY ORANGE
X X X X X X 1 2 1 2 1 2

16 17 X X
I17 J2 J4 J7 J11
BLACK BLACK GRAY
A A A X X
DD DX A A
A A A A A A A A A A
1 2
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)
J12 J35 (A) J36 (B) J40 L1

BLACK GRAY
A A A
A A 1 2
A A C C A A A A
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)

TAILLIGHT
L2 L3 R8 R9 R10 R11
GRAY
3 4 X
1 2 X 8 9 X 11 X
X 1 3 X 1 3
3 4 X 5 3 4 X 5
MEMO
BACK–UP LIGHT
10A
GAUGE
1 1J
R–L
F F C C
R–B
R–B
R–L
J28 J27
JUNCTION JUNCTION
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
2 II2 3 II3
5 1V
(1MZ–FE)
(5S–FE)
R–L
R–L
13 1S
A A
J24 J21
R–B
JUNCTION JUNCTION
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
R–B
A A
(1MZ–FE)
(5S–FE)
R–B
R–L
R–L
B8
R–B

[PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
2 A (A/T) 1 1
BACK–UP LIGHT SW(M/T)
2 B (M/T)
BACK–UP LIGHT RH
BACK–UP LIGHT LH
BACK–UP LIGHT SW
3 3
SW](A/T)
8 A (A/T)
P1 A
B1 B
R10
R8
W–B
1 B (M/T)
R–B W–B
B9
W–B
A
J40
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
BL
SERVICE HINTS
P1 (A) BACK–UP LIGHT SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW] (A/T)
(A) 2–(A) 8 : Closed with the shift lever at R position
B1 (B) BACK–UP LIGHT SW (M/T)
(B) 2–(B) 1 : Closed with the shift lever at R position
: PARTS LOCATION
26 (1MZ–FE) J27 31 P1 A 29 (5S–FE)
B1 B
28 (5S–FE) J28 31 R8 33
J21 31 J40 32 R10 33
J24 31 P1 A 27 (1MZ–FE)
1S 20 Floor Wire And Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

II2
II3
: GROUND POINTS

: SPLICE POINTS
B8 44 Floor Wire B9 44 Floor Wire
B1 (B) J21 J24 J27

GRAY GRAY
A A A A
A A A A A C C
1 2

(Hint : See Page 7)
J28 J40 P1 (A) R8 R10

GRAY
A A
X 2 1 X 1 X
A A A A
8 3 3
F F
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)

WIPER AND WASHER
* 1 : W/ INT TIME ADJUST

* 2 : W/O INT TIME ADJUST
25A
WIPER
E E 1
L
B A 1A
J35 A , J36 B
4 1C
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
L
2
W2
M WASHER
MOTOR
1
WF EW
L–W
WIPER SW
WASHER SW OFF
6 IK1
ON
OFF
INT
LO
HI
WF 11 L–W
L
EW 2
B1
INT2
INT1
(*1)
(*2)
16 L–Y
+S
+S
+1 7 L–B
+1
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
+2 8 L–O
+2
A
+B 17 L A
+B
A
W–B
C11 J15
L
WIPER AND WASHER SW

[COMB. SW]
3 5 2 1
+2 +1 B S
E
F3 4
FRONT WIPER
W–B
MOTOR
10 2J
A 4 2F
J11
JUNCTION
W–B
CONNECTOR
IG EB
SYSTEM OUTLINE
With the ignition SW turned on, the current flows to TERMINAL 17 of the wiper and washer SW, TERMINAL 2 of the washer
motor and TERMINAL 2 of the front wiper motor through the WIPER fuse.
1. LOW SPEED POSITION
With the wiper and washer SW turned to LO position, the current flows from TERMINAL 17 of the wiper and washer SW to
TERMINAL 7 to TERMINAL 5 of the front wiper motor to TERMINAL 4 to GROUND and causes the front wiper motor to run
at low speed.
2. HIGH SPEED POSITION
With the wiper and washer SW turned to HI position, the current flows from TERMINAL 17 of the wiper and washer SW to
TERMINAL 8 to TERMINAL 3 of the front wiper motor to TERMINAL 4 to GROUND and causes the front wiper motor to run
at high speed.
3. INT POSITION
With the wiper and washer SW turned to INT position, the wiper relay operates and current flows from TERMINAL 17 of the
wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL 2 to GROUND. This activates the intermittent circuit and the current flows from
TERMINAL 17 of the wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL 7 to TERMINAL 5 of the front wiper motor to TERMINAL 4 to
GROUND and the wiper operates. Intermittent operation is controlled by a condenser charge and discharge function in the
relay.
4. WASHER CONTINUOUS OPERATION
With the wiper and washer SW pulled to WASHER position (Washer SW ON position), the current flows from the WIPER
fuse to TERMINAL 2 of the washer motor to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 11 of the wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL 2 to
GROUND and causes the washer motor to run and the window washer to spray. Simultaneously, current flows from the
WIPER fuse to TERMINAL 17 of the wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL 7 to TERMINAL 5 of the front wiper motor to
TERMINAL 4 to GROUND, causing the wiper to function.
SERVICE HINTS
C11 WIPER AND WASHER SW [COMB. SW]
7–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW on and the wiper and washer SW at LO position
Approx. 12 volts every approx. 1 to 10 seconds intermittently with the ignition SW on
and the wiper and washer SW at INT position
16–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW on and unless the front wiper motor at STOP position
8–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW on and the wiper and washer SW at HI position
F3 FRONT WIPER MOTOR
1–2 : Closed unless the front wiper motor at STOP position
: PARTS LOCATION
C11 30 J11 31 J36 B 31
26 (1MZ–FE) J15 31 27 (1MZ–FE)
F3 W2
28 (5S–FE) J35 A 31 29 (5S–FE)
1A
1C
2F 22 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B No.2 (Engine Compartment Left)

WIPER AND WASHER
: GROUND POINTS

36 (1MZ–FE)
38 (5S–FE)
C11 F3 J11 J15

BLACK GRAY BLACK
A A A
A A
X 2 X X X X 7 8 X 1 2 3 A A A A
4 5 (Hint : See Page 7)
X 11 X X X X 16 17 X
(Hint : See Page 7)
J35 (A) J36 (B) W2

BLACK
1 2 X
E E E E

MEMO
POWER WINDOW
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50) L(* 3)
1 L(* 4)
CONNECTOR
B B13
JUNCTION
B L(* 3)
(* 4)
(* 4)
25A 10A 30A
L
DOOR GAUGE POWER
J38
B
(* 3)
P9
L
POWER WINDOW MASTER SW 10 11
2
BW BW
10 IE2 FRONT LH
1 5
DOWN
L
POWER
RELAY
12 1G
2 3
1 1D 5 1G 7 1J 3 1S 13 1G
L–W
J33 A , J34 B
C B
CONNECTOR
JUNCTION
W–B
R–B
A A
L–W
E E DU DD
3 4 1 5
13 A (*1) (* 1)12 A
W–B(*3)
W–B(*4)
W–B(*3)
1 B (*2) 7 (*2) 3 B 10 W–B(*4)
R
B13
W–B
(* 4)
L
CONNECTOR
6 8 A (* 1)
I18 A , B
JUNCTION
6 B (* 2) A
INTEGRATION RELAY A
R–G
7 1S
J38
L
E A
J33 A , J34 B
W–B
(* 3)
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
W–B
R–G
D B
(* 4)
R–G
20 IE1
W–B
1 6 IN2
R–G
D12
W–B
DOOR COURTESY SW
DOOR COURTESY
G
SW FRONT LH 7 1G
1
FRONT RH
3 1V 1 2
M
D13
A
W–B
J11 P10
JUNCTION POWER WINDOW
CONNECTOR MOTOR FRONT LH
IG IE
* 1 : W/O THEFT DETERRENT SYSTEM * 3 : TMC MADE
* 2 : W/ THEFT DETERRENT SYSTEM * 4 : TMMK MADE
P9
POWER WINDOW MASTER SW
FRONT RH REAR LH REAR RH
WINDOW LOCK SW
LOCK
NORMAL
PU PD RLU RLD RRU RRD

14 6 9 12 8 13
G–W
G–Y
G–B
R–Y
R–B
R–L
11 IE2 5 IE2 7 IE2 9 IE2 6 IE2 12 IE2

G–W
G–Y
G–B
R–Y
R–B
R–L
J4
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
L A A L
1 IF1 5 IF1 5 IN2 7 IN2 9 IN2

G–W
G–Y
R–Y
R–L
G–B
R–B
L L
4 IM2 5 IM2 6 IM2 2 BO1 3 BO1 1 BO1 2 BP1 3 BP1 1 BP1

L
L
G–W
G–B
R–B
G–B
R–B
R–L
5 2 4 2 4 3 2 4 3
POWER WINDOW CONTROL
SU SD B SU SD B SU SD B
DOWN
DOWN
DOWN
UP
UP
UP
SW FRONT RH
U D U D U D
SW REAR RH
SW REAR LH
3 1 1 5 1 5
P6
P7
P8
G
G
R
2 1 2 1 2 1
M M M
P11 P12 P13

POWER WINDOW MOTOR POWER WINDOW MOTOR POWER WINDOW MOTOR
POWER WINDOW
SYSTEM OUTLINE
With the ignition SW turned on, current flows through the GAUGE fuse to TERMINAL 7 of the integration relay to TERMINAL
(A) 12 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 3 (w/ theft deterrent system) to TERMINAL 1 of the power relay to TERMINAL 2 to
GROUND, this activates the relay and the current flowing to TERMINAL 5 of the relay from the POWER fuse flows to
TERMINAL 3 of the relay to TERMINALS 10 and 11 of the power window master SW.
1. MANUAL OPERATION (DRIVER’S WINDOW)
With the ignition SW turned on and with the power window master SW (Driver’s) in UP position, the current flowing from
TERMINALS 10 and 11 of the power window master SW flows to TERMINAL 1 of the master SW to TERMINAL 1 of the
power window motor to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 5 of the master SW to TERMINALS 3 and 4 to GROUND and causes
the power window motor to rotate in the up direction. The window ascends only while the SW is being pushed.
In down operation, the flow of current from TERMINALS 10 and 11 of the power window master SW to TERMINAL 5 of the
master SW causes the flow of current from TERMINAL 2 of the power window motor to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 1 of the
master SW to TERMINALS 3 and 4 to GROUND, flowing in the opposite detection to manual up operation and causing the
motor to rotate in reverse, lowering the window.
2. AUTO DOWN OPERATION (DRIVER’S WINDOW)
When the driver’s window SW is pushed strongly to the down side, the current flowing to TERMINALS 10 and 11 of the
power window master SW flows to the down contact point and auto down contact point of the driver’s SW.
This activates the relay (Down side) inside the power window master SW and the hold circuit also turns on at the same time,
so the relay (Down side) remains activated even when the SW is released.
Current flows at this time from TERMINALS 10 and 11 of the power window master SW to TERMINAL 5 to TERMINAL 2 of
the power window motor to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 1 of the power window master SW to TERMINALS 3 and 4 to
GROUND, so the motor continues to operate until the driver’s window is fully down.
When the driver’s window finishes down operation and the hold circuit goes off, so the relay (Down side) also turns off. This
stops the current flowing from TERMINALS 10 and 11 of the power window master SW to TERMINAL 5 is cut off, so the
power window motor stops and auto down operation stops.
When the driver’s SW is pulled to the up side during auto down operation, the hold circuit is turned off so the current flowing
from TERMINALS 10 and 11 of the power window master SW to TERMINAL 5 is cut off and the power window motor stops.
If the SW remains pulled up the relay (Up side) is activated, so current flows from TERMINALS 10 and 11 of the power
window master SW to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 1 of the power window motor to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 5 to
TERMINALS 3 and 4 to GROUND, the power window motor rotates in the up direction and manual up operation occurs
while the SW is pulled up.
3. MANUAL OPERATION (FRONT RH WINDOW)
With the power window control SW front RH pulled to the up side, the current flowing from TERMINAL 4 of the power window
control SW flows to TERMINAL 3 of the power window control SW to TERMINAL 2 of the power window motor to TERMINAL
1 to TERMINAL 1 of the power window control SW to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 6 of the master SW to TERMINALS 3 and
4 to GROUND and causes the power window motor front RH to rotate in the up direction. The up operation continues only
while the power window control SW is pulled to the up side. When the window descends, the current flowing to the motor
flows in the opposite direction, from TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 2, and the motor rotates in reverse. When the window lock
SW is pushed to the lock side, the ground circuit to the front RH window becomes open.
As a result, even if Open/Close operation of the front RH window is tried, the current from TERMINALS 3 and 4 of the power
window master SW is not grounded and the motor does not rotate, so the front RH window can not be operated and window
lock occurs.
4. MANUAL OPERATION (REAR LH, RH WINDOW)
With the power window control SW rear LH, RH pulled to the up side, the current flowing from TERMINAL 3 of the power
window control SW flows to TERMINAL 1 of the power control SW to TERMINAL 2 of the power window motor to TERMINAL
1 to TERMINAL 5 of the power window control SW to TERMINAL 4 to TERMINAL 12 or 13 of the master SW to TERMINALS
3 and 4 to GROUND and causes the power window motor rear LH, RH to rotate in the up direction. The up operation
continues only while the power window control SW is pulled to the up side. When the window descends, the current flowing
to the motor flows in the opposite direction, from TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 2, and the motor rotates in reverse. When the
window lock SW is pushed to the lock side, the ground circuit to the rear LH, RH window becomes open.
As a result, even if Open/Close operation of the rear LH, RH window is tried, the current from TERMINALS 3 and 4 of the
power window master SW is not grounded and the motor does not rotate, so the rear LH, RH window can not be operated
and window lock occurs.
5. KEY OFF POWER WINDOW OPERATION
With the ignition SW turned from on to off, the integration relay operates and current flows from the DOOR fuse to
TERMINAL (A) 13 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 1 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the relay to TERMINAL (A) 12 (w/o theft
deterrent system), (B) 3 (w/ theft deterrent system) to TERMINAL 1 of the power relay to TERMINAL 2 to GROUND for about
43 seconds. The same as normal operation, the current flows from the POWER fuse to TERMINAL 5 of the power relay to
TERMINAL 3 to TERMINALS 10 and 11 of the power window master SW and TERMINAL 4 (Front RH) or 3 (Rear LH, RH) of
the power window control SW. As a result, for about 43 seconds after the ignition SW is turned off, the functioning of this
relay makes it possible to raise and lower the power window. Also, by opening the front doors (Door courtesy SW on) within
about 43 seconds after turning the ignition SW to off, a signal is input to TERMINAL 6 or (A) 8 (w/o theft deterrent system),
(B) 6 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the integration relay. As a result, the relay turned off, and up and down movement of the
power window stops.
SERVICE HINTS
P9 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW
10, 11–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position or key off power window operation
3, 4–GROUND : Always continuity
1–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW on and the master SW (Driver’s window) at UP position
5–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW on and the master SW (Driver’s window)
at DOWN or AUTO DOWN position
WINDOW LOCK SW
Open with the window lock SW at LOCK position
: PARTS LOCATION
D12 32 J33 A 31 P9 33
D13 32 J34 B 31 P10 33
A 30 J38 32 P11 33
I18
B 30 P6 33 P12 33
J4 31 P7 33 P13 33
J11 31 P8 33
1D
1G

IE1
40 Front Door LH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IE2
IM2 42 Front Door RH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Kick Panel)
BO1 44 Rear Door Wire LH and Floor Wire (Under the Left Center Pillar)
BP1 44 Rear Door Wire RH and Floor No.2 Wire (Under the Right Center Pillar)
: GROUND POINTS

POWER WINDOW
: SPLICE POINTS
B13 44 Front Door LH Wire
D12 D13 I18 (A) I18 (B)

1 1
8 1213 1 X 3 X 6 X X
X X X X X X X
J4 J11 J33 (A) J34 (B)

BLACK BLACK BLACK
A A A X X
X A A
A A A A A A C C
(Hint : See Page 7) E E E D D D
(Hint : See Page 7)
J38 P6 P6 P7 P8
(TMC Made) BLACK (TMMK Made)
A A A B B
12345 12345
A A A B B B B
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
(Hint : See Page 7)
P9 P10 P11 P12 P13
1 3 4 5 6
8 9 1011121314
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
MEMO
DOOR LOCK CONTROL (TMC MADE)
30A 25A 10A

TO POWER WINDOW
POWER DOOR GAUGE

MASTER SW
5 1 1 1D
L–W
POWER
RELAY
3 2 C B
J33 A , J34 B
L
JUNCTION
12 1G 7 1J 3 1M 5 1G CONNECTOR
A A
W–B 2 1 L–B
L–W
R–B
W–B U1 5 1M
UNLOCK WARNING SW 12 A (*1) 13 A I18 A , B
10 5 3 B (*2) 1 B INTEGRATION RELAY 7
1 A 2 A 3 A 4 A 5 A 9 A (* 1)
16 B 17 B 18 B 19 B 20 B 11 B 5 B (* 2)
L–W
R–G
L–R
LG
L–R
CONNECTOR
D
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
D LG F
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
B B A
J6
D
G
JUNCTION
JUNCTION
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
J6
F
JUNCTION
E L–B
J37
J37
E
J6
(* 1)
LG
LG
B B A
G
L(*2)
L–W
L–R
L–R
J6
L–W
E
L
R–G
G
13 IE1 12 IE1 4 IE1 3 IE1 4 IM1 3 IM1 13 IM1 12 IM1 3 IE2 8 IE2 11 IE1
L–W
L–W
R–G
L–R
L–R
L–B
LG
LG
W–B
G
L
[POWER WINDOW MASTER SW]
DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION

DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LH
UNLOCK SW FRONT RH
UNLOCK SW FRONT LH
DOOR LOCK CONTROL
DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND

DOOR KEY LOCK AND
DOOR KEY LOCK AND
2 7 2 3 2 3 6 5 2 3 4
UNLOCK
UNLOCK
UNLOCK
UNLOCK
LOCK
LOCK
LOCK
LOCK
SW FRONT LH
M
SW RH
4 1 1 3
D16
D17
D18
W–B
W–B
D19
P9
A A
1
W–B A A W–B A A
J38 J39
W–B
JUNCTION A A JUNCTION
W–B
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
W–B
W–B
20 IM1
20 IE1 W–B
A
J11 7 3
W–B W–B
W–B
JUNCTION 1G 1V
CONNECTOR
IG IE IJ
DOOR COURTESY SW
DOOR COURTESY SW
* 1 : W/O THEFT DETERRENT SYSTEM
* 2 : W/ THEFT DETERRENT SYSTEM
1 1
FRONT RH
FRONT LH
R–G
R–G
D12
D13
6 IN2
R–G
D B
J33 A , J34 B
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
E A
R–G
7 1S
I18 A , B 8 A (* 1)
INTEGRATION RELAY 6 6 B (* 2)
6 A 7 A 11 A 10 A (* 1)
12 B 25 B 9 B 7 B (*2)
L–R C
L–Y
A
Y
C B 2
L–R L–R L–R
A B IN2
7 C B
L–R L–R C
IF2 A B J37
L–B B JUNCTION
A CONNECTOR
B C C 1
L–B L–B(* 1) L–B
A B IN2
(* 1) 6
L–B B C L–B
L–R
L–B
IF2 A B L–Y
Y
L–R
L–B
L–Y
J30 A , J31 B
2 IF2 JUNCTION 7 IM2 3 IM2 11 IM1 5 BP1 7 BP1 4 BP1 3 IN2

CONNECTOR
DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK
5 BO1 7 BO1 4 BO1

L–R
L–B
Y
L–R
L–R
L–B
L–Y
L–Y
L–B
L–Y
L–Y
2 3 1 2 3 4 2 3 1
DETECTION SW FRONT RH
DETECTION SW REAR RH
E D
B A
L–Y
M D M M
A
J 9 A , J10 B
JUNCTION
L–Y
D21 4 CONNECTOR 1 4
D20
D22
DOOR LOCK MOTOR

W–B
W–B
AND DOOR UNLOCK

DETECTION SW
REAR LH
6 BO1
6 BP1
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
A W–B
J40 B6
JUNCTION
W–B
CONNECTOR
BL IK BN
SYSTEM OUTLINE
Current always flows to TERMINAL (A) 13 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 1 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the integration
relay through the DOOR fuse.
When the ignition SW is turned on, the current flowing through the GAUGE Fuse flows to TERMINAL 7 of the integration
relay to TERMINAL (A) 12 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 3 (w/ theft deterrent system) to the power relay (Coil side) to
GROUND.
1. MANUAL LOCK OPERATION
When the door lock control SW or door key lock and unlock SW are operated to LOCK position, a lock signal is input to
TERMINAL (A) 1 or (A) 3 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 16 or (B) 18 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the integration relay and
causes the relay to function. Current flows from TERMINAL (A) 13 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 1 (w/ theft deterrent
system) of the relay to (A) 6 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 12 (w/ theft deterrent system) to TERMINAL 2 of the door lock
motors to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL (A) 7 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 11 and (B) 25 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the
relay to TERMINAL 10 to GROUND and the door lock motor causes the door to lock.
2. MANUAL UNLOCK OPERATION
When the door lock control SW or door key lock and unlock SW are operated to UNLOCK position, an unlock signal is input
to TERMINAL (A) 2, (A) 4 or (A) 5 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 17, (B) 19 or (B) 20 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the
integration relay and causes the relay to function. Current flows from TERMINAL (A) 13 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 1 (w/
theft deterrent system) of the relay to TERMINAL (A) 7 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 11 and (B) 25 (w/ theft deterrent
system) to TERMINAL 3 of the door lock motors to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL (A) 6 (w/o theft Deterrent system), (B) 12 (w/
theft deterrent system) of the relay to TERMINAL 10 to GROUND and door lock motors causes door to unlock.
3. DOUBLE OPERATION UNLOCK OPERATION
When the door key lock and unlock SW front LH is turned to the unlock side, only the driver’s door is mechanically unlocked.
Turning the door key lock and unlock SW front LH to the unlock side causes a signal to be input to TERMINAL (A) 4 (w/o
theft deterrent system), (B) 19 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the relay, and if the signal is input again within 3 seconds by
turning the SW to the unlock side again, current flows from TERMINAL (A) 7 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 11 and (B) 25
(w/ theft deterrent system) of the integration relay to TERMINAL 3 of the door lock motors to TERMINAL 2 of the door lock
motors to TERMINAL (A) 6 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 12 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the relay to TERMINAL 10 to
GROUND, causing the door lock motors to operate and unlock the doors.
4. IGNITION KEY REMINDER OPERATION
∗ Operating door lock knob (Operation of door lock motors)
With ignition key in cylinder (Unlock warning SW on), when the door is opened and locked using door lock knob (Door
lock motor), the door is locked once but each door is unlocked soon by the function of the relay. As a result, the current
flows from TERMINAL (A) 13 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 1 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the integration relay to
TERMINAL (A) 7 (w/o theft deterrent system),(B) 11 and (B) 25 (w/ theft deterrent system) to TERMINAL 3 of the door
lock motors to TERMINAL 2 of the door lock motors to TERMINAL (A) 6 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 12 (w/ theft
deterrent system) of the relay to TERMINAL 10 to GROUND and causes all the doors to unlock.
∗ Operating door lock control SW or door key lock and unlock SW
With ignition key in cylinder (Unlock warning SW on), when the door is opened and locked using door lock control SW or
key SW, the door is locked once but each door is unlock by the function of SW contained in motors, which the signal is
input to TERMINAL (A) 9 or (A) 10 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 5 or (B) 7 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the relay.
According to this input signal, the current in ECU flows from TERMINAL (A) 13 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 1 (w/
system) to TERMINAL 3 of the door lock motors to TERMINAL 2 of the door lock motors to TERMINAL (A) 6 (w/o theft
deterrent system), (B) 12 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the relay to TERMINAL 10 to GROUND and causes all the doors
to unlock.
∗ In case of key less lock
With ignition key in cylinder (Unlock warning SW on), when the unlock function is disturbed more than 0.2 seconds, for
example pushing the door lock knob etc., the door holds on lock condition. Closing the door after, door courtesy SW
inputs the signal into TERMINAL 6 or (A) 8 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 6 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the
integration relay. By this input signal, the ECU works and current flows from TERMINAL (A) 13 (w/o theft deterrent
system), (B) 1 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the relay to TERMINAL (A) 7 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 11 and (B) 25
(w/ theft deterrent system) to TERMINAL 3 of the door lock motors to TERMINAL 2 of the door lock motors to
TERMINAL (A) 6 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 12 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the relay to TERMINAL 10 to
GROUND and causes all the doors to unlock.
SERVICE HINTS
6–GROUND : Continuity with driver’s door open
7–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON position
(A)13 or (B) 1–GROUND: Always approx. 12 volts
(A) 6 or (B)12–GROUND: Approx. 12 volts 0.2 seconds with following operation
∗ Door lock control SW locked
∗ Locking driver’s, front passenger’s door cylinder with key
(A) 1or (B)16–GROUND : Continuity with door lock control SW locked
(A) 8 or (B) 6–GROUND : Continuity with front passenger’s door open
(A) 9 or (B) 5–GROUND : Continuity with driver’s door lock knob unlocked
(A)10 or (B) 7–GROUND: Continuity with front passenger’s door lock knob unlock
(A) 2 or (B)17–GROUND: Continuity with door lock control SW unlocked
(A) 5 or (B)20–GROUND: Continuity with front passenger’s door lock cylinder unlocked with key
(A) 4 or (B)19–GROUND: Continuity with driver’s door lock cylinder unlocked with key
(A) 3 or (B)18–GROUND: Continuity with driver’s, front passenger’s door lock cylinder locked with key
(A) 7 or (B)11, (B)25–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts 0.2 seconds with following operation
∗ Door lock control SW unlocked
∗ Door lock control SW locked with ignition key in cylinder and driver’s door open
(Ignition key reminder function)
∗ Door lock knob locked with ignition key in cylinder and driver’s door open
∗ Unlocking driver’s, front passenger’s door cylinder with key
D12, D13 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH,RH
1–GROUND : Closed with each door open
D16, D17 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT LH,RH
1–2 : Closed with door lock cylinder locked with key
1–3 : Closed with door lock cylinder unlocked with key
D19, D20 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT LH,RH
1–4 : Closed with door lock knob UNLOCK position
U1 UNLOCK WARNING SW
1–2 : Closed with ignition key in cylinder
: PARTS LOCATION
D12 32 A 30 J34 B 31
I18
D13 32 B 30 J37 31
D16 32 J6 31 J38 32
D17 32 J9 A 31 J39 32
D18 32 J10 B 31 J40 32
D19 32 J11 31 P9 33
D20 32 J30 A 31 U1 31
D21 32 J31 B 31
D22 32 J33 A 31
1D
1G
1J
1M
IE1
IE2
IM1
42 Front Door RH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Kick Panel)
IM2
: GROUND POINTS

IJ
40 Right Kick Panel
IK
BN 44 Under the Right Center Pillar
: SPLICE POINTS
B6 44 Floor No.2 Wire
D12 D13 D16 D17 D18 D19

BLACK
X X
1 1 3X5 6 1 2 3 4
1 1
2 2
3 3
D20 D21 D22 I18 (A)

BLACK BLACK BLACK (w/o Theft Deterrent System) ORANGE
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10111213
I18 (B) J6 J9 (A)

(w/ Theft Deterrent System) ORANGE BLACK
B B B B
1 X 3 X 5 6 7 X 9 X 11 DD DE E E F F F F
12 X X X 16 17 18 19 20 X X X X 25 D D D
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)

J10 (B) J11 J30 (A) J31 (B)
BLACK GRAY GRAY
A A
A A A A
E E E B B B C C C B B B C C C
(Hint : See Page 7)
J33 (A) J34 (B) J37 J38

BLACK BLACK
A A A
A A B C C A A A
A A C C A A B B B B C C
E E E D D D (Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)

J39 J40 P9 U1
A A A X X 2 4
A A A X X X X A A 7
A A A A 1 2
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)
DOOR LOCK CONTROL (TMMK MADE)
30A 25A 10A

TO POWER WINDOW
POWER DOOR GAUGE

MASTER SW
5 1 1 1D
L–W
POWER
RELAY
3 2 C B
J33 A , J34 B
L
JUNCTION
12 1G 7 1J 3 1M 5 1G CONNECTOR
A A
W–B 2 1 L–B
L–W
R–B
W–B U1 5 1M
UNLOCK WARNING SW 12 A (*1) 13 A I18 A , B
10 5 3 B (*2) 1 B INTEGRATION RELAY 7
1 A 2 A 3 A 4 A 5 A 9 A (* 1)
16 B 17 B 18 B 19 B 20 B 11 B 5 B (* 2)
L–W
R–G
L–R
LG
L–R
CONNECTOR
D
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
D LG F
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
B B A
J6
D
G
JUNCTION
JUNCTION
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
J6
F
JUNCTION
E L–B
J37
J37
E
J6
(* 1)
LG
LG
B B A
G
L(*2)
L–W
L–R
L–R
J6
L–W
E
L
R–G
G
13 IE1 12 IE1 4 IE1 3 IE1 4 IM1 3 IM1 13 IM1 12 IM1 3 IE2 8 IE2 11 IE1
L–W
L–W
R–G
L–R
L–R
L–B
LG
LG
W–B
G
L

UNLOCK SW FRONT RH
UNLOCK SW FRONT LH
DOOR LOCK CONTROL
DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND

DOOR KEY LOCK AND
DOOR KEY LOCK AND
2 7 2 3 2 3 6 5 2 3 4
UNLOCK
UNLOCK
UNLOCK
UNLOCK
LOCK
LOCK
LOCK
LOCK
SW FRONT LH
M
SW RH
4 1 1 3
D16
D17
D18
W–B
W–B
D19
P9
1
W–B W–B
B13 B14
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
20 IE1 20 IM1 W–B
A
J11 7 3
W–B W–B
W–B
JUNCTION 1G 1V
CONNECTOR
IG IE IJ
DOOR COURTESY SW
DOOR COURTESY SW
1 1
* 2 : W/ THEFT DETERRENT SYSTEM
FRONT RH
FRONT LH
R–G
R–G
D12
D13
6 IN2
R–G
D B
J33 A , J34 B
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
E A
R–G
7 1S
I18 A , B 8 A (* 1)
INTEGRATION RELAY 6 6 B (* 2)
6 A 7 A 11 A 10 A (* 1)
12 B 25 B 9 B 7 B (*2)
L–R C
L–Y
A
Y
C B 2
L–R L–R L–R
A B IN2
7 C B
L–R L–R C
IF2 A B J37
L–B B JUNCTION
A CONNECTOR
B C C 1
L–B L–B(* 1) L–B
A B IN2
(* 1) 6
L–B B C L–B
L–R
L–B
IF2 A B L–Y
Y
L–R
L–B
L–Y
J30 A , J31 B
2 IF2 JUNCTION 7 IM2 3 IM2 11 IM1 5 BP1 7 BP1 4 BP1 3 IN2

CONNECTOR
5 BO1 7 BO1 4 BO1

L–R
L–B
Y
L–R
L–R
L–B
L–Y
L–Y
L–B
L–Y
L–Y
2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1
DETECTION SW FRONT RH
DETECTION SW REAR RH
E D
B A
L–Y
M D M M
A
J 9 A , J10 B
JUNCTION
L–Y
D21 4 CONNECTOR 4 4
D20
D22
DOOR LOCK MOTOR

W–B
W–B
AND DOOR UNLOCK

DETECTION SW
REAR LH
6 BO1
6 BP1
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
A W–B
J40 B6
JUNCTION
W–B
CONNECTOR
BL IK BN
SYSTEM OUTLINE
Current always flows to TERMINAL (A) 13 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 1 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the integration
relay through the DOOR fuse.
When the ignition SW is turned on, the current flowing through the GAUGE Fuse flows to TERMINAL 7 of the integration
relay to TERMINAL (A) 12 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 3 (w/ theft deterrent system) to the power relay (Coil side) to
GROUND.
1. MANUAL LOCK OPERATION
When the door lock control SW or door key lock and unlock SW are operated to LOCK position, a lock signal is input to
TERMINAL (A) 1 or (A) 3 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 16 or (B) 18 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the integration relay and
causes the relay to function. Current flows from TERMINAL (A) 13 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 1 (w/ theft deterrent
system) of the relay to (A) 6 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 12 (w/ theft deterrent system) to TERMINAL 2 of the door lock
motors to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL (A) 7 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 11 and (B) 25 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the
relay to TERMINAL 10 to GROUND and the door lock motor causes the door to lock.
2. MANUAL UNLOCK OPERATION
When the door lock control SW or door key lock and unlock SW are operated to UNLOCK position, an unlock signal is input
to TERMINAL (A) 2, (A) 4 or (A) 5 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 17, (B) 19 or (B) 20 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the
integration relay and causes the relay to function. Current flows from TERMINAL (A) 13 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 1
(w/ theft deterrent system) of the relay to TERMINAL (A) 7 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 11 and (B) 25 (w/ theft deterrent
system) to TERMINAL 3 of the door lock motors to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL (A) 6 (w/o theft Deterrent system), (B) 12 (w/
theft deterrent system) of the relay to TERMINAL 10 to GROUND and door lock motors causes door to unlock.
3. DOUBLE OPERATION UNLOCK OPERATION
When the door key lock and unlock SW front LH is turned to the unlock side, only the driver’s door is mechanically unlocked.
Turning the door key lock and unlock SW front LH to the unlock side causes a signal to be input to TERMINAL (A) 4 (w/o
theft deterrent system), (B) 19 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the relay, and if the signal is input again within 3 seconds by
turning the SW to the unlock side again, current flows from TERMINAL (A) 7 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 11 and (B) 25
(w/ theft deterrent system) of the integration relay to TERMINAL 3 of the door lock motors to TERMINAL 2 of the door lock
motors to TERMINAL (A) 6 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 12 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the relay to TERMINAL 10 to
GROUND, causing the door lock motors to operate and unlock the doors.
4. IGNITION KEY REMINDER OPERATION
∗ Operating door lock knob (Operation of door lock motors)
With ignition key in cylinder (Unlock warning SW on), when the door is opened and locked using door lock knob (Door
lock motor), the door is locked once but each door is unlocked soon by the function of the relay. As a result, the current
flows from TERMINAL (A) 13 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 1 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the integration relay to
TERMINAL (A) 7 (w/o theft deterrent system),(B) 11 and (B) 25 (w/ theft deterrent system) to TERMINAL 3 of the door
lock motors to TERMINAL 2 of the door lock motors to TERMINAL (A) 6 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 12 (w/ theft
deterrent system) of the relay to TERMINAL 10 to GROUND and causes all the doors to unlock.
∗ Operating door lock control SW or door key lock and unlock SW
With ignition key in cylinder (Unlock warning SW on), when the door is opened and locked using door lock control SW or
key SW, the door is locked once but each door is unlock by the function of SW contained in motors, which the signal is
input to TERMINAL (A) 9 or (A) 10 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 5 or (B) 7 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the relay.
According to this input signal, the current in ECU flows from TERMINAL (A) 13 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 1 (w/
system) to TERMINAL 3 of the door lock motors to TERMINAL 2 of the door lock motors to TERMINAL (A) 6 (w/o theft
deterrent system), (B) 12 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the relay to TERMINAL 10 to GROUND and causes all the doors
to unlock.
∗ In case of key less lock
With ignition key in cylinder (Unlock warning SW on), when the unlock function is disturbed more than 0.2 seconds, for
example pushing the door lock knob etc., the door holds on lock condition. Closing the door after, door courtesy SW
inputs the signal into TERMINAL 6 or (A) 8 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 6 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the
integration relay. By this input signal, the ECU works and current flows from TERMINAL (A) 13 (w/o theft deterrent
system), (B) 1 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the relay to TERMINAL (A) 7 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 11 and (B) 25
(w/ theft deterrent system) to TERMINAL 3 of the door lock motors to TERMINAL 2 of the door lock motors to
TERMINAL (A) 6 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 12 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the relay to TERMINAL 10 to
GROUND and causes all the doors to unlock.
SERVICE HINTS
6–GROUND : Continuity with driver’s door open
7–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON position
(A)13 or (B) 1–GROUND: Always approx. 12 volts
(A) 6 or (B)12–GROUND:Approx. 12 volts 0.2 seconds with following operation
∗ Door lock control SW locked
∗ Locking driver’s, front passenger’s door cylinder with key
(A) 1 or (B)16–GROUND: Continuity with door lock control SW locked
(A) 8 or (B) 6–GROUND : Continuity with front passenger’s door open
(A) 9 or (B) 5–GROUND : Continuity with driver’s door lock knob unlocked
(A)10 or (B) 7–GROUND: Continuity with front passenger’s door lock knob unlock
(A) 2 or (B)17–GROUND: Continuity with door lock control SW unlocked
(A) 5 or (B)20–GROUND: Continuity with front passenger’s door lock cylinder unlocked with key
(A) 4 or (B)19–GROUND: Continuity with driver’s door lock cylinder unlocked with key
(A) 3 or (B)18–GROUND: Continuity with driver’s, front passenger’s door lock cylinder locked with key
(A) 7 or (B)11, (B)25–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts 0.2 seconds with following operation
∗ Door lock control SW unlocked
∗ Door lock control SW locked with ignition key in cylinder and driver’s door open
∗ Door lock knob locked with ignition key in cylinder and driver’s door open
∗ Unlocking driver’s, front passenger’s door cylinder with key
D12, D13 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH,RH
1–GROUND : Closed with each door open
D16, D17 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT LH,RH
D19, D20 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT LH,RH
1–4 : Closed with door lock knob UNLOCK position
: PARTS LOCATION
D12 32 D22 32 J31 B 31
D13 32 A 30 J33 A 31
I18
D16 32 B 30 J34 B 31
D17 32 J6 31 J37 31
D18 32 J9 A 31 J40 32
D19 32 J10 B 31 P9 33
D20 32 J11 31 U1 31
D21 32 J30 A 31
1D
1G
1J
1M
IE1
IE2
IM1
IM2
: GROUND POINTS

IJ
40 Right Kick Panel
IK
: SPLICE POINTS
B6 44 Floor No.2 Wire B14 44 Front Door RH Wire
B13 44 Front Door LH Wire
D12 D13 D16 D17 D18 D19

BLACK BLACK
1 1 X X
1 2 3 4
1 1
3 X 5 6
2 2
3 3
D20 D21 D22 I18 (A)

BLACK BLACK BLACK (w/o Theft Deterrent System) ORANGE
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10111213
I18 (B) J6 J9 (A)

(w/ Theft Deterrent System) ORANGE BLACK
B B B B
1 X 3 X 5 6 7 X 9 X 11 DD DE E E F F F F
12 X X X 16 17 18 19 20 X X X X 25 D D D
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)

J10 (B) J11 J30 (A) J31 (B)
BLACK GRAY GRAY
A A
A A A A
E E E B B B C C C B B B C C C
(Hint : See Page 7)
J33 (A) J34 (B) J37 J40

BLACK BLACK
A A B C C A A
A A C C A A B B B B C C A A A A
E E E D D D
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)
P9 U1
2 4
7
1 2
100A ALT
B–G B–R B–R
1 F
1 A
4 1B
E3
B–R
3. 0W
2 F
FL MAIN
TO FRONT PARKING G–O
9 1C
BATTERY
10A
LIGHTS
TAIL
FUSIBLE
RELAY
G
TO TAILLIGHTS
8 1S
LINK BLOCK
TAILLIGHT
D15
3
5
DOOR COURTESY SW
F4 A , F9 F
REAR RH
1
R–W R–W
8 IN2
A
A
2
1
G–R G–R G–R G–R
B B
B A
6 1C
10 IG1
J2
G–R
B A
JUNCTION
J33 A , J34 B
CONNECTOR
D13
DOOR COURTESY SW JUNCTION
25A
FRONT RH CONNECTOR
DOOR
1
R–G R–G R–G
D B
E A
6 IN2
L–W L–W L–W
A A
C B
1 1D
E A
C B
J33 A , J34 B
R–G
D14
CONNECTOR JUNCTION
DOOR COURTESY SW
L–W
D10
REAR LH CONNECTOR
DIODE
7. 5A DOME
(DOME)
1
2
R–W
D7
2
1
R R R–Y R
D B
E A
12 2J
8 1G
1 1W
1
D B
DIODE (COURTESY)
J16 A , J17 B
D12
WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL (TMC MADE)

FRONT LH CONNECTOR
R–W
1
R–G R
R–W R–W
D A
E B
R–W R–W
D A
E B
R–W
D A
J33 A , J34 B
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
R
R
R–G
R–G
L–W
L–W
G–R
G–R
R–W
R–W
R–W
R–W
G–R G–R
L–W L–W
R R
R–W R–W
14 8 4 9 W6 10
WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU L
L–R
R–W
G–R
R
R–G
2 L–W
L–B
R–W
B B
J 9 A , J10 B
R6
REMOTE CONTROL
CONNECTOR
MIRROR SW
JUNCTION
L–W
R–G
L–R
L
B A B A
L–B
L–B
I18 B
INTEGRATION RELAY 11 B 12 B 19 B 18 B
7 1D
R 5 1M
1 B 4 6 16 B 17 B 25 B
G–R
L–B
L–B
LG
J6
4 1G 12 1S 7 1S 1 1G JUNCTION
L–W CONNECTOR D E
UNLOCK WARNING SW
D 1
R–W
R–W
R–G
R–G
D E
R–W
2
U1
LG
LG
G
W–B
13 IE1 12 IE1 13 IM1 12 IM1 3 1M
R–W
LG
LG
G
G
CONTROL SW RH
R–G 2 7 6 5 7 1J
UNLOCK
UNLOCK
DOOR LOCK
L–B
W–B
LOCK
LOCK
L–B
D18
4 3
W–B W–B
P9
W–B W–B
R–G
R–G R–G
A
J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
IG
L
R
L–R
J38
G–R
D16 J6
R–G
L–W
R–W
L–B
L–B
R–G
R–G
W–B
W–B
DOOR KEY LOCK AND JUNCTION
B
W–B UNLOCK SW FRONT LH CONNECTOR
JUNCTION
B
B
3
7
UNLOCK R–G R–G R–G
3 IE1
20
1
A
CONNECTOR A
W–B W–B W–B W–B
IE
3 1V
7 1G
IE1
2
L–W L–W
A
4 IE1
W–B LOCK
R–G R–G
L–W
L–W
D17
J39
DOOR KEY LOCK AND
B
W–B UNLOCK SW FRONT RH
2
B
B
LOCK L–W L–W
JUNCTION
4 IM1
A
1
A
CONNECTOR A
IJ
20 IM1
A
B
3
15
L L L–W
A
3 IM1
W–B UNLOCK
A
B
J37
L L
JUNCTION
L–W L–W CONNECTOR
W6
D19
DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR J6
UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT LH JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
1
4
11
F
F
L–R L–R L–R
11 IE1
F
2
L–R L–R
IE2
WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU
3
L–B L
M
8 IE2
L–R
D20

UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT RH JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
1
4
12
C
C
W–B Y Y Y
11 IM1
C
L–R
L–R
2
L–R L–R
B B
C A
7 IM2
C A
L–B
M
3 IM2
B B
C A
J30 A , J31 B
JUNCTION
L
Y
R
L–B
L–B
L–B
L–R
L–R
L–R
R–G
R–G
R–G
L–W
L–W
G–R
R–W
CONNECTOR
G–R G–R
L–W L–W
R R
R–W R–W
LG
L–Y
W6
WIRELESS DOOR
LOCK ECU W–B
13 1 5
W–B
LG
L–Y
L–R L–R
L–R
L–Y
L–Y L–Y
D A D A 2 IF2 7 IF2 3 IN2 2 IN2
L–R
L–R
L–Y
L–Y
J 9 A , J10 B
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
E B E B 4 BO1 5 BO1 4 BP1 5 BP1
L–R
L–R
L–Y
L–Y
L–Y
L–Y
UNLOCK DETECTION SW REAR RH

UNLOCK DETECTION SW REAR LH
DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR

1 2 1 2
L–R
L–B
M M
L–B
4 3 4 3
C B C B
W–B
W–B
L–B
L–B
D21
D22
J30 A , J31 B
JUNCTION 6 BO1 7 BO1 6 BP1 7 BP1
CONNECTOR
B A B A
W–B
W–B
L–B
L–B
L–B
L–B
6 IF2 1 IN2
W–B
L–B B6
L–B L–B
Y Y
L–R L–R
R–G R–G
L–W L–W
L–B
L L
L–B L–B
R–G R–G
R–G R–G
A
W–B
W–B
J40
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
BL BN IK
G–R FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50)
L–W 1
R
15A 10A 40A
ECU–IG HORN MAIN
R–W
LG
2
L–Y 8 1D
1 5 4 1
W–B
HORN HEAD
RELAY RELAY
B–R
2 3 3 2
3 2F 10 2K 8 2K
THEFT DETERRENT
2
G–B
J16 A , J17 B
(* 1)
CONNECTOR
R
C A C
1
CONNECTOR
JUNCTION
LIGHT RELAY (MAIN)

HORN
DAYTIME RUNNING
JUNCTION
W–L
6
T1
J2
C H–LP
R–B
(*2)
A B 4 IK1
G–B
W–L
D6
5
R–W
W–B
L–W
G–R
B–R
R–B
L–Y
(* 1)
LG
5 IG3
W–L 11 IG1
G–B
CONNECTOR
16 A 18 A 1 A 11 A 1 B 11 B 13 A 9 B 12 B B
J 1 (*1) ,
JUNCTION
J32 (*2)
LSWR PANI CTY +B1 +B2 TAIL IG SH HORN
T3 B , T4 A
B
THEFT DETERRENT ECU
E LSWP LSWD UL3 L2 UL2 KSW DSWD DSWP HEAD
R–B
7 B 15 A 14 A 9 A 8 A 10 A 6 A 4 A 5 A 10 B
W–B
L–W
R–G
R–G
R–G
R–B
L–R
L–B
Y
L
CONNECTOR
A
J 9 A , J10 B
7 IG3
JUNCTION
A A B
CONNECTOR
JUNCTION
J5
A
W–B
C A
Y
L–R
R–G * 1 : W/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT

L–W
L–B
R–G
R–G
W–B
IF
SYSTEM OUTLINE
Door lock control (Lock and unlock) and panic control (Theft alarm and flash) is performed by remote control, without the
ignition key inserted in the door key cylinder, using low–power electrical waves emitted by a transmitter.
1. WIRELESS DOOR LOCK OR UNLOCK NORMAL OPERATION
With the ignition key not inserted into the ignition key cylinder (Unlock warning SW off) and all the doors completely closed,
when the lock or unlock button (Transmitter) is pushed, the wireless door lock ECU receives the electrical waves from the
transmitter, causing it to operate.
As a result, the ECU judges whether the door is locked or unlocked based on the signal from the door lock motor and door
unlock detection SW, and sends a signal to the theft deterrent ECU and integration relay to switch the condition from lock to
unlock or vice versa, causing the door lock motor to operate.
2. VISUAL CONFIRMATION OF LOCK OR UNLOCK
If all doors indicate that they are locked after the lock command, parking lights and taillight will flash once. If any door
indicates that it is open after the unlock command, parking lights and taillights will flash twice.
3. WIRELESS DOOR UNLOCK OPERATION
Pushing the unlock button (Transmitter) once, driver’s door is unlocked. Furthermore, pushing the button again within 3
seconds, the other doors are unlocked.
4. AUTOMATIC LOCK OPERATION
after pushing the button (Transmitter) to unlock all the doors, if a door is not opened within 30 seconds, all the doors will be
automatically relocked.
5. WIRELESS CONTROL STOP FUNCTION
If a door is open (Door courtesy SW on), a signal is input from the door courtesy SW to the wireless door lock ECU, stopping
wireless door lock or unlock.
If the ignition key is in the ignition key cylinder (Unlock warning SW on), the unlock warning SW inputs a signal to the
wireless door lock ECU, stopping wireless door lock or unlock.
6. DOOR LOCK MOTOR PROTECTIVE FUNCTION
If the door lock or unlock condition does not change after wireless door lock or unlock operation, 2 seconds later, the
integration relay ECU sends current three times to the door lock motor. If the door lock condition still has not changed as a
result, the wireless door lock ECU stops reception and stops door lock and unlock function.
7. REMOTE PANIC OPERATION
Panic will function when doors are locked or unlocked, open or closed. When the panic button (Transmitter) is pushed once,
theft alarm sounds and headlights and taillight flash. Then, the panic or the unlock button (Transmitter) is pushed once more,
sounding and flashing will stop. Panic will not function when ignition key is in ignition key cylinder.
SERVICE HINTS
1–GROUND : Continuity with the door open
2–1 : Continuity with the ignition key in the cylinder
W6 WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU
14–GROUND : Continuity with each of the door open
10–GROUND : Continuity with the ignition key in the cylinder
: PARTS LOCATION
D6 30 F4 A 28 (5S–FE) J32 31
D7 30 26 (1MZ–FE) J33 A 31
F9 F
D10 30 28 (5S–FE) J34 B 31
D12 32 I18 B 30 J37 31
D13 32 J1 31 J38 32
D14 32 J2 31 J39 32
D15 32 J5 31 J40 32
D16 32 J6 31 P9 33
D17 32 J9 A 31 R6 31
D18 32 J10 B 31 27 (1MZ–FE)
T1
D19 32 J11 31 29 (5S–FE)
D20 32 J16 A 31 T3 B 31
D21 32 J17 B 31 T4 A 31
D22 32 J30 A 31 U1 31
F4 A 26 (1MZ–FE) J31 B 31 W6 31
1B
1C
1D
1G
1J
1M
1V
1W
2J
No.2
2K

IE1
IE2
IM1
IM2
: GROUND POINTS

IJ
40 Right Kick Panel
IK
: SPLICE POINTS
36 (1MZ–FE) B6 44 Floor No.2 Wire
E3 Cowl Wire
38 (5S–FE)
D6 D7 D10 D12 D13 D14

GRAY BLACK BLACK
X X X 6 7 1 2 1 2 1 1 1
X X X
D15 D16 D17 D18 D19 D20

BLACK BLACK
X X
1 3X5 6 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
1 1
2 2
3 3
D21 D22 F4 (A) F9 (F)

BLACK BLACK ORANGE
1
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
1 2
I18 (B) J1 J2 J5
ORANGE BLACK ORANGE
A A A
B CCC A A A A A
1 X X X X 11 B B B B A A A A A A A A
(Hint : See Page 7)
12 X X X 16 17 18 19 X X X X 25
J6 J9 (A) J10 (B) J11
BLACK BLACK
B B B B A A
DD DE E E F F F F B B C C A A B B A A A A
D D D E E E
J16 (A) J17 (B) J30 (A) J31 (B)

C C A A
E E E D D D B B B C C C B B B C C C
J32 J33 (A) J34 (B) J37

GRAY BLACK BLACK
B
B B B A A B C C
A A B B B B C C A A B B B B C C
(Hint : See Page 7) D D D E E E D D D E E E
(Hint : See Page 7)
J38 J39 J40 P9
A A A A A A X X 2 4
A A A A A A X X X X A A 7
A A A A
(Hint : See Page 7)
R6 T1 T3 (B) T4 (A)
BLACK
2 X X
1 2 1 X X X X 1 4 5 6 8 9 10 11

7 X 9 10 11 12 X 13 14 15 16 X 18 X X X X
U1 W6
BLUE
1 2 1 X X 4 5 X 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
MEMO
100A ALT
B–G B–R B–R
1 F
1 A
4 1B
E3
B–R
3. 0W
2 F
FL MAIN
TO FRONT PARKING G–O
9 1C
BATTERY
10A
LIGHTS
TAIL
FUSIBLE
RELAY
G
TO TAILLIGHTS
8 1S
LINK BLOCK
TAILLIGHT
D15
3
5
DOOR COURTESY SW
F4 A , F9 F
REAR RH
1
R–W R–W
8 IN2
A
A
2
1
G–R G–R G–R G–R
B B
B A
6 1C
10 IG1
J2
G–R
B A
JUNCTION
J33 A , J34 B
CONNECTOR
D13
25A
FRONT RH CONNECTOR
DOOR
1
R–G R–G R–G
D B
E A
6 IN2
L–W L–W L–W
A A
C B
1 1D
E A
C B
J33 A , J34 B
R–G
D14
CONNECTOR JUNCTION
DOOR COURTESY SW
L–W
D10
REAR LH CONNECTOR
DIODE
7. 5A DOME
(DOME)
1
2
R–W
D7
2
1
R R R–Y R
D B
E A
12 2J
8 1G
1 1W
1
D B
DIODE (COURTESY)
J16 A , J17 B
D12
FRONT LH CONNECTOR
WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL (TMMK MADE)
R–W
1
R–G R
R–W R–W
D A
E B
R–W R–W
D A
E B
R–W
D A
J33 A , J34 B
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
R
R
R–G
R–G
L–W
L–W
G–R
G–R
R–W
R–W
R–W
R–W
G–R G–R
L–W L–W
R R
R–W R–W
14 8 4 9 W6 10
WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU L
L–R
R–W
G–R
R
R–G
2 L–W
L–B
R–W
B B
J 9 A , J10 B
R6
REMOTE CONTROL
CONNECTOR
MIRROR SW
JUNCTION
L–W
R–G
L–R
L
B A B A
L–B
L–B
I18 B
INTEGRATION RELAY 11 B 12 B 19 B 18 B
7 1D
R 5 1M
1 B 4 6 16 B 17 B 25 B
G–R
L–B
L–B
LG
J6
4 1G 12 1S 7 1S 1 1G JUNCTION
L–W CONNECTOR D E
UNLOCK WARNING SW
D 1
R–W
R–W
R–G
R–G
D E
R–W
2
U1
LG
LG
G
W–B
13 IE1 12 IE1 13 IM1 12 IM1 3 1M
R–W
LG
LG
G
G
CONTROL SW RH
R–G 2 7 6 5 7 1J
UNLOCK
UNLOCK
DOOR LOCK
L–B
W–B
LOCK
LOCK
L–B
D18
4 3
W–B W–B
P9
W–B W–B
R–G
R–G R–G
A
J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
IG
L
R
L–R
G–R
D16 J6
R–G
L–W
R–W
L–B
L–B
R–G
R–G
W–B
W–B
DOOR KEY LOCK AND JUNCTION
B
W–B UNLOCK SW FRONT LH CONNECTOR
B
B
3
7
UNLOCK R–G R–G R–G
3 IE1
20
1
IE
3 1V
7 1G
IE1
B13
2
L–W L–W
4 IE1
W–B LOCK
R–G R–G
L–W
L–W
D17
DOOR KEY LOCK AND
B
W–B UNLOCK SW FRONT RH
2
B
B
LOCK L–W L–W
4 IM1
1
IJ
20 IM1
B14
A
B
3
15
L L L–W
3 IM1
W–B UNLOCK
A
B
J37
L L
JUNCTION
L–W L–W CONNECTOR
W6
D19
UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT LH JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
1
4
11
F
F
L–R L–R L–R
11 IE1
F
2
L–R L–R
IE2
WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU
3
L–B L
M
8 IE2
L–R
D20
UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT RH
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
4
1
12
C
C
W–B Y Y Y
11 IM1
C
L–R
L–R
2
L–R L–R
B B
C A
7 IM2
C A
L–B
M
3 IM2
B B
C A
J30 A , J31 B
JUNCTION
L
Y
R
L–B
L–B
L–B
L–R
L–R
L–R
R–G
R–G
R–G
L–W
L–W
G–R
R–W
CONNECTOR
G–R G–R
L–W L–W
R R
R–W R–W
LG
L–Y
W6
WIRELESS DOOR
LOCK ECU W–B
13 1 5
W–B
LG
L–Y
L–R L–R
L–R
L–Y
L–Y L–Y
D A D A 2 IF2 7 IF2 3 IN2 2 IN2
L–R
L–R
L–Y
L–Y
J 9 A , J10 B
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
E B E B 4 BO1 5 BO1 4 BP1 5 BP1
L–R
L–R
L–Y
L–Y
L–Y
L–Y
UNLOCK DETECTION SW REAR RH

UNLOCK DETECTION SW REAR LH

1 2 1 2
L–R
L–B
M M
L–B
4 3 4 3
C B C B
W–B
W–B
L–B
L–B
D21
D22
J30 A , J31 B
JUNCTION 6 BO1 7 BO1 6 BP1 7 BP1
CONNECTOR
B A B A
W–B
W–B
L–B
L–B
L–B
L–B
6 IF2 1 IN2
W–B
L–B B6
L–B L–B
Y Y
L–R L–R
R–G R–G
L–W L–W
L–B
L L
L–B L–B
R–G R–G
R–G R–G
A
W–B
W–B
J40
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
BL BN IK
G–R FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50)
L–W 1
R
15A 10A 40A
ECU–IG HORN MAIN
R–W
LG
2
L–Y 8 1D
1 5 4 1
W–B
HORN HEAD
RELAY RELAY
B–R
2 3 3 2
3 2F 10 2K 8 2K
THEFT DETERRENT
2
G–B
J16 A , J17 B
(* 1)
CONNECTOR
R
C A C
1
CONNECTOR
JUNCTION
LIGHT RELAY (MAIN)

HORN
DAYTIME RUNNING
JUNCTION
W–L
19
T1
J2
C H–LP
R–B
(*2)
A B 4 IK1
G–B
W–L
D6
2
R–W
W–B
L–W
G–R
B–R
R–B
L–Y
(* 1)
LG
5 IG3
W–L 11 IG1
G–B
CONNECTOR
16 A 18 A 1 A 11 A 1 B 11 B 13 A 9 B 12 B B
J 1 (*1) ,
JUNCTION
J32 (*2)
LSWR PANI CTY +B1 +B2 TAIL IG SH HORN
T3 B , T4 A
B
THEFT DETERRENT ECU
E LSWP LSWD UL3 L2 UL2 KSW DSWD DSWP HEAD
R–B
7 B 15 A 14 A 9 A 8 A 10 A 6 A 4 A 5 A 10 B
W–B
L–W
R–G
R–G
R–G
R–B
L–R
L–B
Y
L
CONNECTOR
A
J 9 A , J10 B
7 IG3
JUNCTION
A A B
CONNECTOR
JUNCTION
J5
A
W–B
C A
Y
L–R
* 1 : W/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT
R–G
L–W
L–B
R–G
R–G
W–B
IF
SYSTEM OUTLINE
Door lock control (Lock and unlock) and panic control (Theft alarm and flash) is performed by remote control, without the
ignition key inserted in the door key cylinder, using low–power electrical waves emitted by a transmitter.
1. WIRELESS DOOR LOCK OR UNLOCK NORMAL OPERATION
when the lock or unlock button (Transmitter) is pushed, the wireless door lock ECU receives the electrical waves from the
transmitter, causing it to operate.
As a result, the ECU judges whether the door is locked or unlocked based on the signal from the door lock motor and door
unlock detection SW, and sends a signal to the theft deterrent ECU and integration relay to switch the condition from lock to
unlock or vice versa, causing the door lock motor to operate.
2. VISUAL CONFIRMATION OF LOCK OR UNLOCK
If all doors indicate that they are locked after the lock command, parking lights and taillight will flash once. If any door
indicates that it is open after the unlock command, parking lights and taillights will flash twice.
3. WIRELESS DOOR UNLOCK OPERATION
Pushing the unlock button (Transmitter) once, driver’s door is unlocked. Furthermore, pushing the button again within 3
seconds, the other doors are unlocked.
4. AUTOMATIC LOCK OPERATION
after pushing the button (Transmitter) to unlock all the doors, if a door is not opened within 30 seconds, all the doors will be
automatically relocked.
5. WIRELESS CONTROL STOP FUNCTION
If a door is open (Door courtesy SW on), a signal is input from the door courtesy SW to the wireless door lock ECU, stopping
wireless door lock or unlock.
If the ignition key is in the ignition key cylinder (Unlock warning SW on), the unlock warning SW inputs a signal to the
wireless door lock ECU, stopping wireless door lock or unlock.
6. DOOR LOCK MOTOR PROTECTIVE FUNCTION
If the door lock or unlock condition does not change after wireless door lock or unlock operation, 2 seconds later, the
integration relay ECU sends current three times to the door lock motor. If the door lock condition still has not changed as a
result, the wireless door lock ECU stops reception and stops door lock and unlock function.
7. REMOTE PANIC OPERATION
Panic will function when doors are locked or unlocked, open or closed. When the panic button (Transmitter) is pushed once,
theft alarm sounds and headlights and taillight flash. Then, the panic or the unlock button (Transmitter) is pushed once more,
sounding and flashing will stop. Panic will not function when ignition key is in ignition key cylinder.
SERVICE HINTS
1–GROUND : Continuity with the door open
2–1 : Continuity with the ignition key in the cylinder
W6 WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU
14–GROUND : Continuity with each of the door open
10–GROUND : Continuity with the ignition key in the cylinder
: PARTS LOCATION
D6 30 F4 A 28 (5S–FE) J32 31
D7 30 26 (1MZ–FE) J33 A 31
F9 F
D10 30 28 (5S–FE) J34 B 31
D12 32 I18 B 30 J37 31
D13 32 J1 31 J40 32
D14 32 J2 31 P9 33
D15 32 J5 31 R6 31
D16 32 J6 31 27 (1MZ–FE)
T1
D17 32 J9 A 31 29 (5S–FE)
D18 32 J10 B 31 T3 B 31
D19 32 J11 31 T4 A 31
D20 32 J16 A 31 U1 31
D21 32 J17 B 31 W6 31
D22 32 J30 A 31
F4 A 26 (1MZ–FE) J31 B 31
1B
1C
1D
1G
1J
1M
1V
1W
2J
No.2
2K

IE1
IE2
IM1
IM2
: GROUND POINTS

IJ
40 Right Kick Panel
IK
: SPLICE POINTS
36 (1MZ–FE) B13 44 Front Door LH Wire
E3 Cowl Wire
38 (5S–FE) B14 44 Front Door RH Wire
D6 D7 D10 D12 D13 D14

BLACK BLACK
1 2 1 2 1 1 1
X 2 X X X X X
19 X X
D15 D16 D17 D18 D19 D20

BLACK BLACK BLACK
1 X X
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
1 1
3 X 5 6
2 2
3 3
D21 D22 F4 (A) F9 (F)

BLACK BLACK ORANGE
1
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
1 2
I18 (B) J1 J2 J5
ORANGE BLACK ORANGE
A A A
B CCC A A A A A
1 X X X X 11 B B B B A A A A A A A A
(Hint : See Page 7)
12 X X X 16 17 18 19 X X X X 25
J6 J9 (A) J10 (B) J11
BLACK BLACK
B B B B A A
DD DE E E F F F F B B C C A A B B A A A A
D D D E E E
J16 (A) J17 (B) J30 (A) J31 (B)

C C A A
E E E D D D B B B C C C B B B C C C
J32 J33 (A) J34 (B) J37

GRAY BLACK BLACK
B
B B B A A B C C
A A B B B B C C A A B B B B C C
(Hint : See Page 7) D D D E E E D D D E E E
(Hint : See Page 7)
J40 P9 R6 T1
BLACK
2 4
A A 2 X X
7 1 2
A A A A
(Hint : See Page 7)
T3 (B) T4 (A) U1 W6
BLUE
1 X X X X 1 4 5 6 8 9 10 11
1 2 1 X X 4 5 X 7
7 X 9 10 11 12 X 13 14 15 16 X 18 X X X X
8 9 1011 1213 14 15
MEMO
THEFT DETERRENT (TMC MADE)
1
5 1
TAILLIGHT
40A
MAIN
RELAY
3 2 2
4 1B 6 1C
1 4
G–R
HEAD
CONNECTOR
A RELAY
JUNCTION
2 3
J2
A
8 2K
G–R
J 1 (* 1)
J32 (* 2)
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
10 IG1 R–B B
(* 2)
G–R
B–R
WIRELESS DOOR
B
R–B
R–B
(*1)
(*1)
R
A
LOCK ECU
B
A
W6
6 5
J33 A H–LP H 5
JUNCTION
G–R
7 IG3
LG
CONNECTOR
D6
R–B
DAYTIME RUNNING
E3 LIGHT RELAY (MAIN)
11 B 10 B 18 A
TAIL T3 B , T4 A HEAD PANI
THEFT DETERRENT ECU

B–R
B–R
DSWL KSW DSWD CTY DSWP E

2 A 6 A 4 A 1 A 5 A 7 B
R–W
R–G
L–B
1 F 2 F L–B
F4 A , F9 F
100A ALT
J 9 A , J10 B
7 1D B A B A E B
FUSIBLE LINK
A B
CONNECTOR
J33 A , J34 B
W–B
R–G
JUNCTION
BLOCK
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
1 A 5 1M C A D A D A D A
J9 A
R–Y
L–B
JUNCTION D7
R–W
CONNECTOR DIODE
1 (COURTESY)
B–G
WARNING SW
1 2
R–W
R–W
R–G
UNLOCK
R–G
U1
2 E A E A
FL MAIN
W–B
J33 A , J34 B
3. 0W
6 IF1 JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
3 1M 1 1G 4 1G
D B
6 4 R–G
R–Y
A
INTEGRATION J5
7 1J 7 1S RELAY 12 1S 8 IN2 6 IN2 JUNCTION
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
CONNECTOR
R–W
R–W
W–B
R–G
R–G
A
BATTERY
DOOR COURTESY
DOOR COURTESY
DOOR COURTESY
DOOR COURTESY
1 A 1 1 1 1
J11
W–B
SW FRONT RH
SW FRONT LH
SW REAR RH
JUNCTION
SW REAR LH
CONNECTOR
LIGHT SW
IG IF
D12
D14
D15
D13
L6
10A 25A 15A 7. 5A

HORN DOOR ECU–IG DOME
1 1D 8 1D 12 2J
1 5
R
L–W
B–R
HORN 1 1W
RELAY
2 3
8 1G
3 2F 10 2K
R–Y
W
G–B

DETERRENT
2 * 2 : W/O DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT 1
D10
THEFT
HORN
C
J2 DIODE
T1
1 JUNCTION (DOME)
CONNECTOR 2
W–L
J16 A , J17 B
C
R
C
CONNECTOR
B
G–B
4 IK1 C A E A
JUNCTION
C
W–L
A B D B
J34 B
5 IG3 11 IG1 JUNCTION

L–W
B–R
CONNECTOR
R
W–L
G–B
T3 B , T4 A
THEFT DETERRENT ECU
9 B 12 B 1 B 13 A 11 A
SH HORN +B2 IG +B1
LSWD UL3 L2 UL2 LSWP LSWR DSWH IND LUG

14 A 9 A 8 A 10 A 15 A 16 A 3 A 6 B 7 A
J 9 A , J10 B
L–W
R–G
R–Y
L–R
L–Y
G–W
Y
L
J37 JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
J 9 A , J10 B
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
F B B A C E C
CONNECTOR D B
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
B A
JUNCTION
B
E D C
J6
F B B B A C B A A
E A
L–W
L–W
R–G
L–R
L–Y
L–Y
G–W
Y
L
R–Y
J33 A
1 IG3 JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
THEFT DETERRENT INDICATOR
11 IE1 3 IE1 4 IE1 4 IM1 3 IM1 11 IM1 2 IF2 3 IN2 9

L–Y
L–Y
2 IF1
L–W
L–W
R–G
B
L–R
Y
L
LIGHT [COMB. METER]

UNLOCK SW FRONT RH
G–W
UNLOCK SW FRONT LH
DOOR KEY LOCK AND
DOOR KEY LOCK AND
4 3 2 2 3 4 4 BO1 4 BP1 3 IK1

LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
L–Y
UNLOCK
UNLOCK
B
LOCK
LOCK
L–Y
SW FRONT RH
SW FRONT LH
1 1 2
KEY UNLOCK SW
DETECTION SW
DOOR UNLOCK
ENGINE HOOD COURTESY SW
C10
1 1 1 1 5
SW REAR LH
D16
D17
W–B
D19
D20
REAR RH
W–B
W–B
1
W–B
A
D22
4 4 1
CONNECTOR
D21
W–B
W–B
A A
L4
JUNCTION
A
A J39 6 BO1 6 BP1
J38
W–B
A JUNCTION 2
CONNECTOR
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
BR
E6
7 1G 3 1V 20 IM1
A B6
20 IE1
J40
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
IE IJ BL BN IK EB IH BP
SERVICE HINTS
D16, D17 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT LH, RH
E6 ENGINE HOOD COURTESY SW
2–1 : Open with engine hood open
L4 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT KEY UNLOCK SW
2–1 : Closed with luggage compartment door lock cylinder unlock
1–GROUND : Closed with luggage compartment door open
T3 (B), T4 (A) THEFT DETERRENT ECU
(A) 6–GROUND : Continuity with ignition key in cylinder
(A)15–GROUND : Continuity with front RH door unlocked
(A)14–GROUND : Continuity with front LH door unlocked
(A) 5–GROUND : Continuity with front RH door open
(A) 4–GROUND : Continuity with front LH door open
(A) 8–GROUND : Continuity with door key lock and unlock SW to LOCK position
(B) 7–GROUND : Always continuity
(A) 7–GROUND : Continuity with luggage compartment door unlocked
(A) 1–GROUND : Continuity with each door opened
(A) 3–GROUND : Continuity with engine hood close
(A) 2–GROUND : Continuity with luggage compartment door open
(A)16–GROUND : Continuity with rear door unlocked
(A) 9, (A) 10–GROUND : Continuity with door key lock and unlock SW to UNLOCK position
(B) 1, (B) 12, (B) 11, (B) 10, (A) 11–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts
: PARTS LOCATION
C10 30 E6 28 (5S–FE) J33 A 31
D6 30 26 (1MZ–FE) J34 B 31
F4 A
D7 30 28 (5S–FE) J37 31
D10 30 26 (1MZ–FE) J38 32
F9 F
D12 32 28 (5S–FE) J39 32
D13 32 J1 31 J40 32
D14 32 J2 31 L4 32
D15 32 J5 31 L6 32
D16 32 J6 31 27 (1MZ–FE)
T1
D17 32 J9 A 31 29 (5S–FE)
D19 32 J10 B 31 T3 B 31
D20 32 J11 31 T4 A 31
D21 32 J16 A 31 U1 31
D22 32 J17 B 31 W6 31
E6 26 (1MZ–FE) J32 31
1B
1C
1D
1G
1J
1M
1V
1W
2J
No.2
2K

IE1 40 Front Door LH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IF1
40 Floor Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IF2
: GROUND POINTS

36 (1MZ–FE)
38 (5S–FE)
IJ
40 Right Kick Panel
IK
: SPLICE POINTS
36 (1MZ–FE) B6 44 Floor No.2 Wire
E3 Cowl Wire
38 (5S–FE)
C10 D6 D7 D10
BROWN GRAY BLACK BLACK
X X X 5 6 1 2 1 2
5 9
X X X
D12 D13 D14 D15 D16 D17 D19

BLACK
1 1 1 1
1 4
1 1
2 2
3 3
D20 D21 D22 E6 F4 (A)

1
1 4 1 4 1 4 1 2
F9 (F) J1 J2 J5
ORANGE BLACK ORANGE
A A A
B CCC A A A A A
1 2 B B B B A A A A A A A A
(Hint : See Page 7)
J6 J9 (A) J10 (B) J11

BLACK BLACK
B B B B A A
F F F F B B C C A A A A A A
D D D E E E D D D E E E
J16 (A) J17 (B) J32 J33 (A)

BLACK BLACK GRAY BLACK
B
B B B
C C A A B B C C
E E E D D D (Hint : See Page 7) D D D E E E

J34 (B) J37 J38 J39
BLACK
A A A X X A A A X X
A A B C C A A A X X X X A A A X X X X
C C A A B B B BC C
D D D E E E
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)
J40 L4 L6 T1 T3 (B)
GRAY BLACK
A A 1 2 1 1 2 1 X X X X 6
A A A A
7 X 9 10 11 12
(Hint : See Page 7)
T4 (A) U1 W6
BLUE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
1 2 X X 5 X
X 13 14 15 16 X 18 X X X X

THEFT DETERRENT (TMMK MADE)
1
5 1
TAILLIGHT
40A
MAIN
RELAY
3 2 2
4 1B 6 1C
1 4
G–R
HEAD
CONNECTOR
A RELAY
JUNCTION
2 3
J2
A
8 2K
G–R
J 1 (* 1)
J32 (* 2)
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
10 IG1 R–B B
(* 2)
G–R
B–R
WIRELESS DOOR
B
R–B
R–B
(*1)
(*1)
R
A
LOCK ECU
B
A
W6
19 2
J33 A H–LP H 5
JUNCTION
G–R
7 IG3
LG
CONNECTOR
D6
R–B
DAYTIME RUNNING
E3 LIGHT RELAY (MAIN)
11 B 10 B 18 A
TAIL T3 B , T4 A HEAD PANI
THEFT DETERRENT ECU

B–R
B–R
DSWL KSW DSWD CTY DSWP E

2 A 6 A 4 A 1 A 5 A 7 B
R–W
R–G
L–B
1 F 2 F L–B
F4 A , F9 F
100A ALT
J 9 A , J10 B
7 1D B A B A E B
FUSIBLE LINK
A B
CONNECTOR
J33 A , J34 B
W–B
R–G
JUNCTION
BLOCK
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
1 A 5 1M C A D A D A D A
J9 A
R–Y
L–B
JUNCTION D7
R–W
CONNECTOR DIODE
1 (COURTESY)
B–G
WARNING SW
1 2
R–W
R–W
R–G
UNLOCK
R–G
U1
2 E A E A
FL MAIN
W–B
J33 A , J34 B
3. 0W
6 IF1 JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
3 1M 1 1G 4 1G
D B
6 4 R–G
R–Y
A
INTEGRATION J5
7 1J 7 1S RELAY 12 1S 8 IN2 6 IN2 JUNCTION
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
CONNECTOR
R–W
R–W
W–B
R–G
R–G
A
BATTERY
DOOR COURTESY
DOOR COURTESY
DOOR COURTESY
DOOR COURTESY
1 A 1 1 1 1
J11
W–B
SW FRONT RH
SW FRONT LH
SW REAR RH
JUNCTION
SW REAR LH
CONNECTOR
LIGHT SW
IG IF
D12
D14
D15
D13
L6
10A 25A 15A 7. 5A

HORN DOOR ECU–IG DOME
1 1D 8 1D 12 2J
1 5
R
L–W
B–R
HORN 1 1W
RELAY
2 3
8 1G
3 2F 10 2K
R–Y
W
G–B
DETERRENT
2 * 1 : W/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT 1

D10
THEFT
HORN
C
J2 DIODE
T1
1 JUNCTION (DOME)
CONNECTOR 2
W–L
J16 A , J17 B
C
R
C
CONNECTOR
B
G–B
4 IK1 C A E A
JUNCTION
C
W–L
A B D B
J34 B
5 IG3 11 IG1 JUNCTION

L–W
B–R
CONNECTOR
R
W–L
G–B
T3 B , T4 A
9 B 12 B THEFT DETERRENT ECU 1 B 13 A 11 A
SH HORN +B2 IG +B1
LSWD UL3 L2 UL2 LSWP LSWR DSWH IND LUG

14 A 9 A 8 A 10 A 15 A 16 A 3 A 6 B 7 A
J 9 A , J10 B
L–W
R–G
R–Y
L–R
L–Y
G–W
Y
L
J37 JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
J 9 A , J10 B
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
F B B A C E C
CONNECTOR D B
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
B A
JUNCTION
B
E D C
J6
F B B B A C B A A
E A
L–W
L–W
R–G
L–R
L–Y
L–Y
G–W
Y
L
R–Y
J33 A
1 IG3 JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
THEFT DETERRENT INDICATOR
11 IE1 3 IE1 4 IE1 4 IM1 3 IM1 11 IM1 2 IF2 3 IN2 9

L–Y
L–Y
2 IF1
L–W
L–W
R–G
B
L–R
Y
L
LIGHT [COMB. METER]

UNLOCK SW FRONT RH
G–W
UNLOCK SW FRONT LH
DOOR KEY LOCK AND
DOOR KEY LOCK AND
4 3 2 2 3 1 4 BO1 4 BP1 3 IK1

LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
L–Y
UNLOCK
UNLOCK
B
LOCK
LOCK
L–Y
SW FRONT RH
SW FRONT LH
1 1 2
KEY UNLOCK SW
DETECTION SW
DOOR UNLOCK
ENGINE HOOD COURTESY SW
C10
1 1 1 4 5
SW REAR LH
D16
D17
W–B
D19
D20
REAR RH
W–B
W–B
1
W–B
D22
4 4 1
D21
W–B
W–B
L4
B14
B13
6 BO1 6 BP1
W–B
2
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
BR
E6
7 1G 3 1V 20 IM1
A B6
20 IE1
J40
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
IE IJ BL BN IK EB IH BP
SERVICE HINTS
D16, D17 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT LH, RH
E6 ENGINE HOOD COURTESY SW
2–1 : Open with engine hood open
L4 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT KEY UNLOCK SW
2–1 : Closed with luggage compartment door lock cylinder unlock
1–GROUND : Closed with luggage compartment door open
T3 (B), T4 (A) THEFT DETERRENT ECU
(A) 6–GROUND : Continuity with ignition key in cylinder
(A)15–GROUND : Continuity with front RH door unlocked
(A)14–GROUND : Continuity with front LH door unlocked
(A) 5–GROUND : Continuity with front RH door open
(A) 4–GROUND : Continuity with front LH door open
(A) 8–GROUND : Continuity with door key lock and unlock SW to LOCK position
(B) 7–GROUND : Always continuity
(A) 7–GROUND : Continuity with luggage compartment door unlocked
(A) 1–GROUND : Continuity with each door opened
(A) 3–GROUND : Continuity with engine hood close
(A) 2–GROUND : Continuity with luggage compartment door open
(A)16–GROUND : Continuity with rear door unlocked
(A) 9, (A) 10–GROUND : Continuity with door key lock and unlock SW to UNLOCK position
(B) 1, (B) 12, (B) 11, (B) 10, (A) 11–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts
: PARTS LOCATION
C10 30 E6 26 (1MZ–FE) J17 B 31
D6 30 E6 28 (5S–FE) J32 31
D7 30 26 (1MZ–FE) J33 A 31
F4 A
D10 30 28 (5S–FE) J34 B 31
D12 32 26 (1MZ–FE) J37 31
F9 F
D13 32 28 (5S–FE) J40 32
D14 32 J1 31 L4 32
D15 32 J2 31 L6 32
D16 32 J5 31 27 (1MZ–FE)
T1
D17 32 J6 31 29 (5S–FE)
D19 32 J9 A 31 T3 B 31
D20 32 J10 B 31 T4 A 31
D21 32 J11 31 U1 31
D22 32 J16 A 31 W6 31
1B
1C
1D
1G
1J
1M
1V
1W
2J
No.2
2K

IF1
40 Floor Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IF2
: GROUND POINTS

36 (1MZ–FE)
38 (5S–FE)
IJ
40 Right Kick Panel
IK
: SPLICE POINTS
36 (1MZ–FE) B13 44 Front Door LH Wire
E3 Cowl Wire
38 (5S–FE) B14 44 Front Door RH Wire
C10 D6 D7 D10
BROWN BLACK BLACK
1 2 1 2
5 9 X 2 X X X X X
19 X X
D12 D13 D14 D15 D16 D17 D19

BLACK
1 1 1 1
1 4
1 1
2 2
3 3
D20 D21 D22 E6 F4 (A)

1
1 4 1 4 1 4 1 2
F9 (F) J1 J2 J5
ORANGE BLACK ORANGE
A A A
B CCC A A A A A
1 2 B B B B A A A A A A A A
(Hint : See Page 7)
J6 J9 (A) J10 (B) J11

BLACK BLACK
B B B B A A
F F F F B B C C A A A A A A
D D D E E E D D D E E E
J16 (A) J17 (B) J32 J33 (A)

BLACK BLACK GRAY BLACK
B
B B B
C C A A B B C C
E E E D D D (Hint : See Page 7) D D D E E E

J34 (B) J37 J40 L4 L6
BLACK GRAY
A A B C C A A 1 2 1
C C A A B B B B C C A A A A
D D D E E E
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)
T1 T3 (B) T4 (A) U1
BLACK
1 2 1 X X X X 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
1 2
7 X 9 10 11 12 X 13 14 15 16 X 18 X X X X
W6
BLUE
X X 5 X

MOON ROOF
7. 5A 30A 25A 10A

DOME POWER DOOR GAUGE
12 2J 5 1
POWER
* 1 : TMC MADE RELAY
R
* 2 : TMMK MADE
* 4 : W/ THEFT DETERRENT SYSTEM 3 2
1 1W
7 1F 7 1J 5 1G 1 1D
L–W
5 1F
J33 A , J34 B
C B
W–B
CONNECTOR
R–B
L
JUNCTION
(* 2)
A A
R
L–W
M3
MOON ROOF CONTROL SW 12 A 13 A (*3)
6 AND RELAY 4 10 3 B 1 B (*4) 7
SLIDE OPEN
TILT UP
2 8 7 3 5 1 6 8 A (*3)
I18 A , B
6 B (*4)
INTEGRATION
RELAY
7 1S
R–G
G–W
W–B
J33 A , J34 B
P–B
R–L
(* 2)
G
R
E A
CONNECTOR
JUNCTION
6 A 5 A 1 A 2 A (*1) D B
R–G
4 B 6 B 5 B 2 B 1 B (*2)
R–G
NO. 3
NO. 2
NO. 1
B2 M
W–B
6 IN2
R–G
4 A 3 A (* 1)
M4 A , B
W–B
3 1F 3 B (* 2)
MOON ROOF MOTOR
W–B
(*1)
AND LIMIT SW
DOOR COURTESY
DOOR COURTESY
1 1
SW FRONT RH
SW FRONT LH
3 1V W–B W–B
B2 A
W–B
W–B
J11
D12
D13
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
IE BM IG
SYSTEM OUTLINE
Current is applied at all times through the POWER fuse to TERMINAL 5 of the power relay. With the ignition SW turned on,
the current flows through the GAUGE fuse to TERMINAL 7 of the integration relay to TERMINAL (A) 12 (w/o theft deterrent
system), (B) 3 (w/ theft deterrent system) to TERMINAL 1 of the power relay to TERMINAL 2 to GROUND, as a result, power
relay is activated and the current to TERMINAL 5 of the power relay flows from TERMINAL 3 of the power relay to
TERMINAL 4 of the moon roof control relay.
1. SLIDE OPEN OPERATION
Only when the slide open switch is valid and actuated the moon roof motor continually will operate towards the open
direction of the roof panel.
Releasing and again depressing the open switch, or depressing another operation switch shall cancel this express open
function. The relay shall only operate the moon roof motor continually for approx. 20 seconds per actuation.
2. SLIDE CLOSE OPERATION
Only when the tilt up switch is valid and actuated the moon roof motor will operate towards the close direction of the roof
panel.
When the moon roof reaches about 120 mm short of the fully closed position, the limit switch No.2 is turned from on to off.
Thereby signaling the moon roof control relay to stop the motor. The motor can not continue to operate until the close switch
is released and again depressed.
3. TILT UP OPERATION
Only when the tilt up switch is valid and actuated the moon roof motor will operate towards the closed direction of the roof
panel.
4. TILT DOWN OPERATION
Only when the slide open switch is valid and actuated the moon roof motor will operate towards the open direction of the roof
panel.
5. KEY OFF MOON ROOF OPERATION
With the ignition SW turned from on to off, the integration relay operates and current flows from the DOOR fuse to
TERMINAL (A) 13 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 1 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the relay to TERMINAL (A) 12 (w/o theft
deterrent system), (B) 3 (w/ theft deterrent system) to TERMINAL 1 of the power relay to TERMINAL 2 to GROUND for about
43 seconds. In the same way as normal operation, the current flows from the POWER fuse to TERMINAL 5 of the power
relay to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL 4 of the moon roof control relay. As a result, for about 43 seconds after the ignition SW
is turned off, the functioning of this relay makes it possible to open and close the moon roof. Also, by opening the front door
(Door courtesy SW on) within about 43 seconds after turning the ignition SW to off, a signal is input to TERMINALS 6 or (A) 8
(w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 6 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the integration relay. As a result, the relay turns off and open
close movement of the moon roof stops.
SERVICE HINTS
POWER RELAY [INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B]
5–3 : Closed with the ignition SW at ON position or key off moon roof operation
M3 MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AND RELAY
4–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position or key off moon roof operation
: PARTS LOCATION
D12 32 J11 31 A 33
M4
D13 32 J33 A 31 B 33
A 30 J34 B 31
I18
B 30 M3 33
MOON ROOF
1G 20 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
1V
1W

: GROUND POINTS

BM 44 Roof Left
: SPLICE POINTS
B2 44 Roof Wire
D12 D13 I18 (A) I18 (B)

1 1
8 1213 1 X 3 X 6 X X
X X X X X X X
J11 J33 (A) J34 (B) M3 M3

BLACK BLACK (TMC Made) (TMMK Made)
12 3 12 3
A A 45X7X 456 7 8
A A A A A A C C
E E E D D D
(Hint : See Page 7)
M4 (A) M4 (B)
1 2 1 2
3 4 3 4
5 6 5 6
MEMO
POWER SEAT
30A
POWER
3 1D
L–W
A A A A
L–W
L–W
J 9 A , J10 B
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
8 IF1 C B
L–W
L–W
2 BQ1
L–W
11 A (*1) P14 A , B
2 B (*2) POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (DRIVER’ S SEAT)
FRONT
FRONT
DOWN
REAR
REAR
SLIDE RECLINING UP REAR VERTICAL

7 A 8 A 4 A 1 A 5 A 2 A 3 A (* 1)
4 B 11 B 7 B 12 B 6 B 5 B 8 B (* 2)
W–B
R–G
R–G
R–B
R–B
L–B
L–B
L–Y
L–Y
(*2)
(*1)
(*1)
(*2)
(*2)
(*1)
(*1)
(*2)
(*2)
(*1)
(*1)
(*2)
R
R
L
1 2 2 1 1 2
M M M
P18 P17 P16

POWER SEAT MOTOR POWER SEAT MOTOR POWER SEAT MOTOR
(DRIVER’ S SEAT (DRIVER’ S SEAT (DRIVER’ S SEAT
SLIDE CONTROL) RECLINING CONTROL) REAR VERTICAL
1 BQ1 CONTROL)
3 2 5 6 1 4
W–B
CONNECTOR
A
JUNCTION
J40
P19
BL POWER SEAT MOTORS (DRIVER’ S SEAT)
* 1 : TMC MADE
* 2 : TMMK MADE
L–W
4 IN2
L–W
2 BR1
L–W
11 A (*1) P15 A , B
2 B (*2) POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (FRONT PASSENGER’ S SEAT)
FRONT
FRONT
DOWN
REAR
REAR
UP
SLIDE RECLINING REAR VERTICAL

8 A 4 A 1 A 5 A 3 A 2 A 7 A (* 1)
11 B 7 B 12 B 6 B 8 B 5 B 4 B (* 2)
W–B
R–G
R–G
R–B
R–B
L–B
L–B
L–Y
L–Y
(*2)
(*1)
(*1)
(*2)
(*2)
(*1)
(*1)
(*2)
(*2)
(*1)
(*1)
(*2)
1 BR1
R
R
L
1 2 2 1 1 2
M M M
W–B
P22 P21 P20

POWER SEAT MOTOR POWER SEAT MOTOR POWER SEAT MOTOR
(FRONT PASSENGER’ S SEAT (FRONT PASSENGER’ S SEAT (FRONT PASSENGER’ S SEAT
SLIDE CONTROL) RECLINING CONTROL) REAR VERTICAL
CONTROL)
3 2 5 6 1 4
B6
W–B
W–B
P23
POWER SEAT MOTORS (FRONT PASSENGER’ S SEAT) IK BN
POWER SEAT
SERVICE HINTS
P14 (A), (B) POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (DRIVER’S SEAT)
(A) 11, (B) 2–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts
(A) 7, (B) 4–GROUND : Always continuity
P15 (A), (B) POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (FRONT PASSENGER’S SEAT)
(A) 11, (B) 2–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts
(A) 7, (B) 4–GROUND : Always continuity
: PARTS LOCATION
J9 A 31 A 34 P19 34
P15
J10 B 31 B 34 P20 34
J40 32 P16 34 P21 34
A 34 P17 34 P22 34
P14
B 34 P18 34 P23 34

BQ1 46 Floor Wire and Seat No.1 Wire (Under the Driver’s Seat)
BR1 46 Floor No.2 Wire and Seat No.2 Wire (Under the Passenger’s Seat)
: GROUND POINTS

IK 40 Right Kick Panel
: SPLICE POINTS
J9 (A) J10 (B) J40 P14 (A)
BLACK BLACK (TMC Made) BLACK
1 2 3 4 5
A A X 7 8 X X 11 X
A A C C A A A A

(Hint : See Page 7)
P14 (B) P15 (A) P15 (B) P16 P17

(TMMK Made) BLACK (TMC Made) BLACK (TMMK Made) BLACK
X 2 X 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 X 2 X 4 5
6 7 8 X X 1112 X 7 8 X X 11 X 6 7 8 X X 1112
1 2 1 2
P18 P19 P20 P21 P22 P23
1 2 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 3
4 5 6 4 5 6
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR
15A 5A 15A 5A
EFI IGN STOP STARTER
7 1W 7 1C 3 1J
B–W
1 5 2
B–R
EFI RELAY
STOP LIGHT SW
I2
BR
2 3
S6
BR
1
THROTTLE POSITION
G–W
5 2C 4 2F 2 2J 7 2K 8 2J 2 1
4 1R
SENSOR
W–B
W–B
B–W
B–Y
1 3 2
T2
E5
5 1R
G–W
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
C B
J27 A , J28 B
J27 A , J28 B
B A A A
JUNCTION
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
G–B
BR
JUNCTION
JUNCTION
L
J35
C B J29
B B C B
G–W
B–W
B–W
B–R
B–Y
B–Y
16 A 8 A 1 A 2 A 15 A 20 B 2 D 23 D 18 D 14 D
VTA1
STP
IGSW
THW
+B MREL BATT NSW VC E2
SLN–
E 7 A , E 8 B , E10 D , E11 E
IDLO
OD1
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE S2 S1 SL SLN+ NC2+ NC2–

4 B 24 B 8 E 7 E 9 E 19 E 20 E 14 E 26 E
L–B
G
R
CONNECTOR
A
Y–B
L–R
JUNCTION
7
L–B A
W–L
B–Y
P–L
(ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED
V
II2
L–B
J26
A
13 14 6 2
L–B
IDL OD ECT
TRANSMISSION)
6 3 2 4 1
S2 S1 SL SLN– SLN+
C15 1
W
R
B
CRUISE CONTROL ECU

V3
G
W–B
W–B
EB E3
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED
TRANSMISSION SOLENOID
(1MZ–FE)

R–L
* 1 : CALIFORNIA * 3 : TMMK MADE
* 2 : EXCEPT CALIFORNIA * 4 : TMC MADE
10A
GAUGE
J28 B
JUNCTION 1 1J 2 1D
CONNECTOR
F R–L R–L D D R–L
B
F 2 J4
R–L R–L JUNCTION
B II2 CONNECTOR
L–W
(* 4)
O
(* 3)
CONNECTOR
JUNCTION A
A R–L C R–B
A
J24
A A C
R–B R–B
B A
J27 A , J28 B
J15 JUNCTION
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
3
B B V–W
L–W
(*4)
(*3)
O
IG3
V–W
V–W
R–B
R–L
Y
C 8 A , C 9 B , C10 C
12 B 3 B 2 B 22 B COMBINATION METER 14 B 7 C
E 7 A , E 8 B , E10 D , E11 E
R
L
SPD
SPEEDOMETER
O/D OFF
R–L
1
E03
E01
E02
IG+
E1
OD2
17 D 30 E 21 E 31 E 10 B V2 15 B 6 C 5 C 12 A
VEHICLE
G–O
SPEED SENSOR
P
L
(COMBINATION
METER)
G–O
CONNECTOR
BR
BR
BR
BR
C
JUNCTION
SE SI 7 IJ1 2 IJ1 C
2 3
P
L
J6
11 IG3 C
G–O
G–O
BR
G–O
CONNECTOR
2
JUNCTION
BR
O/D MAIN
J22
A
O2
SW
A A
4
CONNECTOR
W–B
(*1)
BR
A
JUNCTION
(* 2)
BR
BR
BR
BR
J26
BR
B
B BR
(*1)
ED EC IH
R–L R–L
P1
A/T INDICATOR LIGHT SW
2 [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW]
* 3 : TMMK MADE
C * 4 : TMC MADE
LL 2L DL NL RL PL
4 3 10 9 8 7
G–W
L–W
B–R
R–B
R
Y
5 II2 6 II2 9 II2 1 IJ1 3 II3 4 II2

CONNECTOR
Y
JUNCTION
G–W
E
L–W
R–B
B–R
(* 4)
(* 3)
O
R
Y E
J29
D A
CONNECTOR
E
L–W D JUNCTION
(*4)
D A
J29
O
(*3)
R–B
R–B R–B
G–W
L–W
B–R
(* 4)
(* 3)
O
Y
5 1V
15 IG3
16 IG3 13 IG3 14 IG3 10 1H
G–W
B–R
R–B
O
R
Y
6 A 11 A 7 A 10 A 8 A 9 A
D
P
L
16 B
C 8 A , C 9 B , C10 C
COMBINATION METER
W–B
A
W–B W–B A J5
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
W–B
IF
(1MZ–FE)
SYSTEM OUTLINE
Previous automatic transaxle have selected each gear shift using the mechanically controlled throttle hydraulic pressure,
governor hydraulic pressure and lock–up hydraulic pressure. The electronically controlled transmission, however, electrically
controls the line pressure and lock–up pressure etc., through the solenoid valve. Engine control module control of the
solenoid valve based on the input signals from each sensor makes smooth driving possible by shift selection for each gear
which is most appropriate to the driving conditions at that time.
1. GEAR SHIFT OPERATION
During driving, the engine control module selects the shift for each gear which is most appropriate to the driving conditions,
based on input signals from the engine coolant temp. sensor to TERMINAL THW of the engine control module, and also the
input signals to TERMINAL NC2+ of the engine control module from the vehicle speed sensor devoted to the O/D direct
clutch. Current is then output to the electronically controlled transmission solenoid. When shifting to 1st speed, current flows
from TERMINAL S1 of the engine control module to TERMINAL 3 of the electronically controlled transmission solenoid to
GROUND, and continuity to the No.1 solenoid causes the shift.
For the 2nd speed, current flows from TERMINAL S1 of the engine control module to TERMINAL 3 of the electronically
controlled transmission solenoid to GROUND, and from TERMINAL S2 of the engine control module to TERMINAL 6 of the
electronically controlled transmission solenoid to GROUND, and continuity to solenoids No.1 and No.2 causes the shift.
For the 3rd speed, there is no continuity to No.1 solenoid, only to No.2, causing the shift.
Shifting into 4th speed (Overdrive) takes place when there is no continuity to either No.1 or No.2 solenoid.
2. LOCK–UP OPERATION
When the engine control module judges from each signal that lock–up operation conditions have been met, current flows
from TERMINAL SL of the engine control module to TERMINAL 2 of the electronically controlled transmission solenoid to
GROUND, causing continuity to the lock–up solenoid and causing lock–up operation.
3. STOP LIGHT SW CIRCUIT
If the brake pedal is depressed (Stop light SW on) when driving in lock–up condition, a signal is input to TERMINAL STP of
the engine control module, the engine control module operates and continuity to the lock–up solenoid is cut.
4. OVERDRIVE CIRCUIT
∗ Overdrive on
When the O/D main SW is turned on (O/D off indicator light turns off), a signal is input to TERMINAL OD2 of the engine
control module and engine control module operation causes gear shift when the conditions for overdrive are met.
∗ Overdrive off
When the O/D main SW is turned to off (O/D off indicator light turns on), the current flowing through the O/D off indicator
light flows through the O/D main SW to GROUND. Causing the indicator light to light up. At the same time, a signal is
input to TERMINAL OD2 of the engine control module and engine control module operation prevents shift into overdrive.
SERVICE HINTS
E7 (A), E8 (B), E10 (D), E11 (E) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (TURN ON THE IGNITION SW)
S1, S2–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts with the solenoid on
0–1.5 volts with the solenoid off
L–E1 : 7.5–14.0 volts with the shift lever at L position
2–E1 : 7.5–14.0 volts with the shift lever at 2 position
R–E1 : 7.5–14.0 volts with the shift lever at R position
STP–E1 : 7.5–14.0 volts with the brake pedal depressed
THW–E2 : 0.2–1.0 volts with the engine coolant temp. 80°C (176°F)
VAT1–E2 : 0.3–0.8 volts with the throttle valve fully closed
3.2–4.9 volts with the throttle valve fully opened
VC–E2 : 4.5–5.5 volts
OD2–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts with the O/D main SW turned off
0–3.0 volts with the O/D main SW turned on
+B–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts
OD1–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts
E3 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID
2, 3, 6–GROUND : Each 11–15 Ω
O2 O/D MAIN SW
2–4 : Closed with the O/D main SW off, open with the O/D main SW on
: PARTS LOCATION
C8 A 30 E11 E 30 J28 B 31
C9 B 30 J4 31 J29 31
C10 C 30 J5 31 J35 31
C15 30 J6 31 O2 31
E3 26 (1MZ–FE) J15 31 P1 27 (1MZ–FE)
E5 26 (1MZ–FE) J22 31 S6 31
E7 A 30 J24 31 T2 27 (1MZ–FE)
E8 B 30 J26 31 V2 27 (1MZ–FE)
E10 D 30 J27 A 31 V3 27 (1MZ–FE)
1D
1H
1J
1R
1V
1W
2C
22 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B No.2
No 2 (Engine Compartment Left)
2F
2J
No.2
2K

II2
II3
: GROUND POINTS

: SPLICE POINTS
I2 42 Engine Wire
(1MZ–FE)
C8 (A) C8 (A)
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
C9 (B) C9 (B)
14 15 16
14 15 16
C10 (C) C10 (C) C15

5 6 7 X 6
5 6 7
13 14
E3 E5 E7 (A) E8 (B)
GRAY DARK GRAY
1 2
1 2 3
4 X 6
1 2 X X X 2 3 4 X X X
8 X X 15 10 X 12 X X X X
16 X 20 X 22 X 24 X X
E10 (D) E10 (D) E11 (E)

(California) (Except California) BLACK (California)
2 X 2 X 7 8 9
14 X X 14 X 14 19 20 21
17 18 23 17 18 X X 23 X 26 30 31
(1MZ–FE)
E11 (E) J4 J5
(Except California) BLACK BLACK ORANGE
X X
DD DX A A A A A
A A A A A A A A
14 19 20 21 (Hint : See Page 7)
X 26 30 31
J6 J15 J22 J24

BLACK
B B
A A A A

B A
CC C A A A A A A A
A A
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)
J26 J27 (A) J28 (B) J29
A B A A A A A B B B B
A A B B C C A A B B C C DD DE E E
A A B B B
F F
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)
J35 O2 P1 S6 T2
BLUE GRAY BLUE BLACK
X 2 3 4 1 2 3
C C 2 1 2

4 7 8 9 10

(Hint : See Page 7)
V2 V3
BLACK BLACK
1 2 3
1 2
MEMO
15A 5A 15A 5A
EFI IGN STOP STARTER
7 1W 7 1C 3 1J
W
1 5
2
RELAY
STOP LIGHT SW
EFI
B–R
(* 2)
B–W
I2
3
CONNECTOR
S6
2
JUNCTION
B
1
5 2C 4 2F 2 2J 7 2K 8 2J
BR
G–W

J29
BR
B
B–W
W–B
W–B
B–Y
4 1R
(* 1)
THROTTLE POSITION
2 1
B–R
B–Y
(*1)
5 1R
J27 A , J28 B
6 II4
G–W
SENSOR
B A
CONNECTOR
J27 A , J28 B
1 3 2
JUNCTION
B–W
T2
A A
CONNECTOR
E5
JUNCTION
B B
B–W
(*1)
G–B
C B
BR
LG
Y
B–Y
G–W
12 A 7 D 2 A 1 A 9 A 22 A 1 B 10 B 9 B 4 B (* 1)
12 A 1 A 4 A 22 A 1 B 11 B 9 B 4 B (* 2)
STP
VTA
IGSW
THW
+B MREL BATT NSW VC E2
E 7 A , E 8 B , E 9 C , E10 D
IDLO
OD1
E04
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE E1

S2 S1 SL
3 A 18 A 21 C 8 C 20 C 15 C 24 C (*1)
3 A 20 A 6 C 7 C 1 C 15 C 14 C (*2)
L–B
L–B
BR
(CALIFORNIA)
A A
Y–B
L–R
7 II2
J25
BR
JUNCTION
V
CONNECTOR
L–B
13 14 6
L–B
IDL OD ECT
1 B 3 B 1 A
S2 S1 SL
C15
W
CONNECTOR
B
CRUISE CONTROL ECU A

JUNCTION
A BR
LOCK–UP
NO. 2
NO. 1
J23
A
W–B
BR
E3 A , E4 B
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED
EB TRANSMISSION SOLENOID EC
(5S–FE)
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50) R–L

10A
GAUGE
1 1J 2 1D
J28 B
R–L
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
F R–L D D R–L
B
F J4
JUNCTION
B CONNECTOR
Y
L–W
(* 3)
O
(* 4)
R–L
C R–B
A
R–B A C R–B
B A
L–W
R–B
(* 3)
(* 4)
J15
O
Y
J27 A , J28 B
2 II2 JUNCTION
CONNECTOR JUNCTION
3 CONNECTOR
V–W B B V–W
IG3
R–L
V–W
R–L
8 A (* 1)
E 7 A , E 8 B , E 9 C , E10 D
15 A 16 A 17 A
19 A 18 A 17 A 9 A (* 2) A
A R–L C 8 A , C 9 B , C10 C
R
L
SPD
COMBINATION METER 14 B 7 C
A J21
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
SPEEDOMETER
O/D OFF
E03
E01
E02
OD2
25 C 13 C 26 C 5 A (* 1)
16 B 13 C 26 C 7 A (* 2)
15 B 6 C 5 C 12 A
R–L
G–O
P
L
G–O
BR
BR
BR
7 IJ1 2 IJ1
P
L
BR
11 IG3 3 2
SI SE
G–O
V2
VEHICLE
SPEED SENSOR
(COMBINATION
METER)
CONNECTOR
BR C
JUNCTION
IG+ C G–O
1
J6
BR
BR
BR
BR
C
R–L
G–O
EC IH
R–L R–L * 3 : TMC MADE

P1 * 4 : TMMK MADE
A/T INDICATOR LIGHT SW
C
LL 2L DL NL RL PL
4 3 10 9 8 7
G–W
L–W
B–R
R–B
R
Y
5 II2 6 II2 9 II2 1 IJ1 3 II3 4 II2

CONNECTOR
Y
JUNCTION
G–W
E
L–W
B–R
R–B
(* 3)
(* 4)
O
R
Y E
J29
CONNECTOR
D A
E JUNCTION
L–W L–W D
(* 3)
J29
D A
O
(* 4)
R–B R–B
R–B R–B
L–W
B–R
(*3)
(*4)
O
Y
G–W
5 1V
16 IG3 13 IG3 14 IG3 10 1H 15 IG3

G–W
B–R
R–B
O
R
Y
6 A 11 A 7 A 10 A 8 A 9 A
D
P
L
16 B
C 8 A , C 9 B , C10 C
COMBINATION METER
W–B
A
G–O 2 4 W–B A J5
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
O2 A
O/D MAIN
SW
W–B
IF
(5S–FE)
SYSTEM OUTLINE
Previous automatic transaxle have selected each gear shift using mechanically controlled throttle hydraulic pressure,
governor hydraulic pressure and lock–up hydraulic pressure. The electronically controlled transmission, however, electrically
controls the line pressure and lock–up pressure etc., through the solenoid valve. Engine control module controls of the
solenoid valve based on the input signals from each sensor which makes smooth driving possible by shift selection for each
gear which is most appropriate to the driving conditions at that time.
1. GEAR SHIFT OPERATION
During driving, the engine control module selects the shift for each gear which is most appropriate to the driving conditions,
based on input signals from the engine coolant temp. sensor to TERMINAL THW of the engine control module, and also the
input signals to TERMINAL SPD of the engine control module from the vehicle speed sensor devoted to the electronically
controlled transmission. Current is then output to the electronically controlled transmission solenoid. When shifting to 1st
speed, current flows from TERMINAL S1 of the engine control module to TERMINAL (B) 3 of the solenoid to GROUND, and
continuity to the No.1 solenoid causes the shift.
For 2nd speed, current flows from TERMINAL S1 of the engine control module to TERMINAL (B) 3 of the solenoid to
GROUND, and from TERMINAL S2 of the engine control module to TERMINAL (B) 1 of the solenoid to GROUND, and
continuity to solenoids No.1 and No.2 causes the shift.
For 3rd speed, there is no continuity to No.1 solenoid, only to No.2, causing the shift.
Shifting into 4th speed (Overdrive) takes place when there is no continuity to either No.1 or No.2 solenoid.
2. LOCK–UP OPERATION
When the engine control module judges from each signal that lock–up operation conditions have been met, current flows
from TERMINAL SL of the engine control module to TERMINAL (A) 1 of the electronically controlled transmission solenoid to
GROUND, causing continuity to the lock–up solenoid and causing lock–up operation.
3. STOP LIGHT SW CIRCUIT
If the brake pedal is depressed (Stop light SW on) when driving in lock–up condition, a signal is input to TERMINAL STP of
the engine control module, the engine control module operates and continuity to the lock–up solenoid is cut.
4. OVERDRIVE CIRCUIT
∗ O/D main SW on
When the O/D main SW is turned on (O/D off indicator light turns off), a signal is input into TERMINAL OD2 of the engine
control module and engine control module operation causes gear shift when the conditions for overdrive are met.
∗ O/D main SW off
When the O/D main SW is turned to off, the current through the O/D off indicator light flows through the O/D main SW to
GROUND, causing the indicator light to light up. At the same time, a signal is input into TERMINAL OD2 of the engine
control module and engine control module operation prevents shift into overdrive.
SERVICE HINTS
E7 (A), E8 (B), E9 (C) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (TURN ON THE IGNITION SW)
S1, S2–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts with the solenoid on
0–1.5 volts with the solenoid off
L–E1 : 7.5–14.0 volts with the shift lever at L position
2–E1 : 7.5–14.0 volts with the shift lever at 2 position
R–E1 : 7.5–14.0 volts with the shift lever at R position
STP–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts with the brake pedal depressed
THW–E2 : 0.2–1.0 volts with the engine coolant temp. 60°C (140°F) – 120°C (248°F)
VTA–E2 : 0.3–0.8 volts with the throttle valve fully closed
3.2–4.9 volts with the throttle valve fully opened
VC–E2 : 4.5–5.5 volts
OD2–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts with the O/D main SW turned on
0–3.0 volts with the O/D main SW turned off
+B–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts
E3 (A), E4 (B) ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID
(A) 1, (B) 1, (B) 3–GROUND : Each 11–15 Ω
O2 O/D MAIN SW
2–4 : Closed with the O/D main SW off, open with the O/D main SW on
: PARTS LOCATION
C8 A 30 E9 C 30 J27 A 31
C9 B 30 E10 D 30 J28 B 31
C10 C 30 J4 31 J29 31
C15 30 J5 31 O2 31
E3 A 28 (5S–FE) J6 31 P1 29 (5S–FE)
E4 B 28 (5S–FE) J15 31 S6 31
E5 28 (5S–FE) J21 31 T2 29 (5S–FE)
E7 A 30 J23 31 V2 29 (5S–FE)
E8 B 30 J25 31
1D
1H
1J
1R
1V
1W
2C
22 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B No.2
No 2 (Engine Compartment Left)
2F
2J
No.2
2K

II2
II3 42 Engine
II4
: GROUND POINTS

EB 38 (5S–FE) Left Radiator Side Support
: SPLICE POINTS
I2 42 Engine Wire
(5S–FE)
∗ 1 : w/ Engine Immobiliser System
∗ 2 : w/o Engine Immobiliser System
C8 (A) C8 (A)
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
C9 (B) C9 (B)
14 15 16
14 15 16
C10 (C) C10 (C) C15

5 6 7 X 6
5 6 7
13 14
E3 (A) E4 (B) E5 E7 (A)

BLACK BLACK GREEN (∗ 1)
1 2
1 X 3 1 2 3 5 8 9
1 X
12 15 16 17 18 22
E7 (A) E8 (B) E8 (B) E9 (C)

(∗ 2) (∗ 1) DARK GRAY (∗ 2) (∗ 1) DARK GRAY
1 3 4 X 7 9 1 4 1 4 X 8 13
12 17 18 19 20 22 9 10 9 11 16 15 X X 20 21 24 25 26
E9 (C) E10 (D) J4 J5

(∗ 2) (∗ 1) DARK GRAY BLACK ORANGE
X X
1 6 7 13 DD DX A A A A A
X
A A A A A A A A
14 15 X 26 7 X (Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)

(5S–FE)
J6 J15 J21 J23
BLACK GRAY
B B A A A A
B A A A
CC C A A A A A A A
A A A
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)
J25 J27 (A) J28 (B) J29
A A A A A A B B B B
A A B B C C A A B B C C D D DE E E
A A
F F
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)
O2 P1 S6 T2 V2
BLUE GRAY BLUE BLACK BLACK
1 2 3 1 2 3
2 X 2 3 4 1 2

4 7 8 9 10

MEMO
CRUISE CONTROL

J24
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
R–L A A R–L
(* 1) (* 1 A/T)
10A
GAUGE J21 A
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
R–L A A R–L
(* 2) (* 2 A/T)
A
2 1D 1 1J 2 II2
[PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW]

R–L
R–L
R–L
CRUISE CONTROL
1 2
D POSITION SW
D
CLUTCH SW
J27 A , J28 B
F B F B
CONNECTOR
(M/T)
D
R–L
R–L
R–L
(*2)
(*1)
10
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
JUNCTION
C14
(A/T)
B–R
2
P1
J4
D
D A
9 II2
R–L
(M/T)
(A/T)
B–R
B–R
J29
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A A
C 9 B , C10 C
7 C COMBINATION METER
A
B–R
SPEEDOMETER
C15
CRUISE CONTROL ECU 3
CRUISE
15 B 6 C 5 C 14 B 10 C
V–W
BR
O
P
L
PI TC SPD CMS CCS

4 5 12 11 10
LG–R
V–W
W–L
7 IJ1 2 IJ1 3 IG3 5 IG2

W
O
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
D B B
O D B 5 4
V–W
CMS CCS
P
L
CRUISE
D B B
LG–R
J15
J2
J3
RESUME/
3 2 ACCEL
SI SE
LG–R
(COMBINATION METER)
11 II3 SET/
O
COAST
LG–R
V–W
P–B
(*4)
(*3)
10 4 11 CANCEL
A/D TC TC
V2
IG+ EP
1 3 C12
CRUISE CONTROL
R–L SW [COMB. SW]
BR
D4 D1
(* 1) DATA LINK DATA LINK
CONNECTOR 2 CONNECTOR 1
R–L W–B
(* 2) IH
E3 A , E4 B
ELECTRONICALLY
E 7 A , E 8 B , E 9 C , E11 E CONTROLLED 15A 15A
TRANSMISSION ECU–IG STOP
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE SOLENOID
* 1 : 1MZ–FE
* 2 : 5S–FE
IDLO OD1 S2 S2 * 3 : TMMK MADE 1MZ–FE 9 1J 7 1C
4 B 24 B 8 E (* 1) 6 A (* 1) * 4 : EXCEPT *3
3 A 18 A 21 C (* 5) 1 B (* 2) * 5 : 5S–FE W/ ENGINE IMMOBILISER
* 6 : 5S–FE W/O ENGINE IMMOBILISER
3 A 20 A 6 C (* 6)
(A/T)
L–B
(A/T)
(A/T)
Y–B
L–R
L–B
A J26 (* 1) ,
B–R
W
A J25 (* 2)
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
(A/T)
L–B
C
J12
7 II2 JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
C
(A/T)
B–R
L–B
C15
13 14 CRUISE CONTROL ECU 6 9
IDL OD ECT B
GND MO MC L STP–
16 15 7 8 2
G–B
W
W–B
3 2
G–W
STOP LIGHT SW
A B
A
R–G
R–B
J7 A , J8 B A
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR A
S6
A
A A A A A A 4 1
G–W
W–B
R–Y
J27 A
G–W
JUNCTION
W–B
CONNECTOR
8 1J 1 2 3
5 1R
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
M
7 1J
4 1R
W–B
A C3 4
CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR
J11
W–B W–B
IG
CRUISE CONTROL
SYSTEM OUTLINE
With the ignition SW turned to on, current flows through the GAUGE fuse to TERMINAL (C) 7 of the combination meter and
the current through the ECU–IG fuse flows to TERMINAL 9 of the cruise control ECU.
When the ignition SW is on and the cruise control SW is turned on, a signal is input from TERMINAL 5 of the cruise control
SW to TERMINAL 11 of the cruise control ECU. As a result, the cruise control ECU functions and the current flows from the
ECU–IG fuse to TERMINAL 9 of the cruise control ECU to TERMINAL 16 to GROUND, and the cruise control system is in a
condition ready for operation.
At the same time, the current through the GAUGE fuse flows to TERMINAL (C) 7 of the cruise control indicator light to
TERMINAL (C) 10 to TERMINAL 4 of the cruise control ECU to TERMINAL 16 to GROUND, causing the cruise control
indicator light to light up, indicating that cruise control is ready for operation.
1. SET OPERATION
When the cruise control SW is turned on and the set SW is pushed with the vehicle speed within the set limit (Approx. 40
km/h, 25 mph to 200 km/h, 124 mph), a signal is input to TERMINAL 10 of the cruise control ECU and the vehicle speed at
the time the set SW is released is memorized in the ECU as the set speed.
2. SET SPEED CONTROL
During cruise control driving, the cruise control ECU compares the set speed memorized in the cruise control ECU with the
actual vehicle speed input into TERMINAL 12 of the cruise control ECU from the speed sensor, and controls the cruise
control actuator to maintain the set speed.
When the actual speed is lower than the set speed, the ECU causes the current to the cruise control actuator to flow from
TERMINAL 15 of the cruise control ECU to TERMINAL 1 of the cruise control actuator to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 7 of
the cruise control ECU. As a result, the motor in the cruise control actuator is rotated to open the than the set speed, the
current to the cruise control actuator flows from TERMINAL 7 of the cruise control ECU to TERMINAL 2 of the cruise control
actuator to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 15 of the cruise control ECU.
This causes the motor in the cruise control actuator to rotate to close the throttle valve and return the throttle cable to
decrease the vehicle speed.
3. COAST CONTROL
During cruise control driving, while the coast SW is on, the cruise control actuator returns the throttle cable to close the
throttle valve and decrease the driving speed. The vehicle speed when the coast SW is turned off is memorized and the
vehicle continues at the new set speed.
4. ACCEL CONTROL
During cruise control driving, while the accel SW is turned on, the cruise control actuator pulls the throttle cable to open the
throttle valve and increase the driving speed.
The vehicle speed when the accel SW is turned off is memorized and the vehicle continues at the new set speed.
5. RESUME CONTROL
Unless the vehicle speed falls below the minimum speed limit (Approx. 40km/h, 25mph) after canceling the set speed by the
cancel SW, pushing the resume SW will cause the vehicle to resume the speed set before cancellation.
6. MANUAL CANCEL MECHANISM
If any of the following operations occurs during cruise control operation, the magnetic clutch of the actuator turns off and the
motor rotates to close the throttle valve and the cruise control is released.
∗ Placing the shift lever except D position (Park/Neutral position SW except D position). ”Signal is not input to TERMINAL 3
of the cruise control ECU” (A/T)
∗ Depressing the clutch pedal (Cruise control clutch SW off). ”Signal input to TERMINAL 3 of the cruise control ECU” (M/T)
∗ Depressing the brake pedal (Stop light SW on). ”Signal input to TERMINAL 2 of the cruise control ECU”
∗ Pushing the cancel switch (Cancel SW on). ”Signal input to TERMINAL 10 of the cruise control ECU”
∗ Pushing the cruise switch off ”signal input to TERMINAL 11 of the cruise control ECU”.
7. TAP–UP CONTROL FUNCTION
When the difference between the actual vehicle speed and the set speed is less than 5 km/h (3 mph), the set speed can be
increased 1.6 km/h (1 mph) each time by operation the RESUME/ACCEL SW quickly within 0.6 seconds.
8. TAP–DOWN CONTROL FUNCTION
When the difference between the actual vehicle speed and the set speed is less than 5 km/h (3 mph), the set speed can be
lowered 1.6 km/h (1 mph) each time by operating the SET/COAST SW quickly within 0.6 seconds.
9. AUTO CANCEL FUNCTION
A) If any of the following operating conditions occurs during cruise control operation, the set speed is erased, the current
flow to the magnetic clutch is stopped and the cruise control is released. (Cruise SW turns off).
When this occurs, the ignition SW must be turned off once before the cruise SW will turn on.
∗ When current continued to flow to the motor inside the actuator in the throttle valve ”OPEN” direction.
∗ The motor does not operate despite the motor drive signal being output.
B) If any of the following operating conditions occurs during cruise control operation, the set speed is erased, the current
flow to the magnetic clutch is stopped and the cruise control is released. (Cruise SW turn off).
When this occurs, the cancel state is cleared as the cruise SW will turn on again.
∗ Over current to transistor driving the motor and/or the magnetic clutch.
∗ Open circuit in the magnetic clutch.
∗ Momentary interruption of vehicle speed signal.
∗ Short circuit in the cruise control SW.
∗ When the vehicle speed falls more than 16 km/h (10 mph) below the set speed, E.G. on an upward slope.
C) If any of the following conditions occurs during cruise control operation, the set speed is erased and the cruise control is
released. (The power to the magnetic clutch is cut off until the set SW is ON again.)
∗ When the vehicle speed falls below the minimum speed limit, approx. 40 km/h (25 mph).
∗ When power to the cruise control system is momentarily cut off.
D) If any of the following conditions occurs during cruise control operation, the cruise control is released.
∗ Open the circuit for TERMINAL 2 of the stop light SW.
10. AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE CONTROL FUNCTION
∗ In overdrive. If the vehicle speed becomes lower than the overdrive cut speed (Set speed minus approx. 4 km/h, 2.5 mph)
during cruise control operation, such as driving up a hill, the overdrive is released and the power increased to prevent a
reduction in vehicle speed.
∗ After releasing the overdrive, vehicle speed becomes higher than the overdrive return speed (Set speed minus approx. 2
km/h, 1.2 mph) and the cruise control ECU judges by the signals from the actuator’s potentiometer that the upward slope
has finished, the overdrive is resumed after approximately 2 seconds.
∗ During cruise control driving, the cruise control operation signal is output from the cruise control ECU to the engine control
module. Upon receiving this signal, the engine control module changes the shift pattern to normal.
To maintain smooth cruise control operation (on a downward slope etc.), the lock–up release of the transmission when the
idling point of the throttle position is ON is forbidden.
SERVICE HINTS
C3 CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR
3–4 : Approx. 38.5 Ω
C12 CRUISE CONTROL SW [COMB. SW]
5–3 : Continuity with the CRUISE SW on
4–3 : Approx. 418 Ω with the CANCEL SW on
Approx. 68 Ω with the RESUME/ACCEL SW on
Approx. 198 Ω with the SET/COAST SW on
C15 CRUISE CONTROL ECU
9–GROUND : 10–14 volts with the ignition SW at ON position
12–GROUND : 4 pulses with 1 rotation of rotor shaft
10–GROUND : Approx. 418 Ω with the CANCEL SW on in the cruise control SW
Approx. 198 Ω with the SET/COAST SW on in the cruise control SW
Approx. 68 Ω with the RESUME/ACCEL SW on in the cruise control SW
CRUISE CONTROL
: PARTS LOCATION
26 (1MZ–FE) E7 A 30 J21 31
C3
28 (5S–FE) E8 B 30 J24 31
C9 B 30 E9 C 30 J25 31
C10 C 30 E11 E 30 J26 31
C12 30 J2 31 J27 A 31
C14 30 J3 31 J28 B 31
C15 30 J4 31 J29 31
26 (1MZ–FE) J7 A 31 27 (1MZ–FE)
D1 P1
28 (5S–FE) J8 B 31 29 (5S–FE)
D4 30 J11 31 S6 31
E3 A 26 (1MZ–FE) J12 31 27 (1MZ–FE)
V2
E4 B 28 (1S–FE) J15 31 29 (5S–FE)
1J
1R

II2
II3
: GROUND POINTS

∗ 1 : 5S–FE w/ Engine Immobiliser System
∗ 2 : 5S–FE w/o Engine Immobiliser System
C3 C9 (B) C9 (B)
BLACK (TMC Made) (TMMK Made)
1 2 3 4 14 15
14 15
C10 (C) C10 (C) C12

(TMC Made) BROWN (TMMK Made) BROWN BLACK
5 6 7 10
5 6 7 10 XX3 4 5
C14 C15 D1 D1
(1MZ–FE) BLACK (5S–FE) BLACK
X X X X X
1 2 X 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 X
X X X X X X X X 11 X
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 X
X X X X X
X X X 11 X
X X X X X
D4 E3 (A) E4 (B) E7 (A)

DARK GRAY GRAY BLACK (∗ 1)
1 X 3
X X X 6 18
X X X 10 X X X
X X 4 X X
E7 (A) E8 (B) E9 (C)

(∗ 2) (1MZ–FE) (∗ 1) DARK GRAY
3 X X
20 X 4 X X X X X 21
X X X X X
X X 24 X X
CRUISE CONTROL
E9 (C) E11 (E) E11 (E)
(5S–FE w/o Engine Immobiliser System) (1MZ–FE Except California) BLACK (1MZ–FE California)
6
X X 8 X 8

X X
J2 J3 J4 J7 (A)
BLACK BLACK GRAY
X X
DDD B DD DX
B B B B A A A A A A
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)
J8 (B) J11 J12 J15

GRAY BLACK BLACK
B B
A A CCC B
A A A A A A A A A A
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)
J21 J24 J25 J26

GRAY
A A A A A A
A A A A A A A A A
J27 (A) J28 (B) J29
A A A A A
A A
D D F F
(Hint : See Page 7)
P1 S6 V2
GRAY BLUE BLACK
X 2 1 2
1 2 3

10
3 4
MEMO
ABS AND TRACTION CONTROL
1
3
60A
FL ABS 3
2 3
2
GR–R
W–R
ABS
MOTOR
RELAY
1 4
GR–L
3
3
1 5 4 GR–R
2
ABS
SOL
RELAY
3 6
GR–R
GR–L
3 3 3 3
R–L R–L
A15 A , A16 B , A17 C

ABS AND TRACTION ECU
W–B
W–L
1 A 24 A
GR
R+ MR
SR GND3 GND2 SFRH SFRR

11 A 9 C 10 C 13 A 26 A
GR
W–R
R–B
W–R
W–B
W–B
9 A 3 A
SFRH SFRR
W–L 4 BS
B
A7 A , A8 B
ABS AND TRACTION
ACTUATOR
W–B
W–R
W–B W–B W–B

E1 E1 E1
W–B
EA
15A 15A
ECU–IG STOP
9 1J 7 1C
B–R
W
G–W
C 2
J12
5 1R A A
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
S6 J27 A , J28 B
C STOP JUNCTION
LIGHT SW CONNECTOR
C B
4 1R
1
G–W
G–W
B–R
R–L R–L
A15 A , A16 B , A17 C

8 B ABS AND TRACTION ECU 16 B
IG1 STP
SFLH SFLR SRRH SRRR SRLH SRLR SRC1 SRC2 SMC1 SMC2 AST MT GND1
2 C 1 C 8 C 7 C 25 A 12 A 5 C 4 C 12 C 6 C 10 A 14 A 15 A
LG–B
R–W
W–R
W–B
R–G
W–L
G–Y
B–R
Y–R
B–Y
Y–B
L–B
12 A 6 A 11 A 5 A 10 A 4 A 7 A 2 A 8 A 1 A 5 B 3 B
SFLH SFLR SRRH SRRR SRLH SRLR SRC1 SRC2 SMC1 SMC2 AST MT
BM GND
2 B 1 B
A7 A , A8 B
ABS AND TRACTION ACTUATOR
W–R W–R
W–B
W–B W–B
E1
D1 D4
DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2
(SHORT PIN)
WB TS WA TC TC ABS TRC E1
23 16 22 11 4 14 17 3
LG–R
G–B
Y–B
R–Y
P–B
R–L
(* 1)
(* 2)
(* 1)
(* 2)
LG–R
R–L
BR
L
4 II3 8 II3 5 II3 11 II3
LG–R
R–Y
G–B
R–L
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
JUNCTION
B C
JUNCTION
B LG–R C L
J3
8 IK2 5 IK2
CONNECTOR
J32
C
B C
JUNCTION
12
C G–B R–L R–L
IG3
R–L
LG–R
J29
C
BR
G–B
R–Y
12 IK2 2 IK1
R–L
LG–R
R–L
L
A15 A , A16 B , A17 C
23 A 4 B 9 A 22 A 12 B ABS AND TRACTION ECU
TS WA TC D/G WT
FL+ FL– FR+ FR– RL+ RL– RR+ RR–

5 A 4 A 17 A 18 A 2 B 1 B 9 B 10 B
W–B
(* 2)
W
G
G
R
R
B
W–B
(* 2)
W–B
(*2)
1 IK2 6 IK2 3 ID1 9 ID1 4 ID1 2 IL1 1 IL1 3 IL1

(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
BR(*2)
L(* 2)
G
R
(*2)
(*1)
(*2)
(*2)
(*1)
(*2)
G
Y
B
(* 1)
(* 1)
W
R
2 1 2 1 1 2 1 2
A9 A10 A25 A26

ABS SPEED SENSOR ABS SPEED SENSOR ABS SPEED SENSOR ABS SPEED SENSOR
FRONT LH FRONT RH REAR LH REAR RH
R–L
* 1 : TMC MADE
* 2 : TMMK MADE 10A
C 8 A , C10 C GAUGE
COMBINATION METER 7 C
2 1D
TRAC OFF
ABS SLIP
R–L
3 C 4 C 5 A
D
J4
19 JUNCTION
L L R–L CONNECTOR
LG
IG3
D
R–L 18 IG3
R–L
BR LG
C A
J7 A , J8 B
A15 A , A16 B , A17 C JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
ABS AND TRACTION ECU 3 B
IND B B
BR
CSW NEO EFI+ EFI– TRC+ TRC–
11 B 15 B 6 B 14 B 13 B 5 B
LG
BR–W
W–B(* 2) 4
LG
W
W–B T5
TRACTION 6 II3
(* 2) OFF SW
1
W–B
W–B
16 B 14 A 21 A 13 A 20 A
(* 2)
(* 2)
W–B
NEO EFI+ EFI– TRC+ TRC–
A B A B A B
E 7 A , E 8 B , E10 D
BR
J7 A , J8 B ENGINE CONTROL
JUNCTION MODULE
CONNECTOR
A A
E2 VTA1 VC
W–B
18 D 23 D 2 D
8 1J
A
J22
BR
JUNCTION
Y
L
CONNECTOR
7 1J A
W–B
2 3 1
A
BR
J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
T2
IG THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR EC
SYSTEM OUTLINE
(ABS)
ABS is a brake system designed for the purpose to improve the operating ability securing the stability of the vehicle by
preventing the looking–up of the vehicle controlling the wheel cylinder pressure of all the four wheels at the time of sudden
braking.
1. INPUT SIGNALS
(1) Speed sensor signal
The speed of the wheels is detected and input to TERMINALS FL+, FR+, RL+, and RR+ of the ABS and traction ECU.
(2) Stop light SW signal
A signal is input to TERMINAL STP of the ABS and traction ECU when brake pedal is depressed.
2. SYSTEM OPERATION
When the wheels are to be locked–up, the solenoid inside the actuator will be controlled by the signal from the ABS and
traction ECU and the brake fluid in the wheel cylinder will flow through the reservoir and reduce the hydraulic pressure.
While the ABS is in operation, as the ABS and traction ECU always outputs the operation signal to the pump inside the
actuator, brake fluid stored inside the reservoir will be suctioned up by the pump inside the actuator and returned to the
master cylinder.
When the hydraulic pressure of the wheel cylinder is decompressed or increased until the necessary hydraulic pressure, the
solenoid inside the actuator is controlled by the control signal from the ABS and traction ECU and as a result, hydraulic
pressure of the wheel cylinder will be closed at both routes of the master cylinder and reservoir sides and the hydraulic
pressure of the wheel cylinder will become to be in the holding condition.
If the increase of hydraulic pressure volume of the wheel cylinder becomes necessary, with the control signal from the ABS
and traction ECU, the solenoid inside the actuator will be controlled and become the same condition as usual and the brake
fluid of the master cylinder will be sent to the wheel cylinder and will increase the hydraulic pressure of the wheel cylinder. At
this time, in the case that the brake fluid stays left in the reservoir, it will be sucked up by the pump inside the actuator and
will be sent to the wheel cylinder.
Also, increasing speed of the hydraulic pressure is controlled by outputting the increasing and the said holding one after
another.
(Traction control)
Traction control system is designed to perform the engine output control by the fuel cut and hydraulic pressure control of
driving wheel brake and control the spinning of the driving wheels. By doing this, it improves starting acceleration and
operating ability of the vehicle securing the driving ability in accordance with the road surface condition.
3. TRACTION CONTROL OPERATION
Estimating the vehicle speed from the rear wheel speed, comparing it with the front, driving wheel speed and judging the grip
condition of the driving wheels. From the estimated vehicle speed, target speed of the driving speed will be set. When the
front, driving wheel speed exceeds the control starting speed, it judges that the tire slip is occurred and performs the fuel cut
cylinder number control and brake control and then adjust to make the front wheel speed become the traction control target
speed. Controlling of the traction control will be completed when the vehicle move onto the road where the driving wheels will
not have a tire slip or when the driver decelerate.
SERVICE HINTS
ABS MOTOR RELAY [R/B NO.3]
3–4 : Approx. 62 Ω
ABS SOL RELAY [R/B NO.3]
4–6 : Approx. 80 Ω
A9, A10 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH, RH
1–2 : 0.6 kΩ–2.5 kΩ
A15 (A), A16 (B), A17 (C) ABS AND TRACTION ECU
(B) 8–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position
(B)11–GROUND : Continuity with the ignition SW on and the traction off SW on (Traction control off)
(B)16–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the brake pedal depressed
(A)15, (C) 9, (C) 10–GROUND : Always continuity
A25, A26 ABS SPEED SENSOR REAR LH, RH
1–2 : 1.2 kΩ–2.3 kΩ
T2 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1–2 : 3.5 kΩ–5.0 kΩ
: PARTS LOCATION
A7 A 26 (1MZ–FE) C10 C 30 J11 31
A8 B 26 (1MZ–FE) D1 26 (1MZ–FE) J12 31
A9 26 (1MZ–FE) D4 30 J22 31
A10 26 (1MZ–FE) E7 A 30 J27 A 31
A15 A 30 E8 B 30 J28 B 31
A16 B 30 E10 D 30 J29 31
A17 C 30 J3 31 J32 31
A25 32 J4 31 S6 31
A26 32 J7 A 31 T2 27 (1MZ–FE)
C8 A 30 J8 B 31 T5 31
: RELAY BLOCKS

1J
1R

IK1
IK2
IL1 42 Floor No.2 Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)
: GROUND POINTS

EA 36 (1MZ–FE) Right Radiator Side Support
: SPLICE POINTS
E1 36 (1MZ–FE) Engine Room Main Wire
A7 (A) A8 (B) A9 A10
BLACK GRAY GRAY GRAY
1 2 1 2 1 2
1 2 3 4 5 6
3 4 5
7 8 9 10 11 12
A15 (A) A16 (B) A17 (C) A25
1 X X 4 5 X X X 9 10 11 12 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 X 8 1 2 X 4 5 6 2 1
14 15 X 17 18 X X X 22 23 24 25 26 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 7 8 9 10 X 12
A26 C8 (A) C8 (A)

2 1 5
5
C10 (C) C10 (C)

3 4 7
3 4 7
D1 D4 E7 (A)
BLACK DARK GRAY
X X X X X 17 X X 14
X X X
X X X 11 X X X X X X X X X 13 14
X X X 16 X X 22 23 X X 4 3 X X 20 21 X
E8 (B) E10 (D) E10 (D) J3
(California) (Except California) BLACK
B
B B B B
X X X X 2 X 2
X X 16 X X X X X X (Hint : See Page 7)

X X X X 18 23 18 X X 23
J4 J7 (A) J8 (B) J11

BLACK GRAY GRAY
X X
DDDX A A
A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
(Hint : See Page 7) C C C B B B
(Hint : See Page 7)
J12 J22 J27 (A) J28 (B)

BLACK
A A A A
CCC
A A A A A A A A A C C
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)
J29 J32 S6 T2
GRAY BLUE BLACK
CC
CC 1 2 3
CC C 1 2
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)
T5
BLACK
1 X X 4
ABS (TMC MADE)
BR
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM

(SEE PAGE 50) 8
R–L R–L
IK2
1
60A
FL ABS
J8 B
C A GR–R 4 II3
2
CONNECTOR
JUNCTION
J7 A ,
R–L
3 3 3
B B
D4 D1
BR
DATA LINK DATA LINK

ABS MOTOR RELAY
1 3 1 4 5 3 CONNECTOR 2 23 CONNECTOR 1
ABS SOL RELAY

E1 WB
2
6 II3 (SHORT PIN)
ABS TC TC TS WA
BR
2 4
3 6 14 4 11 16 22
J22 (1MZ–FE)
CONNECTOR
J23 (5S–FE)
JUNCTION
A
GR–R
LG–R
LG–R
G–B
R–Y
R–L
3 3 3 3 3
W–B
A
11 II3 8 II3 5 II3
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
1 IK1
GR–L
W–R
B
W–L
GR
B LG–R
G–B
GR–R
R–Y
B
J3
LG–R
A18 A , A19 B
1 A 7 A 26 B 24 B 8 B ABS ECU 21 B
MR SR R+ D/G TC TS
SRLR SRLH SRRR SRRH SFLR SFLH SFRR SFRH MT

BR
W–B
14 B 15 B 12 A 11 A 6 A 5 A 1 B 2 B 10 A
LG–B
W–R
G–Y
R–B
W–R
R–W
W–R
W–L
W–L
R–G
L–B
W–B 5 IK2 13 IK2 12 IK2 11 IK2

E1
LG–B
W–R
G–Y
R–B
W–B
2 A 1 A 4 A 6 B 2 B 8 B 4 B 7 B 3 B 5 B 1 B 3 A
BM E BS SRLR SRLH SRRR SRRH SFLR SFLH SFRR SFRH MT
A4 A , A5 B
ABS ACTUATOR
EC EA
10A 15A 15A

GAUGE ECU–IG STOP
2 1D 9 1J 7 1C
R–L
W
D 2
J4
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
STOP LIGHT SW
D
A9 A10
R–L
ABS SPEED SENSOR ABS SPEED SENSOR

FRONT LH FRONT RH
7 2 1 2 1
S6 1
C10
G–W
B–R
ABS WARNING
LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
G
R
4 4 1R
R–L
12 IG3 5 1R 1 IK2 6 IK2

G–W
G–B
A A
C C J27 A , A28 B
G–B C J29 J12 JUNCTION
W
G
R
B
JUNCTION JUNCTION CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
C C C B
G–W
G–B
B–R
A18 A , A19 B
11 B ABS ECU 13 B 5 B 8 A 2 A 3 A 9 A
WA IG1 STP FL+ FL– FR+ FR–
GND2 GND RL+ RL– RR+ RR–

25 B 12 B 22 B 9 B 10 B 23 B
W–B
W–B
B
G
R
3 ID1 9 ID1 2 IL1 1 IL1

W
G
R
A 1 2 1 2
J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR A25 A26
REAR LH REAR RH
IG
ABS (TMC MADE)
SYSTEM OUTLINE
This system controls the respective brake fluid pressures acting on the disc brake cylinders of the right front wheel, left front
wheel and rear wheels when the brakes are applied in a panic stop so that the wheels do not lock. This results in improved
directional stability and steerability during panic braking.
1. INPUT SIGNALS
The speed of the wheels is detected and input to TERMINALS FL+, FR+, RL+ and RR+ of the ABS ECU.
A signal is input to TERMINAL STP of the ABS ECU when the brake pedal is depressed.
2. SYSTEM OPERATION
During sudden braking the ABS ECU has signals input from each sensor, which controls the current to the solenoid inside
the actuator and lets the hydraulic pressure acting on each wheel cylinder escape to the reservoir. The pump inside the
actuator is also operating at this time and it returns the brake fluid from the reservoir to the master cylinder, thus preventing
locking of the vehicle wheels.
If the ABS ECU judges that the hydraulic pressure acting on the wheel cylinder is insufficient, the current on the solenoid is
controlled and the hydraulic pressure is increased. Holding of the hydraulic pressure is also controlled by the ABS ECU, by
the same method as above. Pressure reduction, holding and increase are repeated to maintain vehicle stability and to
improve steerability during sudden braking.
SERVICE HINTS
2–1 : 0.6 kΩ–2.5 kΩ
2–1 : 1.2 kΩ–2.3 kΩ
A18 (A), A19 (B) ABS ECU
(Connect the ABS ECU connectors)
(B)21–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position and the data link connector 1
TS–E1, TC–E1 not connected
(B) 8–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position and the data link connector 1
(B)13–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position
(B) 5–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the brake pedal depressed
(B)12, (B) 25–GROUND :
Always continuity
: PARTS LOCATION
26 (1MZ–FE) A25 32 J11 31
A4 A
28 (5S–FE) A26 32 J12 31
26 (1MZ–FE) C10 30 J22 31
A5 B
28 (5S–FE) 26 (1MZ–FE) J23 31
D1
26 (1MZ–FE) 28 (5S–FE) J27 A 31
A9
28 (5S–FE) D4 30 J28 B 31
26 (1MZ–FE) J3 31 J29 31
A10
28 (5S–FE) J4 31 S6 31
A18 A 30 J7 A 31
A19 B 30 J8 B 31
: RELAY BLOCKS

1J
1R

IK1
IK2
: GROUND POINTS

36 (1MZ–FE)
EA Right Radiator Side Support
38 (5S–FE)
36 (1MZ–FE) Surge Tank RH
EC
38 (5S–FE) Intake Manifold
: SPLICE POINTS
E1 36 (1MZ–FE) Engine Room Main Wire E1 38 (5S–FE) Engine Room Main Wire
A4 (A) A5 (B) A9 A10 A18 (A)

GRAY BLACK GRAY GARY
1 2 3 4 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 X 5 6
1 2
5 6 7 8 7 8 9 10 11 12
3 4 X
A19 (B) A25 A26 C10

BROWN
1 2 X X 5 X X 8 9 10 11 12 13 4 7
2 1 2 1
14 15 X X X X X 21 22 23 24 25 26
ABS (TMC MADE)
D1 D1 D4
(1MZ–FE) BLACK (5S–FE) BLACK DARK GRAY
X X X X X
X
X X X X X X X X 11 X X X 14
X
X X X 16 X X 22 23
X X X 11 X X X X X X X
X X X 16 X X 22 23 X X 4 3 X X
J3 J4 J7 (A) J8 (B)
BLACK GRAY GRAY
X X
B DDDX
B B B B
(Hint : See Page 7) C C C B B B
(Hint : See Page 7)
J11 J12 J22 J23

BLACK
A A A A A A A A
A A CCC
A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
(Hint : See Page 7)
J27 (A) J28 (B) J29 S6

BLUE

A A C C CC C 1 2

(Hint : See Page 7)

MEMO
ABS (TMMK MADE)
15A 10A 15A 60A

STOP GAUGE ECU–IG FL ABS
7 1C 2 1D 9 1J 3
B–R
R–L
D C
W
J4 J12
JUNCTION JUNCTION
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
D C
R–L
2
ABS WARNING LIGHT
7
STOP LIGHT SW
[COMB. METER]
B–R
L
S6
4
C10
R–L
12 IG3 5 IK3
B–R
R–L
C
J29
G–W
C R–L R–L
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
15 17 18
C
IG1 +B +B
A6
ABS ACTUATOR AND ECU
4 1R
WA STP FL+ FL– FR+ FR–
21 14 7 6 5 4
(SHIELDED)
5 1R
G–W
R–L
R–L
G
R
(SHIELDED) W–B
E2
10 IK3 1 IK3 1 IK2 6 IK2 13 IK2
G–W
G–W
W
G
R
A C
A B
J27 A , J28 B 2 1 2 1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A9 A10
FRONT LH FRONT RH
D4 D1
DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1
* 1 : 5S–FE
* 2 : 1MZ–FE
ABS TC E1 TC TS
14 4 3 11 16
LG–R
P–B
(* 1)
(* 2)
LG–R
R–Y
R–L
BR
11 II3 8 II3
C B
A B
B
B LG–R J7 A , J8 B
JUNCTION
J3 CONNECTOR
B JUNCTION
BR
CONNECTOR
LG–R
R–Y
6 II3
12 IK2 5 IK2
BR
J22 (1MZ–FE) A
LG–R
J23 (5S–FE)
R–Y
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
R–L
A
A6
12 11 ABS ACTUATOR AND ECU
TC TS
GND1 GND2 RL+ RL– RR+ RR–

19 16 9 8 2 1
W–B
W–B
BR
Y
(SHIELDED)
W–B W–B W–B (SHIELDED) (SHIELDED)
E1 E1 E1
3 IK3 9 IK3 8 IK3 7 IK3 2 IK3 6 IK3

(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
BR
BR
Y
3 ID1 9 ID1 4 ID1 3 IL1 2 IL1 1 IL1

W–B
BR
Y
1 2 1 2
EA EC
A25 A26
REAR LH REAR RH
ABS (TMMK MADE)
SYSTEM OUTLINE
This system controls the respective brake fluid pressures acting on the disc brake cylinders of the right front wheel, left front
wheel and rear wheels when the brakes are applied in a panic stop so that the wheels do not lock. This results in improved
directional stability and steerability during panic braking.
1. INPUT SIGNALS
The speed of the wheels is detected and input to TERMINALS FL+, FR+, RL+ and RR+ of the ABS actuator and ECU.
A signal is input to TERMINAL STP of the ABS actuator and ECU when the brake pedal is depressed.
2. SYSTEM OPERATION
During sudden braking the ABS actuator and ECU has signals input from each sensor, which controls the current to the
solenoid inside the actuator and lets the hydraulic pressure acting on each wheel cylinder escape to the reservoir. The pump
inside the actuator is also operating at this time and it returns the brake fluid from the reservoir to the master cylinder, thus
preventing locking of the vehicle wheels.
If the ABS actuator and ECU judges that the hydraulic pressure acting on the wheel cylinder is insufficient, the current on the
solenoid is controlled and the hydraulic pressure is increased. Holding of the hydraulic pressure is also controlled by the
ABS actuator and ECU, by the same method as above. Pressure reduction, holding and increase are repeated to maintain
vehicle stability and to improve steerability during sudden braking.
SERVICE HINTS
2–1 : Approx. 1.6 kΩ
2–1 : Approx. 1.6 kΩ
A6 ABS ACTUATOR AND ECU
(Connect the ABS actuator and ECU connectors)
12–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position and the data link connector 1
11–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position and the data link connector 1
16, 19–GROUND : Always continuity
14–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the brake pedal depressed
17, 18–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts
: PARTS LOCATION
26 (1MZ–FE) C10 30 J12 31
A6
28 (5S–FE) 26 (1MZ–FE) J22 31
D1
26 (1MZ–FE) 28 (5S–FE) J23 31
A9
28 (5S–FE) D4 30 J27 A 31
26 (1MZ–FE) J3 31 J28 B 31
A10
28 (5S–FE) J4 31 J29 31
A25 32 J7 A 31 S6 31
A26 32 J8 B 31
: RELAY BLOCKS

3 25 Fusible Link Block (Radiator Upper Support RH)
1J
1R

IK2 42
Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)
IK3 42
: GROUND POINTS

36 (1MZ–FE)
38 (5S–FE)
EC
: SPLICE POINTS
36 (1MZ–FE) 36 (1MZ–FE)
E1 Engine Room Main Wire E2 Engine Room Main Wire
38 (5S–FE) 38 (5S–FE)
A6 A9 A10 A25
BLACK GRAY GRAY
15 14 X 12 11 X 9 8 7 6 5 4 X 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 1
X X X X X 21 X
19 18 17 16
X X X X X
A26 C10 D1
BROWN (1MZ–FE) BLACK
2 1
4 7 X X X X X
X
X X X 11 X
X X X 16 X X
ABS (TMMK MADE)
D1 D4 J3
(5S–FE) BLACK DARK GRAY
X X X X X
X B
X X X 11 X X X 14 B B B B
X X X 16 X X
X X X X X X
(Hint : See Page 7)
X X 4 3 X X
J4 J7 (A) J8 (B) J12

BLACK GRAY GRAY BLACK
X X
DD DX CCC

(Hint : See Page 7) C C C B B B (Hint : See Page 7)
J22 J23 J27 (A) J28 (B)
A A A A A A A A
A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A C C

J29 S6
BLUE

CC C 1 2

(Hint : See Page 7)
SRS
NOTICE: When inspecting or repairing the SRS, perform the operation in accordance with the following precautionary
instructions and the procedure and precautions in the Repair Manual for the applicable model year.
Malfunction symptoms of the SRS are difficult to confirm, so the DTCs become the most important source of information
when troubleshooting. When troubleshooting the SRS, always inspect the DTCs before disconnecting the battery.
Work must be started after 90 seconds from when the ignition switch is turned to the ”LOCK” position and the
negative (–) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery.
(The SRS is equipped with a back–up power source so that if work is started within 90 seconds from
disconnecting the negative (–) terminal cable of the battery, the SRS may be deployed.)
When the negative (–) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery, the memory of the clock and audio system will be
canceled. So before starting work, make a record of the contents memorized in the audio memory system. When work is
finished, reset the audio systems as they were before and adjust the clock. To avoid erasing the memory in each
memory system, never use a back–up power supply from outside the vehicle.
Before repairs, remove the airbag sensor if shocks are likely to be applied to the sensor during repairs.
Do not expose the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag assembly, side airbag assembly, seat belt pretensioner,
center airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sensor assembly or side airbag sensor assembly directly to hot air or
flames.
Even in cases of a minor collision where the SRS does not deploy, the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag
assembly, side airbag assembly, seat belt pretensioner, center airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sensor assembly
and side airbag sensor assembly should be inspected.
Never use SRS parts from another vehicle. When replacing parts, replace them with new parts.
Never disassemble and repair the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag assembly, side airbag assembly, seat belt
pretensioner, center airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sensor assembly or side airbag sensor assembly in order to
reuse it.
If the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag assembly, side airbag assembly, seat belt pretensioner, center airbag
sensor assembly, front airbag sensor assembly or side airbag sensor assembly has been dropped, or if there are
cracks, dents or other defects in the case, bracket or connector, replace them with new ones.
Use a volt/ohmmeter with high impedance (10 kΩ/V minimum) for troubleshooting the system’s electrical circuits.
Information labels are attached to the periphery of the SRS components. Follow the instructions on the notices.
After work on the SRS is completed, perform the SRS warning light check.
If the vehicle is equipped with a mobile communication system, refer to the precaution in the IN section of the Repair
Manual.
SRS
5A 15A 10A
IGN CIG ECU–B
4 1N 2 1N 7 2J
A31 A32
AIRBAG SENSOR AIRBAG SENSOR 3 2
FRONT LH FRONT RH W–R W–R
1W 1G
B A B A S7
CONNECTION CONNECTION SIDE AIRBAG
B–O
GR
DETECTION DETECTION SENSOR LH

PIN PIN
1 2 1 2 1 2 3 4
BR–W
W–R
B–W
BR
GR–L
LG–B
L–W
P–L
(* 3)
(* 3)
(* 3)
(* 3)
1 IT1 2 IT1 1 IU1 2 IU1
BR–W
W–R
B–W
BR
5 B 26 B 15 B 6 B 20 B 9 B 7 A 9 A 10 A 12 A
C17 A , C18 B , C19 C

CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY
27 B 28 B 14 B 13 B 10 B 11 B 5 A 6 A
(* 1 * 3)
(* 1 * 3)
W–B
W–B
Y–G
Y–R
Y–R
Y–R
Y–B
(*2 * 3)
(*2 * 3)
Y–G
Y–R
1 BV1 2 BV1
1 1N 3 1N
(* 2 *3)
(* 2 *3)
1 2
Y–G
Y–R
SPIRAL
7 1J 3 1V CABLE
1 2 1 2
W–B
W–B
A23 A22 S9
AIRBAG SQUIB AIRBAG SQUIB SIDE AIRBAG
(STEERING (FRONT PASSENGER SQUIB LH
WHEEL PAD) AIRBAG ASSEMBLY)
J11 A
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
IG IE
D1
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR 1
* 1 : TMC MADE AB TC E1
* 2 : TMMK MADE * 4 : TMMK MADE 1MZ–FE
* 3 : W/ SIDE AIRBAG * 5 : EXCEPT * 4 5 11 3
LG–R
B–Y
P–B
(* 5)
(* 4)
(* 5)
(* 4)
BR
LG
W–R
12
[COMB. METER]
S8
SRS WARNING
SIDE AIRBAG 7 II3 11 II3
SENSOR RH
LIGHT
C9
13
LG–R
LG
LG
1 2 3 4
2 IG2
J3
JUNCTION
A CONNECTOR B
LG A B
L–Y
(* 3)
(* 3)
(* 3)
(* 3)
GR
LG
P
A B
LG–R
B–Y
P–B
CONNECTOR 2
12 C 10 C 9 C 7 C 3 B 19 B 4
TC
DATA LINK
D4
E1
C17 A , C18 B , C19 C 3
BR
2 A 1 A 2 C 1 C 5 C 6 C 12 B
(* 1 * 3)
(* 1 * 3)
Y–G
Y–R
Y–B
W
Y
(* 2 * 3)
(* 2 * 3)
Y–G
Y–R
J8 B
C A
CONNECTOR
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
J7 A ,
C
JUNCTION
Y–B(* 1)
L–B(*2)
1 BW1 2 BW1 B B
Y
J3
C
BR
(* 2 * 3)
(* 2 * 3)
Y–G
Y–R
6 II3
1 2 1 2 1 2 7
CONNECTOR 3
SIL
BR
BR
DATA LINK
D5
P24 S10 P25 A

J22 (1MZ–FE)
PRETENSIONER SIDE AIRBAG PRETENSIONER A
J23 (5S–FE)
LH SQUIB RH RH JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
BR
EC
SRS
SYSTEM OUTLINE
The SRS is a driver and front passenger protection device which has a supplemental role to the seat belts.
When the ignition SW is turned to ACC or ON, current from the CIG fuse flows to TERMINAL (B) 6 of the center airbag
sensor assembly. Only when the ignition SW is on does the current flow from the IGN fuse to TERMINAL (B) 5 of the center
airbag sensor assembly.
If an accident occurs while driving, when the frontal impact exceeds a set level, current from the CIG or IGN fuse flows to
TERMINALS (B) 14, (B) 10, (A) 2 and (C) 5 of the center airbag sensor assembly to TERMINAL 1 of the airbag squibs and
the pretensioners to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINALS (B) 13, (B) 11, (A) 1 and (C) 6 of the center airbag sensor assembly to
TERMINAL (B) 27, (B) 28 or BODY GROUND to GROUND, so that current flows to the front airbag squibs and the
pretensioners and causes them to operate.
When the side impact also exceeds a set level, current from the CIG or IGN fuse flows to TERMINALS (A) 5, (C) 2, (A) 2 and
(C) 5 of the center airbag sensor assembly to TERMINAL 1 of the side airbag squibs and the pretensioners to TERMINAL 2
to TERMINALS (A) 6, (C) 1, (A) 1 and (C) 6 of the center airbag sensor assembly to TERMINAL (B) 27, (B) 28 or BODY
GROUND to GROUND, causing side airbag squibs and the pretensioners to operate.
The airbag stored inside the steering wheel pad is instantaneously expanded to soften the shock to the driver.
The airbag stored inside the passenger’s instrument panel is instantaneously expanded to soften the shock to the front
passenger.
Side airbags are instantaneously expanded to soften the shock of side to the driver and front passenger.
The pretensioners make sure of the seat belt restrainability.
: PARTS LOCATION
A22 30 D4 30 P24 33
A23 30 D5 30 P25 33
C9 30 J3 31 S7 33
C17 A 30 J7 A 31 S8 33
C18 B 30 J8 B 31 S9 34
C19 C 30 J11 31 S10 34
26 (1MZ–FE) J22 31
D1
28 (5S–FE) J23 31
1J
1N
1V
1W

IT1 42 Cowl Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IU1 42 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)
BV1 46 Floor Wire and Seat No.1 Wire (Under the Driver’s Seat)
BW1 46 Floor No.2 Wire and Seat No.2 Wire (Under the Front Passenger’s Seat)
: GROUND POINTS

EC
A22 A23 A31 A32
YELLOW YELLOW YELLOW YELLOW
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
C9 C9 C17 (A)
(TMC Made) (TMMK Made) YELLOW
12 13 A B
12 13
1 2 XX5 6
7 X 9 10 X 12
C18 (B) C19 (C) D1

YELLOW YELLOW (1MZ–FE) BLACK
A B A B
X X 3 X 5 6 X X 3 X 5 X X
1 2 XX5 6
X X 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 X X X
X X X 11 X
7 X 9 10 X 12
X 19 20 X X X X X 26 27 28 X X X X X
D1 D4 D5
(5S–FE) BLACK DARK GRAY
X X 3 X 5 X X
X
X X X 11 X X X
X X X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X
X X 4 3 X X X 7 X X X X
J3 J7 (A) J8 (B) J11

GRAY GRAY
A A B C C A A
A A B B B B C C A A A A
C C C B B B
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)
SRS
J22 J23 P24 P25 S7 S8
YELLOW YELLOW YELLOW YELLOW
1 2 1 2
A A A A A A A A
1 2 1 2
A A A A A A A A A A A A A A 3 4 3 4
S9 S10
YELLOW YELLOW
1 2 1 2
MEMO
SHIFT LOCK
15A 15A 15A

CIG ECU–IG STOP
1 1T 8 1D 7 1C
W
2
B–R
P–L
S6
STOP LIGHT
SW
C
A
J6 C
JUNCTION 1
CONNECTOR
G–W
A J16
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR 4 1R
B–R
P–L
2 1H
G–W
S3
1 3 SHIFT LOCK ECU 6
ACC IG STP SHIFT LOCK
CONTROL SW
G–R 3
P1
G 2
P
G–W 1
P2
L
SLS–
SHIFT LOCK
SOLENOID
L–R 2 1
SLS+
KLS+ E
4 5
L–B
W–B
5 IG1
L–B
A
2 J5
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
K3
KEY INTERLOCK A
SOLENOID
1 8 7
W–B W–B
W–B
1J 1J
W–B
A
J11
A A JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
J7
JUNCTION IG IF
CONNECTOR
SYSTEM OUTLINE
When the ignition SW is turned to ACC position the current from the CIG fuse flows to TERMINAL 1 of the shift lock ECU, in
the ON position, the current from the ECU–IG fuse flows to TERMINAL 3 of the ECU.
1. SHIFT LOCK MECHANISM
With the ignition SW on, when a signal that the brake pedal is depressed (Stop light SW on) and a signal that the shift lever
is put in P position (Continuity between P1 and P of the shift lock control SW) is input to the shift lock ECU, the ECU
operates and current flows from TERMINAL 3 of the ECU to TERMINAL SLS+ of the shift lock solenoid to solenoid to
TERMINAL SLS– to TERMINAL 5 of the ECU to GROUND. This causes the shift lock solenoid to turn on (Plate stopper
disengages) and the shift lever can shift into position other than the P.
2. KEY INTERLOCK MECHANISM
With the ignition SW ON or ACC position, when the shift lever is put in P position (No continuity between P2 and P of shift
lock control SW), the current flowing from TERMINAL 4 of the shift lock ECU to the key interlock solenoid is cut off. This
causes the key interlock solenoid to turn off (Lock lever disengages from LOCK position) and the ignition key can be turned
from ACC to LOCK position.
SERVICE HINTS
S3 SHIFT LOCK ECU
1–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ACC or ON position
6–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the brake pedal depressed
S6 STOP LIGHT SW
: PARTS LOCATION
J5 31 J11 31 S3 31
J6 31 J16 31 S6 31
J7 31 K3 31
1D
1H
1J
1R

: GROUND POINTS

SHIFT LOCK
J5 J6 J7 J11
ORANGE GRAY
A A A A A A A A A A A A
A A A A A A A A A A
A A A A A A A A

(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)
J16 K3 S3 S6
BLACK BLACK BLUE
1X3
C C 1 2 4 5 6 1 2

(Hint : See Page 7)

MEMO
HORN
10A
HORN
1 5
HORN
RELAY
2 3
10 2K 1 2F
G–W
G–B
C
J2
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
C
G–W
G–B
6 G–W
C12 1 1
HORN SW H5 H6
[COMB. SW] HORN HORN
(HIGH) (LOW)
SERVICE HINTS
HORN RELAY [ENGINE ROOM J/B NO.2]
5–3 : Closed with the horn SW on
: PARTS LOCATION
C12 30 H5 28 (5S–FE) H6 28 (5S–FE)
H5 26 (1MZ–FE) H6 26 (1MZ–FE) J2 31
2K 22 Cowl Wire And Engine Room J/B No.2 (Engine Compartment Left)
C12 H5 H6 J2
1 1

CCC
XX 6
(Hint : See Page 7)
CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND CLOCK
15A 7. 5A 7. 5A
CIG PANEL DOME
6 1J 1 1T 5 1D 12 2J
R
G
1 1W
A A
P–L
J30 A , J31 B
8 1G
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
R–Y
A B
P–L
1
A D10
J6 DIODE
JUNCTION (DOME)
CONNECTOR
A 2
R
D E
B A
J16 A , J17 B
G
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
R
2
C4
CIGARETTE
P–L
LIGHTER
1
3 1
C6
CLOCK
4 2
W–B
W–B
A
J5
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
W–B
A
J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
IG IF
SERVICE HINTS
C4 CIGARETTE LIGHTER
C6 CLOCK
3–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the light control SW at TAIL or HEAD position
: PARTS LOCATION
C4 30 J6 31 J30 A 31
C6 30 J11 31 J31 B 31
D10 30 J16 A 31
J5 31 J17 B 31
1D
1G
: GROUND POINTS

C4 C6 D10 J5 J6
BLACK BLACK ORANGE
1
2 1 2
A A A A A A A A A A
1 2 3 4
A A A A A A A A
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)
J11 J16 (A) J17 (B) J30 (A)

BLACK BLACK GRAY
A A
A A A A A A A A A A
E E E D D D
(Hint : See Page 7)
J31 (B)
GRAY
A A A A A A

(Hint : See Page 7)

KEY REMINDER AND SEAT BELT WARNING

* 1 : W/ POWER SEAT
10A 7. 5A
GAUGE DOME
2
R–L D D R–L
1D
J4 12 2J
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
7 C
C 8 A , C10 C
SEAT BELT
WARNING LIGHT
R
[COMB. METER]
4 A
R–W
3 1T 1 1W
9 INTEGRATION RELAY 7 1
BUZZER
10 5 6 8
5 1M 7 1S 4 1S
L–B
R–Y
(* 1)
1
R–G
(W/O POWER SEAT)

U1 3 BQ1
UNLOCK
R–Y
WARNING SW
2
R–Y
(* 1)
W–B
1 1 1
3 1M
D12 B7 B6
DOOR COURTESY BUCKLE BUCKLE
SW FRONT LH SW LH SW LH
2 2
7 1J
(W/O POWER SEAT)
W–B
(* 1)
W–B
1 BQ1
W–B
W–B
(* 1)
A A
J11 J40 A
JUNCTION JUNCTION
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
IG BL
SYSTEM OUTLINE
Current always flows to TERMINAL 1 of the integration relay through the DOME fuse.
1. SEAT BELT WARNING SYSTEM
When the ignition SW is turned on, current flows from the GAUGE fuse to TERMINAL 7 of the integration relay. At the same
time, current flows to TERMINAL 9 of the relay from the GAUGE fuse through the seat belt warning light. This current
activates the relay and the current flowing through the warning light flows from TERMINAL 9 of the relay to TERMINAL 10 to
GROUND, causing the warning light to light up. A buckle SW off signal is input to TERMINAL 8 of the relay to TERMINAL 10
to GROUND, causing the warning light to light up. A buckle SW off signal is input to TERMINAL 8 of the relay, the current
flowing to TERMINAL 1 of the relay flows from TERMINAL 10 to GROUND and the seat belt warning buzzer sounds for
approx. 6 seconds. However, if the seat belt is put on during this period (While the buzzer is sounding), signal input to
TERMINAL 8 of the relay stops and the current flow from TERMINAL 1 of the relay to TERMINAL 10 to GROUND is cut,
causing the buzzer to stop.
2. KEY REMINDER SYSTEM
With the ignition key inserted in the key cylinder (Unlock warning SW on), the ignition SW still off and driver’s door open
(Door courtesy SW on), when a signal is input to TERMINAL 6 of the integration relay, the relay operates, current flows from
TERMINAL 1 of the relay to TERMINAL 10 to GROUND and key reminder buzzer sounds.
SERVICE HINTS
B6, B7 BUCKLE SW LH
1–2 : Closed with driver’s seat belt in use
D12 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH
1–GROUND : Closed with front LH door open
INTEGRATION RELAY [INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B]
6–GROUND : Continuity with the driver’s door open
5–GROUND : Continuity with the ignition key in cylinder
8–GROUND : Continuity with the driver’s seat belt in use
: PARTS LOCATION
B6 32 C10 C 30 J11 31
B7 34 D12 32 J40 32
C8 A 30 J4 31 U1 31
1J
1M

KEY REMINDER AND SEAT BELT WARNING
: GROUND POINTS

B6 B7 C8 (A) C8 (A)
1 2 1 2 4
4
C10 (C) C10 (C) D12

1
7
7
J4 J11 J40 U1
BLACK
X X
DDDX A A A A
A A A A A A A A 1 2
(Hint : See Page 7)
MEMO
POWER OUTLET
15A
POWER–
OUTLET
5 1J
P4
POWER
OUTLET
1
W–B
4 1V
3 1V
W–B
IE
SERVICE HINTS
P4 POWER OUTLET
: PARTS LOCATION
P4 31
1J
1V
: GROUND POINTS

P4
ORANGE
1
2
REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR
* 1 : TMMK MADE
15A * 2 : TMC MADE W/ MIRROR HEATER
CIG * 3 : TMC MADE W/O MIRROR HEATER
1 1T
P–L
A
J6
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
P–L
R6
9 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW
B
OPERATION SW
RIGHT/
DOWN
DOWN
RIGHT
LEFT/
LEFT
UP
UP
SELECT SW
MH MV
HL HR VL VR M+ E
5 8 1 7 6 10
BR–W
BR–R
BR–Y
LG–B
LG–R
W–B
J4
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR A
C C J5
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
C A
BR–R
LG–R
LG–R
BR–Y
LG–B
16 IE1 14 IE1 15 IE1 16 IM1 14 IM1 15 IM1

BR–W
BR–R
LG–R
LG–R
BR–Y
LG–B
W–B
1 A 3 A 2 A (*1) 1 A 3 A 2 A (* 1)
4 B 2 B 3 B (*2) 4 B 2 B 3 B (* 2)
3 C 1 C 2 C (*3) 3 C 1 C 2 C (* 3)
M M M M
R16 A , B , C R17 A , B , C
IF
REMOTE CONTROL REMOTE CONTROL
MIRROR LH MIRROR RH
SERVICE HINTS
R6 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW
6–10 : Continuity with the operation SW at UP or LEFT position
9–6 : Continuity with the operation SW at DOWN or RIGHT position
: PARTS LOCATION
J4 31 A 33 B 33
R17
J5 31 R16 B 33 C 33
J6 31 C 33
R6 31 R17 A 33

: GROUND POINTS

J4 J5 J6 R6
BLACK ORANGE
X X
CCC X A A A A A 1 X X
A A A A A
5 6 7 8 9 10
A A A A A A A A
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)
R16 (A), R17 (A) R16 (A), R17 (A) R16 (B), R17 (B) R16 (C), R17 (C)
(TMMK Made w/ Mirror Heater) (TMMK Made w/o Mirror Heater) (TMC Made w/ Mirror Heater) (TMC Made w/o Mirror Heater)
1 2
234 3
3 2 1
X 1
2
3
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND MIRROR HEATER
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50) * 1 : TMC MADE * 3 : AUTOMATIC A/C
* 2 : TMMK MADE * 4 : MANUAL A/C
10A 40A
HEATER DEF
10A
MIRROR–
HEATER
2
1
2 5
FILTER
NOISE
DEFOGGER
RELAY 2
1 3
3 1R 12 1J 13 1J 1 1L 5 1T 4 1D 7 1J
W–B
B–Y
B–Y
Y–G
Y–G
L–B
L–B
(*4)
(*3)
B
5 IE1 5 IM1
A
J32 A
B–Y
B–Y
JUNCTION
[REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR RH]

[REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR LH]
CONNECTOR 8 ID1
23 1 A (*1) 1 A (*1)
A
RDFG 6 B (*2) 6 B (*2)
L–B
(* 4)
MIRROR HEATER RH
MIRROR HEATER LH
A34
B
B
A/C CONTROL 5 A (*1) 5 A (*1)
R16 A ,
R17 A ,
ASSEMBLY 4 B (*2) 4 B (*2)
W–B
W–B
(* 1)
(* 1)
(W/O AUTO ANTENNA)
(W/ AUTO ANTENNA)
CONNECTOR
4 5 A CONNECTOR A
JUNCTION
JUNCTION
B
J38
J39
A A
W–B
W–B
(*2)
(*2)
W–B
W–B
(*1)
(*1)
1
R14 A , R15 B
1 A
REAR WINDOW
20 IE1 20 IM1
DEFOGGER
TIMER
W–B
CIRCUIT
1 B
7 1G
(W/ AUTO ANTENNA)
W–B
3 R5
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER SW
W–B
(* 4)
REAR WINDOW
B
DEFOGGER 3 1V
W–B
N2
NOISE FILTER
(REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER)
W–B
A
J11 A W–B
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
IG BO IE IJ
SERVICE HINTS
DEFOGGER RELAY [INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B]
5–3 : Closed with the ignition SW on and the rear window defogger SW on
R5 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SW
4–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW on
5–GROUND : Continuity with the rear window defogger SW on and approx. 15 minutes thereafter
R16 (A), (B), R17 (A), (B) MIRROR HEATER LH, RH [REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR LH, RH]
(A)1, (B) 6–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the rear window defogger SW on
(A)5, (B) 4–GROUND : Always continuity
: PARTS LOCATION
A34 30 N2 33 R16 B 33
J11 31 R5 31 A 33
R17
J32 31 R14 A 33 B 33
J38 32 R15 B 33
J39 32 R16 A 33
1D
1G
1J
1L 20 Cowl Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower
( Finish Panel))
1R

: GROUND POINTS

IJ 40 Right Kick Panel
BO 44 Right Quarter Pillar
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND MIRROR HEATER
A34 J11 J32 J38
GRAY
A A A A A
A A A A A A A
X
A A A A
X X 23 X X (Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)
J39 N2 R5 R14 (A) R15 (B) R16 (A)

BLACK BLACK BLACK (TMC Made)
1
A A A X X 1
A A A X X X X X 15
1
3 4 5
(Hint : See Page 7)
R16 (B) R17 (A) R17 (B)

(TMMK Made) (TMC Made) (TMMK Made)
15

6 X 4 6 X 4
MEMO
AUTO ANTENNA

* 1 : BUILT–IN TYPE AMPLIFIER
* 2 : SEPARATE TYPE AMPLIFIER
20A 7. 5A 15A
RADIO RAD– ECU–IG
NO. 1 NO. 2
11 2K 3 1H 8 1D
L–Y
5 1W
R3
RADIO AND PLAYER
6 1G L–Y 4
+B
(* 1)
GR 3
ACC+B
(* 1)
B–R 8
B–R
L–Y
L–Y
(*1)
(*1)
GR
GR
ANT+B
(* 1)
S4 A , S5 B
STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER
4 7
L–Y L–Y
IH1 A +B
(* 2) (* 2)
3 2
GR GR
IH1 B ACC
(* 2) (* 2)
B A B A A A A A C A
R4
J16 A , J17 B RADIO AND PLAYER
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR 8
B–R R–B 8
IH1 ANT+B
B B C B A B (* 2) (* 2)
B–R
B–R
L–Y
(*1)
GR
5 IN1 4 IN1 3 IN1 1 IN1

B–R
B–R
L–Y
GR
3 2 5 4
+B ACC IG ANT
6 W–B
E B6
W–B
W–B
A27
AUTO ANTENNA MOTOR
AND RELAY
IK BN
SERVICE HINTS
A27 AUTO ANTENNA MOTOR AND RELAY
: PARTS LOCATION
A27 32 R3 31 S5 B 31
J16 A 31 R4 31
J17 B 31 S4 A 31
1D
1G 20 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower
( Finish Panel))
1H

IH1 40 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel No.2 Wire (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
: GROUND POINTS

IK 40 Right Kick Panel
: SPLICE POINTS
A27 J16 (A) J17 (B) R3

BLACK BLACK
3 4
X 2 A A B B C C A A B B C C 8 X
3 4 5 6
R4 S4 (A) S5 (B)
2
X X 7 X X

X X X X
8 X
RADIO AND PLAYER (SEPARATE TYPE AMPLIFIER)
20A 7. 5A
RADIO RAD–NO. 2
NO. 1
B–R 4
ANT
11 2K 3 1H 1 IN1 A27
AUTO ANTENNA
MOTOR AND RELAY
L–Y
B–R
5 1W 8 IH1
GR
R–B
6 1G R4
8 RADIO AND PLAYER
L–Y
J16 J16 ANT+B

JUNCTION JUNCTION
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
B A AMP+B +B ACC MUTE FL FR GND BEEP RL RR GND
1 4 3 5 6 7 12 13 14 15 11
B A
L–Y
GR
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
BR
W
G
R
R
B
Y
L
4 IH1 3 IH1
I4
L–Y
GR
GR
7 A 2 B 1 B 3 B 9 B 13 A 12 B 5 B 6 B 11 B 4 B 13 B 14 B
+B ACC AMP+ R+B RACC GND MUTE FLIN FRIN SGND BEEP RLIN RRIN
S4 A , S5 B
E FL+ FL– FR+ FR– RL+ RL– RR+ RR–
10 B 2 A 9 A 1 A 8 A 4 A 11 A 3 A 10 A
LG
W
R
P
Y
L
BR
2 IH1 6 IH1 1 IH1 5 IH1 2 IH2 6 IH2 1 IH2 3 IH2

LG
W
R
P
Y
L
7 IH1 9 IE1 1 IE1 9 IM1 1 IM1 9 IF1 3 IF1 10 IF1 4 IF1

W
R
P
Y
LG
F12 F13
FRONT TWEETER FRONT TWEETER
(SPEAKER) LH (SPEAKER) RH
2 1 2 1 1 2 1 2
R12 R13
REAR SPEAKER REAR SPEAKER
BR
LG
LH RH
P
1 2 1 2
F10 F11
FRONT DOOR FRONT DOOR
SPEAKER LH SPEAKER RH
IH
SERVICE HINTS
S4 (A), S5 (B) STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER
(A) 7–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts
(B) 2–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON or ACC position
(B)10–GROUND : Always continuity
: PARTS LOCATION
A27 32 F13 32 R13 33
F10 32 J16 31 S4 A 31
F11 32 R4 31 S5 B 31
F12 32 R12 33
1G
1H

IH1
40 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel No.2
IH2
: GROUND POINTS

: SPLICE POINTS
I4 42 Instrument Panel No.2 Wire
RADIO AND PLAYER (SEPARATE TYPE AMPLIFIER)
A27 F10 F11 F12 F13 J16
BLUE BLUE BLACK
X 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 A A B B
4
(Hint : See Page 7)
R4 R12 R13 S4 (A)
1 2 3 4 X X 7
1 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 1 2
8 9 10 11 X 13 X X X
8 X 11 12 13 14 15
S5 (B)
1 2 3 4 5 6
X X 9 1011121314
MEMO
RADIO AND PLAYER (BUILT–IN TYPE AMPLIFIER)
20A 7. 5A
RADIO RAD–NO. 2
NO. 1
A27
AUTO ANTENNA
11 2K 3 1H MOTOR AND RELAY
L–Y
ANT
GR 4
5 1W
B–R
6 1G
L–Y
J16 J16
JUNCTION JUNCTION
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR 1 IN1
B A
B A
B–R
L–Y
GR
R2 B , R3 A
4 A 3 A RADIO AND PLAYER 8 A
+B ACC ANT+B
GND FL+ FL– FR+ FR– RL+ RL– RR+ RR–

7 A 2 A 6 A 1 A 5 A 2 B 6 B 1 B 3 B
BR
LG
W
R
P
Y
L
9 IE1 1 IE1 9 IM1 1 IM1 9 IF1 3 IF1 10 IF1 4 IF1

LG
W
R
P
Y
L
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
F10 F11 R12 R13

FRONT DOOR FRONT DOOR REAR SPEAKER REAR SPEAKER
SPEAKER LH SPEAKER RH LH RH
BR
IH
SERVICE HINTS
R3 (A) RADIO AND PLAYER
(A) 4–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts
(A) 3–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON or ACC position
(A) 7–GROUND : Always continuity
: PARTS LOCATION
A27 32 J16 31 R12 33
F10 32 R2 B 31 R13 33
F11 32 R3 A 31
1G
1H

: GROUND POINTS

A27 F10 F11 J16 R2 (B)

BLUE BLUE BLACK
1 2
X 1 2 1 2 A A B B 3 X 6
4
(Hint : See Page 7)
R3 (A) R12 R13
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 X 1 2 1 2
COMBINATION METER
CONTROL MODULE
TO A/C CONTROL
10A 7. 5A
CONTROL ECU
GAUGE DOME
TO ENGINE
TO CRUISE
ASSEMBLY
12 2J
1 1J 2 1D J16
R
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR 1 1W
R–L
V–W
V–W
V–W
R–L
R–L
J15
JUNCTION
F F CONNECTOR
D B B 8 1G
J4 E E
JUNCTION
R–Y
CONNECTOR B
R
D
V–W
J28
JUNCTION 2 1
CONNECTOR
R–L
3
V–W D10
IG3
DIODE
C 8 A , C 9 B , C10 C (DOME)
7 C COMBINATION METER 14 B 11 B
SPEEDOMETER
TRIP METER
INDICATOR LAMP
ODOMETER
WATER TEMP.
MALFUNCTION
TACHO
DOOR
FUEL
FUEL
6 B 3 B 5 C 8 C 15 B 6 C 10 B 2 A 1 A 2 C
G–W
R–W
G–R
B–O
Y–G
Y–R
R–L
BR
BR
P
L
6 IG3 10 IG3
2 II2 3 IF2 4 IF2 7 IJ1 2 IJ1 3 IJ1 6 IJ1
G–W
G–R
B–O
Y–R
COURTESY SW
R–L
BR
P
L
TO DOOR
1 2 3 2
SI SE
CONTROL MODULE

(COMBINATION METER)
CONTROL MODULE
FROM ENGINE
Y–G
TO ENGINE
F14 3
FUEL SENDER
V2
IG+
BR
J21 (* 2) , 1
J24 (* 1)
R–L
1 IF2 JUNCTION
CONNECTOR 1
R–L A A
W3
WATER
TEMP.
SENDER
BR
BR
BR
ED : * 1
IH EC : * 2
* 1 : 1MZ–FE
5A * 2 : 5S–FE
J8 B
STARTER
B–W B A * 4 : W/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT
CONNECTOR
(A/T) * 5 : TMC MADE
* 6 : TMMK MADE
JUNCTION
B–O
(*6)
J7 A ,
5
3 1J C B
P P1
DETERRENT ECU
PARK/NEUTRAL
POSITION SW
N
FROM THEFT
B–W
(* 5 A/T)
GR
6
(* 5)
11 II2
GR
(A/T)
GR
B
(*6 A/T)
J29
B–O
JUNCTION B B–W
CONNECTOR
(A/T) 10
B 6 IG1
II2
C7
CLUTCH START SW
B–O
R–Y
B–W 1 2 B–O
(M/T) (M/T)
C 8 A , C 9 B , C10 C
9 C COMBINATION METER 2 B
WASHER LEVEL
REAR LIGHTS
TRAC OFF
O/D OFF
SEAT BELT
CHECK
BRAKE
RELAY
CRUISE
ABS
BULB
OIL
SECURITY
SLIP
5 B 10 C 4 A 4 C 11 C 3 A 7 B 3 C 5 A 12 A
R–W
G–O
Y–G
P–L
LG
L
Y–B
R–W
R–L
5 IG2 17 IG3 3 IG2

5 IJ1 5 IF2
MAIN SW
TO O/D
TO ABS AND
R–W
TRACTION
P–L
ECU
O
CONNECTOR
B
JUNCTION
B R–W
3 IK2
TO ABS ACTUATOR AND ECU
TO INTEGRATION
CONTROL ECU
J2
TO ABS AND TRACTION ECU
B
R–W
R–W
Y–G
P–L
TO CRUISE
Y–B
(* 4)
RELAY
LEVEL WARNING SW
LIGHT RELAY (MAIN)
18 A (*1)
DAYTIME RUNNING
WASHER LEVEL
1 4 B (*2) 1
WARNING SW
TO ABS ECU
BRK
BRAKE FLUID
B
R–W
(* 3)
D6 A ,
W1
PKB
B2
2 8 A (*1) 2
14 B (*2)
1
R–W
W–B
O1
W–B
OIL PRESSURE TO LIGHT (* 4)

SW FAILURE
CONNECTOR
SENSOR
P3
JUNCTION
7 IG1 PARKING A
BRAKE SW
J11
R–W 1
EB IG
COMBINATION METER
5A
IGN
8 1T FROM A/T INDICATOR LIGHT SW

[PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW]
FROM HAZARD SW OR
TURN SIGNAL SW
[COMB. SW]
G
G–W
L–W
G–B
G–Y
B–R
B–R
R–B
(* 6)
(* 5)
O
G
R
Y
1 B 1 C 13 A 9 A 8 A 10 A 7 A 11 A 6 A 13 C
ILLUMINATION
TURN RH
TURN LH
CHARGE
D
P
4 B 16 B L 12 C
C 8 A , C 9 B , C10 C
COMBINATION METER
W–B
Y
B
B
R7
RHEOSTAT 2 D D
ILL
FROM GENERATOR
E T J16
3 1 JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
G
A G
A W–B
J5
JUNCTION A W–B W–B
CONNECTOR
A
W–B
IF
* 3 : W/O DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT * 5 : TMC MADE
* 4 : W/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT * 6 : TMMK MADE
R–L
7. 5A 10A FROM HEADLIGHT LH, RH
PANEL ECU–B (* 3)
R–W FROM DAYTIME RUNNING

(* 4) LIGHT RELAY (MAIN)
5 1D 7 2J
W–R
3 IG1
G
A A A
3 1W
R–L
J30
JUNCTION 2 1G
CONNECTOR
W–R
12 B 8 B
C 8 A , C 9 B , C10 C
HIGH BEAM
SRS
COMBINATION METER
13 B 9 B
W–B
LG
SENSOR ASSEMBLY
TO CENTER AIRBAG
W–B
COMBINATION METER
SERVICE HINTS
B2 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SW
1–2 : Closed with the float down
C8 (A), C9 (B), C10 (C) COMBINATION METER
(B) 2–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ST position and the shift lever at P or N position (A/T)
Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ST position and the clutch pedal depressed (M/T)
(A) 13, (C) 7–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position
(B)11, (B) 12–GROUND: Always approx. 12 volts
(A) 2, (B) 9, (B) 16, (C) 5–GROUND : Always continuity
O1 OIL PRESSURE SW
1–GROUND : Closed with the oil pressure above approx. 20 kpa (2.8 psi, 0.2 kgf/cm2)
P3 PARKING BRAKE SW
1–GROUND : Closed with the parking brake lever pulled up
W3 WATER TEMP. SENDER
1–GROUND : Approx. 160–240 Ω (50°C, 122°F)
Approx. 17.1–21.2 Ω (120°C, 248°F)
: PARTS LOCATION
26 (1MZ–FE) J5 31 O1 29 (5S–FE)
B2
28 (5S–FE) J7 A 31 27 (1MZ–FE)
P1
C7 30 J8 B 31 29 (5S–FE)
C8 A 30 J11 31 P3 31
C9 B 30 J15 31 R7 31
C10 C 30 J16 31 27 (1MZ–FE)
V2
A 30 J21 31 29 (5S–FE)
D6
B 30 J24 31 27 (1MZ–FE)
W1
D10 30 J28 31 29 (5S–FE)
F14 32 J29 31 27 (1MZ–FE)
W3
J2 31 J30 31 29 (5S–FE)
J4 31 O1 27 (1MZ–FE)
1D
1G

IG1 40
Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Lower Finish Panel)
IG2 40
IG3 40 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Under The Blower Motor)
: GROUND POINTS

36 (1MZ–FE)
38 (5S–FE)
B2 C7 C8 (A) C8 (A)
GRAY (TMC Made) BLUE (TMMK Made) BLUE
1 2 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
C9 (B) C9 (B)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
C10 (C) C10 (C)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
D6 (A) D6 (B) D10 F14

(TMC Made) GRAY (TMMK Made) BLACK
X X X 8 1 2
1 2 3
X X X 18 X 4 X X X X X

14 X X
J2 J4 J5 J7 (A)
BLACK BLACK ORANGE GRAY
B B X X
B DD DX A A A A A
A A A A A A A A
(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7) B B B
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)
COMBINATION METER
J8 (B) J11 J15 J16
GRAY BLACK BLACK
B B
A A B
A A A A
C C C (Hint : See Page 7) D D D E E E
(Hint : See Page 7)
J21 J24 J28 J29

GRAY
A A A A B B B B
A A A A A
F F
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)
J30 O1 P1 P3 R7
GRAY GRAY GRAY BLACK
1
A A A A A A X 1 2 3
1 5 6

(Hint : See Page 7)
V2 W1 W3 W3
BLACK BLACK (1MZ–FE) DARK GRAY (5S–FE) GRAY
1 1
1 2 3
1 2
MEMO
RADIATOR FAN AND CONDENSER FAN
ACC 1 1
2 AM1 IG1 4
30A 30A
RDI CDS
2 2
B–Y
I16
W
IGNITION SW
1 4
FAN
NO. 1
RELAY
2 1K 1 1K
2 3
2
40A 15A 1 2C 2 2F 1 2G 7 2G 2 2C 2 2H
AM1 ECU–IG
G–W
B–R
1
L
B–R
1 1B 6 1A
FROM MG CLT
L
2
A/C CONDENSER
R1 2
B–R
M RADIATOR
FAN MOTOR
RELAY
FAN MOTOR M
1
G–W
6 2K
1
A1
2 1
B–R
(1MZ–FE)
(1MZ–FE)
D3
(5S–FE)
G–W
2 5
B–W
L–Y
DIODE
R
L
(A/C)
4 ENGINE L
MAIN
RELAY (1MZ–FE)
3
PRESSURE SW
1 3 7 IK2 5 IK1 1 1 1 1
A/C SINGLE
FAN NO. 2 RELAY

2 3 2 3
(1MZ–FE)
(1MZ–FE)
A3
E3 FAN 4
L
L–Y
2 2B 4 2F 13 2J 2 NO. 3
RELAY
W–B
B–R
B–R
B–R
(1MZ–FE)
G–W
L–W
1 5 1 5
1 F 2 F 1 D 1 II1
1 1 1 1 1
(1MZ–FE)
W–B
1 EA1
B–R
W–B
L
1 II2
100A
ALT
(1MZ–FE)
1 W–R
L–W
TEMP. SW NO. 2
G–W
1 A 2 B–R
WATER TEMP.
WATER
F4 A , F7 D ,
(1MZ–FE)
W5
F9 F
SW NO. 1
29 E
B–G
FUSIBLE LINK CF
BLOCK
W4
1
2 B (*1) * 1 : AUTOMATIC A/C
(5S–FE)
W–B
W–B
FL MAIN 12 A (*2) * 2 : MANUAL A/C

E11 E
A/C AMPLIFIER
3. 0W
MGC
A/C CONTROL
ENGINE CONTROL
ASSEMBLY
MODULE
A12 A
A34 B
2 EA1
W–B
BATTERY E4
W–B
W–B
W–B
EB
SYSTEM OUTLINE
FAN MOTOR OPERATION (1MZ–FE)
With the ignition SW turned on, the current through the ECU–IG fuse flows to the FAN NO.1 relay (Coil side), FAN NO.2 relay
(Coil side) and FAN NO.3 relay (Coil side). Furthermore, the current through the FAN NO.1 relay (Coil side) or the FAN NO.2
relay (Coil side) flows to TERMINAL 3 of the A/C single pressure SW to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 2 of the water temp. SW
No.1 to TERMINAL 1 to GROUND, causing the FAN NO.1 relay to turn off and the FAN NO.2 relay to turn on.
1. LOW SPEED OPERATION
Only when the A/C system is activated or the water temp. SW No.2 is turned on, the A/C condenser fan motor and the
radiator fan motor rotates at low speed.
When the A/C system is activated, the current from ECU–IG fuse flows to the FAN NO.3 relay (Coil side) to TERMINAL 1 of
the diode (A/C) to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL (A)12 of the A/C amplifier (Manual A/C) or (B) 2 of the A/C control assembly
(Automatic A/C) causing the FAN NO.3 relay to turn on. As a result, the current through the CDS fuse flows to TERMINAL 2
of the A/C condenser fan motor to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 3 of the FAN NO.2 relay to TERMINAL 5 to TERMINAL 5 of
the FAN NO.3 relay to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL 2 of the radiator fan motor to TERMINAL 1 to GROUND. As this flowing in
series for the motors, the motors rotate at low speed.
When the water temp. SW No.2 is turned on, the current from ECU–IG fuse flows to the FAN NO.3 relay (Coil side) to
TERMINAL 1 of the water temp. SW No.2 to GROUND, causing the FAN NO.3 relay to turn on. As a result, the current
through the CDS fuse flows the same route as above, rotating the motors at low speed.
2. HIGH SPEED OPERATION
Only when the A/C single pressure SW is turned off or the water temp. SW No.1 is turned off, the A/C condenser fan motor
and the radiator fan motor rotate at high speed.
When the A/C single pressure SW is turned off, the current from the RDI fuse flows to the FAN NO.1 relay (Point side) to
TERMINAL 2 of the radiator fan motor to TERMINAL 1 to GROUND. At the same time, the current from the CDS fuse flows
to TERMINAL 2 of the A/C condenser fan motor to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 3 of the FAN NO.2 relay to TERMINAL 4 to
GROUND.
As the current flowing in parallel for the motors as above, the motors rotate at high speed.
FAN MOTOR OPERATION (5S–FE)
With the ignition SW turned on, the current through the ECU–IG fuse flows to the FAN NO.1 relay (Coil side), FAN NO.2 relay
(Coil side). furthermore, the current through the FAN NO.1 relay (Coil side) or the FAN NO.2 relay (Coil side) flows to
TERMINAL 3 of the A/C single pressure SW to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 2 of the water temp. SW No.1 to TERMINAL 1 to
GROUND, causing the FAN NO.1 relay to turn off and the FAN NO.2 relay to turn on.
1. LOW SPEED OPERATION
When the ignition SW is turned on and the A/C system is activated, the A/C condenser fan motor and the radiator fan motor
rotates at low speed.
When the A/C system is activated, the current from MG CLT relay flows to the FAN NO.3 relay (Coil side) to GROUND,
causing the FAN NO.3 relay to turn on. As a result, the current through the CDS fuse flows to TERMINAL 2 of the A/C
condenser fan motor to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 3 of the FAN NO.2 relay to TERMINAL 5 to TERMINAL 5 of the FAN
NO.3 relay to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL 2 of the radiator fan motor to TERMINAL 1 to GROUND. As this flowing in series
for the motors, the motors rotate at low speed.
2. HIGH SPEED OPERATION
Only when the A/C single pressure SW is turned off or the water temp. SW No.1 is turned off, the A/C condenser fan motor
and the radiator fan motor rotate at high speed.
When the A/C single pressure SW is turned off, the current from the RDI fuse flows to the FAN NO.1 relay (Point side) to
TERMINAL 2 of the radiator fan motor to TERMINAL 1 to GROUND. At the same time, the current from the CDS fuse flows
to TERMINAL 2 of the A/C condenser fan motor to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 3 of the FAN NO.2 relay to TERMINAL 4 to
GROUND.
As the current flowing in parallel for the motors as above, the motors rotate at high speed.
SERVICE HINTS
A3 A/C SINGLE PRESSURE SW
3–2 : Open above approx. 15.5 kgf/cm2 (224 psi, 1520 kpa)
Closed below approx. 12.5 kgf/cm2 (181 psi, 1225 kpa)
W4 WATER TEMP. SW NO.1
2–1 : Open above approx. 95°C (203° F)
W5 WATER TEMP. SW NO.2 (1MZ–FE)
1–GROUND : Closed above approx. 90°C (194°F)
RADIATOR FAN AND CONDENSER FAN
: PARTS LOCATION
26 (1MZ–FE) E11 E 30 I16 30
A1
28 (5S–FE) 26 (1MZ–FE) 27 (1MZ–FE)
F4 A R1
26 (1MZ–FE) 28 (5S–FE) 29 (5S–FE)
A3
28 (5S–FE) 26 (1MZ–FE) 27 (1MZ–FE)
F7 D W4
A12 A 30 28 (5S–FE) 29 (5S–FE)
A34 B 30 26 (1MZ–FE) W5 27 (1MZ–FE)
F9 F
D3 26 (1MZ–FE) 28 (5S–FE)
: RELAY BLOCKS

1A
1B 20 Cowl Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower
( Finish Panel))
1K
2B
2C
2F 22 Engine
2G
2H
2J
No.2
2K

36 (1MZ–FE)
EA1 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room Main No
No.3
3 Wire (Radiator LH)
38 (5S–FE)
II1
II2
IK1
IK2
: GROUND POINTS

36 (1MZ–FE)
38 (5S–FE)
: SPLICE POINTS
36 (1MZ–FE) 36 (1MZ–FE)
E3 Cowl Wire E4 Engine Room Main Wire
38 (5S–FE) 38 (5S–FE)
∗ 1 : 1MZ–FE Except California
A1 A3 A12 (A) A34 (B)

GRAY BLACK ORANGE
X X
X 12
2 X
2 3
1 2 X X X X
D3 E11 (E) E11 (E) F4 (A)

ORANGE (∗ 1) BLACK (1MZ–FE California)
1
1 2
X X

X 29 X 29
F7 (D) F9 (F) I16 R1 W4

ORANGE GRAY (1MZ–FE) GRAY
1
1 2
1 2
X 2 4 1 2
X
W4 W5
(5S–FE) GRAY
1 2 1
AIR CONDITIONING (AUTOMATIC A/C)
50A HTR
F8
FUSIBLE 10A 10A
LINK BLOCK HEATER ECU–B
1
7 2J
2 1W 3 1R
W–R
L–B
L–B
3 1W
L–B
L–B L–B
5 2K J32
JUNCTION 10 1V
A CONNECTOR
1 1 1 1
W–R
A
1 5 1 5
L–B
9 2C
A
4
HTR MG CLT W–R
RELAY RELAY
L–B
L–B
2 3 2 3
1 1 1 1 1
B–W
W–B
L–W
L–R
L–W L–W
L–W
1 EB2 L–R 2 1 B–W

M I8
B3
L–R
BLOWER MOTOR
B–W
L–R 3 B–W
I7 +B B–W
4
BLOWER RESISTOR
VM 2
(LOW SPEED)
2
SI
A33
A/C BLOWER MOTOR
6
B8
LINEAR CONTROLLER
B–W
W–B
GND
1
W–B
W–B
I7
B–W
W–B
W–B W–B
J11 L–B
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR A
A A W–B W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
A
W–B
EB II IG
W–B
Y–G
FROM DEFOGGER RELAY
23 A
RDFG
A34 A , A35 B
B IG+ MGCR HR LOCK BLW PSW AIF AIR TPI SPD FACE B/L FOOT F/D DEF
13 A 26 A 2 B 10 A 3 A 16 B 9 B 6 A 7 A 7 B 15 A 4 A 17 A 18 A 19 A 20 A
V–W
L–W
W–R
B–W
L–O
W–L
L–W
L–R
B–L
L–B
L–Y
L–B
L
TO SPEEDOMETER
[COMB. METER]
P–L
L–Y
7 IK2 2 EB1 9 IK2 11 IK2
R
L
W–L
L–Y
L–B
L–B
L
2
DIODE (A/C)
6 7 5 3
D3
W–R
3 M
L–W
L–W
A38 1
AIR INLET CONTROL
SERVO MOTOR W–R
B–W
W–L
L–B
B–W
L–W
L–O
L–R
B–L
L
A20
A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH
4 1 AIR VENT MODE

CONTROL SERVO MOTOR 1 2 3 4 5
AND LOCK SENSOR
A3
A/C DUAL FACE B/L FOOT F/D DEF
PRESSURE
SW
A2
2 4
M
W–R
W–B
B–W
CONTROL A
CIRCUIT
B
W–B
L–B L–B 6 IG
W–B W–B 7 GND
W–R
W–B W–B
A34 A , A35 B
AMH AMC S5 TP TS SG TR TE TAM IGN AC1 ACT TW GND

9 A 8 A 11 A 8 B 5 B 1 A 4 B 6 B 3 B 16 A 13 B 10 B 14 B 14 A
LG–B
W–R
W–B
L–W
G–R
G–Y
B–O
B–Y
B–Y
W
P
V
L
1 IG1 1 IK1
A/C EVAPORATOR TEMP. SENSOR

W
Y
A/C ROOM TEMP. SENSOR
A/C AMBIENT TEMP. SENSOR

L
A/C SOLAR SENSOR
2 2 1 2
1
A37
1 2 1
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
A36
A13
A30
W–R
W–R
L
J27 A , J28 B
W–R
D B
W–R W–R
I10
F A
2 IG1 4 IK3
L
LG–B
B–O
B–Y
V
L
W–R
W–R
W–R
W–R
A
A A
J1 27 25 13 14
A
JUNCTION TACH A/C ACT THWO
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR F F
JUNCTION
G–R
B–Y
P
J29
F F
E8
2 1 4 3 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
W–R
W–R
WARM
5 W–R
I9
M
COOL
A39
AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR 10 IK2
W–R
W–R
W–B
SYSTEM OUTLINE
1. HEATER BLOWER MOTOR OPERATION
Current is applied at all times through HTR fuse to TERMINAL 1 of the HTR relay. When the ignition SW is turned on,
current flows through the HEATER fuse to TERMINAL 5 of the HTR relay to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL HR of the A/C
control assembly. At the same time, current also flows from HEATER fuse to TERMINAL IG+ of the A/C control assembly.
∗ Low speed operation

When the blower SW (A/C control assembly) is pushed to LOW SPEED position, the current to TERMINAL HR of the
A/C control assembly flows to TERMINAL GND of the A/C control assembly to GROUND and turns the HTR relay on.
As a result, the current to TERMINAL 1 of the HTR relay flows to TERMINAL 2 of the relay to TERMINAL 2 of the
blower motor to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 2 of the blower resistor to TERMINAL 6 to GROUND and causes the
blower motor to rotate at low speed.
∗ High speed operation

When the blower SW (A/C control assembly) is pushed to HIGH SPEED position, the current to TERMINAL HR of the
A/C control assembly flows to TERMINAL GND of the A/C control assembly to GROUND and turns the HTR relay on.
As a result, the current to TERMINAL 1 of the HTR relay flows to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 2 of the blower motor to
TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 4 of the A/C blower motor linear controller to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL BLW of the A/C
control assembly (Which is activated when the blower SW is pushed to high speed position) to TERMINAL GND to
GROUND without passing through the blower resistor, causing the blower motor to rotate at high speed.
2. AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR OPERATION
(Switching from FRESH to RECIRC)
With the ignition SW turned on, the current flows from HEATER fuse to TERMINAL IG+ of the A/C control assembly to
TERMINAL AIR to TERMINAL 7 of the air inlet control servo motor to TERMINAL 6 to TERMINAL AIF of the A/C control
assembly to TERMINAL GND to GROUND, the motor rotates and the damper moves to the RECIRC side. when the
damper operates with the A/C SW at RECIRC position, the damper position signal is input from TERMINAL 5 of the servo
motor to TERMINAL TPI of the A/C control assembly. As a result, current to the servo motor circuit is cut off by the A/C
control assembly, so the damper stops at that position.
(Switching from RECIRC to FRESH)
With the ignition SW turned on, when the RECIRC/FRESH SW is switched to the FRESH side, the current flows from
TERMINAL IG+ of the A/C control assembly to TERMINAL AIF to TERMINAL 6 of the air inlet control servo motor to
TERMINAL 7 to TERMINAL AIR of the A/C control assembly to TERMINAL GND to GROUND, The motor rotates and the
damper stops at that position.
3. AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR OPERATION
When the ignition SW turned on, the current flows from HEATER fuse to TERMINAL IG+ of the A/C control assembly.
(Switching from DEF to FACE)
The current flows from TERMINAL FACE of the A/C control assembly to TERMINAL 1 of the air vent mode control servo
motor to TERMINAL 5 to TERMINAL DEF of the A/C control assembly to TERMINAL GND to GROUND. The motor rotates
and the damper moves to the FACE side. When the damper operates with the A/C SW at FACE position, the damper
position signal is input from TERMINAL 5 of the servo motor to the TERMINAL DEF of the A/C control assembly. As a
result, current to the servo motor circuit is cut off by the A/C control assembly, so the damper stops at that position.
(Switching from FACE to DEF)
The current flows from TERMINAL DEF of the A/C control assembly to TERMINAL 5 of the air vent control servo motor to
TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL FACE of the A/C control assembly to TERMINAL GND to GROUND, the motor rotates and the
damper stops at that position.
4. AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR OPERATION
When the temperature control SW (A/C control assembly) is turned to the ”COOL” side the current flows from TERMINAL
AMC of the A/C control assembly to TERMINAL 1 of the air mix control servo motor to motor to TERMINAL 2 to
TERMINAL AMH of the A/C control assembly to GROUND and the motor rotates. The damper opening angle at this time
is input from TERMINAL 3 of the servo motor to TERMINAL TP of the A/C control assembly, this is used to determine the
DAMPER STOP position and maintain the set temperature.
When the temperature control SW (A/C control assembly) is turned to the ”HOT” side, the current flows from servo motor
to TERMINAL AMH of the A/C control assembly to TERMINAL 2 of the air mix control servo motor to motor to TERMINAL
1 to TERMINAL AMC of the A/C control assembly, rotating the motor in reverse and switching the damper from ”COOL” to
”HOT” side.
5. AIR CONDITIONING OPERATION

The A/C control assembly receives various signals, I.E., the engine RPM from the engine control module, out side air
temperature signal from the A/C ambient temp. sensor, coolant temperature from the engine control module and the lock
signal from the A/C compressor, etc.
When the engine is started and the A/C SW (A/C control assembly) is on, a signal is input to the A/C control assembly.
As a result, the ground circuit in A/C control assembly is closed and current flows from HEATER fuse to TERMINAL 1 of
the MG CLT relay to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 3 of the diode (A/C) to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL MGCR of the A/C
control assembly to TERMINAL GND to GROUND, turning the MG CLT relay on, so that the magnetic clutch is on and the
A/C compressor operates.
At the same time, the engine control module. Detects the magnetic clutch is on and the A/C compressor operates.
If the A/C control assembly detects the following conditions, it stops the air conditioning:
∗ Evaporator outlet air is too low.
∗ There is a marked difference between the compressor speed and the engine speed.
∗ The refrigerant pressure is abnormally high or abnormally low.
∗ The engine speed is too low.
∗ Rapid acceleration occurs.
SERVICE HINTS
A3 A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW
4–1 : Open above approx. 2.0 kgf/cm2 (29 psi, 196 kpa) or 32 kgf/cm2 (464 psi, 3138 kpa)
A2 A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH AND LOCK SENSOR
4–GROUND : Approx. 3.7 Ω
A34 (A), A35 (B) A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY
B–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts
IG+ –GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position
HR –GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position and do not turn the blower motor
Below 1 volts with the ignition SW at ON position and turn the blower motor
PSW–GROUND : Below 1 volts with the ignition SW at ON position
AC1–GROUND : Below 1 volts at start the engine, operate the compressor
+ OR MORE volts at start the engine, do not operate the compressor
BLW–GROUND : Below 1.5 volts with the ignition SW on and turn the blower motor
S5–SG : 4–6 volts with the ignition SW at ON position
SG–GROUND : Always continuity
AMH–AMC : 1.3–1.9 volts with the ignition SW off
AIF–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the FRESH SW on
AIR–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the RECIRC SW on
FACE–GROUND: Approx. 12 volts with the FACE SW on
DEF–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the DEF SW on
GND–GROUND : Always continuity
: PARTS LOCATION
A2 26 (1MZ–FE) A36 30 F8 26 (1MZ–FE)
A3 26 (1MZ–FE) A37 30 J1 31
A13 30 A38 30 J11 31
A20 30 A39 30 J27 A 31
A30 26 (1MZ–FE) B3 30 J28 B 31
A33 30 B8 30 J29 31
A34 A 30 D3 30 J32 31
A35 B 30 E8 30
: RELAY BLOCKS

,,,
,,,
,,,
1R
1V 20 Cowl Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower
( Finish Panel))
1W
2C 22 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B No.2 (Engine Compartment Left)
2J
No.2
2K

EB2 36 (1MZ–FE) Cowl Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Under the Engine Room J/B No.2)
IK1
IK2 42 Engine
g Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire ((Right
g Kick Panel))
IK3
: GROUND POINTS

II 40 Cowl Side Panel RH
: SPLICE POINTS
I7 I9
42 Cowl Wire 42 Cowl Wire
I8 I10
A2 A3 A13 A20 A30

GRAY BLACK DARK GRAY
1 2 1 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2
X 4 4
A33 A34 (A) A35 (B) A36 A37

BLACK BLACK BLACK
1 3 4 X 6 7 8 9 10 11 13 X 2 3 4 12
1 2 3 4 1 2
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 X X 23 X X 26 5 6 7
8 9 10 X
X 13 14 X 16
A38 A39 B3 B8 D3
BLACK ORANGE
X 2 2 3
1
1 X 3 X 5 6 7 X X X 6
2 3 4 5 1 2
E8 F8 J1 J11
1
A A A A
A A A A A A
X X X X
X 13 14 X X X X (Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)
X X 25 X 27 X
J27 (A) J28 (B) J29 J32

GRAY
A A
A A
F F F F
F F D D (Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)

MEMO
AIR CONDITIONING (MANUAL A/C)
50A HTR
F8 10A
FUSIBLE HEATER
LINK BLOCK
2 1W 3 1R
L–B
L–B
L–B L–B
L–B
L–B
1 1 1 1
5 2K A
1 5 1 5 J32
L–B
L–B
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
4 HTR MG CLT
1 A
RELAY RELAY 9 2C
L–B
2 3 2 3
1 1 1 1 L–B
B–W B–W
L–Y(* 2) L–Y(* 2)
L–W(* 1) L–W(* 1)
W–B
L–W
L–R
L–R
B–W(*2)
TO FAN NO. 3 RELAY
10A A/C
3
1 2 L–R L–R
1 1 EB1
1 EB2 2 EB1
L–R
B4
BLOWER RESISTOR
2 W–B
B3 3 W–B
M BLOWER
MOTOR
W–B
1 2 6 1
(* 1)
B–W
B–W
L–O
L–B
I3
B–W
L–W
W–B
W–B
W–B
L–B
(* 1)
5 8 4
HI M2 M1 LO OFF
3
A
1 W–B A A
J11
B5 JUNCTION
BLOWER SW CONNECTOR
A
L–B
W–B
A W–B
EB IG
* 1 : 1MZ–FE
* 2 : 5S–FE
H9
HEATER CONTROL SW
L–B
B–W
FACE
B/L
FOOT
F/D
DEF
GND FACE B/L FOOT F/D DEF

3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4
L–B
B–W
L–Y(*2) L–Y(* 1)
7
L–W(* 1) 3 2 L–Y L–Y(* 2)
IK2
(*1)
W–B
L–W
R–B
L–O
L–R
L–R
B–L
D3
L
DIODE
(A/C)
D
L–R D D L–R
J12
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
W–B
W–B W–B
(*1) (* 1)
R–W
(* 1)
1 2 3 4 5
FACE B/L FOOT F/D DEF R–B
R–B
R–W
R–W
R–B
L–R
(* 1)
M
(* 2)
2 5 1
A
CONTROL
CIRCUIT
L–B 6 IG OFF
W–B 7 GND ON
A20 A14
AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR A/C SW
* 1 : 1MZ–FE * 3 : 5S–FE W/ ENGINE IMMOBILISER

* 2 : 5S–FE * 4 : 5S–FE W/O ENGINE IMMOBILISER
L–B
B–W B–W
A2
A/C MAGNETIC
CLUTCH AND
1 4 LOCK SENSOR
A3
A/C DUAL
PRESSURE SW
4 1 2
G
W–R(*1)
BR(* 2)
W–L
2 IK2
G
(* 2)
L–Y(* 1)
9 IK2 10 IK2
L–Y(* 2)
(*1)
G
W–L
(* 1)
A12
12 2 A/C AMPLIFIER 14
MGC +B LOCK
GND L–A/C S–A/C IGN AC1 ACT TH SG

5 10 8 4 1 7 9 13
W–R(*1)
BR(* 2)
R–W
W–R
W–B
L–W
W–L
B–O
R–B
B–Y
(*1)
(*1)
(*1)
(*1)
(*1)
(*1)
(*1)
(*2)
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
W–B F
(* 1) F
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
F
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
R–W
J29
B
J27 A , J28 B
(* 1) D B
B
A/C EVAPORATOR
R–B B 1
TEMP. SENSOR
LG–B
B
L–W
(* 1)
(* 2)
W–R
R–B
(* 1)
B F A
J8
J12
JUNCTION
(*2)
BR
A13
CONNECTOR
2
R–W
(* 2)
BR
(* 2)
1 II2 3 II2 10 II3 6 II3

W–L
B–O
R–B
L–R
L–Y
(* 2)
(* 2)
(* 2)
(* 1)
(* 2)
(* 2)
(* 2)
(* 2)
BR
BR
G
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
A
27 B 25 B 13 B (*1)
20 A 19 A 21 A 10 A 11 B 9 B 19 C (*3)
15 A 13 A 21 A 10 A 10 B 9 B 18 C (*4) A
(* 2)
BR
LOCK PRS MGC A/C SW TACH A/C ACT THR E2 LOCK IN

J23
E7 A , E8 B , E9 C
EC
SYSTEM OUTLINE
Current always flows from the HTR fuse to TERMINAL 1 of the HTR relay. When the ignition SW is turned on, the current
from the HEATER fuse flows to TERMINAL 6 of the air vent mode control servo motor, to the MG CLT relay (Coil side) to
TERMINAL MGC of the A/C amplifier (1MZ–FE) or TERMINAL MGC of the engine control module (5S–FE), to TERMINAL 1
of the A/C dual pressure SW to TERMINAL 4 to TERMINAL +B of the A/C amplifier (1MZ–FE) or TERMINAL PRS of the
engine control module (5S–FE), current also to the HTR relay (Coil side) to TERMINAL 3 of the blower SW.
1. AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR OPERATION
When the damper is in FACE position and B/L mode on the heater control SW is selected, current flows from TERMINAL 7
of the heater control SW to TERMINAL 2 of the air vent mode control serve motor so that a signal that the ground circuit is
activated is input into TERMINAL B of the control circuit inside the air vent mode control servo motor. Simultaneously, a
signal that the ground circuit is not activated is input into TERMINAL A of the control circuit inside the servo motor. These two
signals activate the control circuit so that current flows from the HEATER fuse to the servo motor, causing the servo motor to
operate and the damper to move to B/L position. When the damper reaches B/L position. A ground cut signal is input into
TERMINAL B of the control circuit, the control circuit operates, the servo motor stops rotating and the damper stops at B/L.
When another mode position is selected, input of signals into TERMINAL A and TERMINAL B of the control circuit that
ground is made or not (as explained above) activates the control circuit and moves the serve motor to the desired position.
2. AIR CONDITIONING OPERATION
When the blower SW is on, current flows from the HEATER fuse to the HTR relay (Coil side) to TERMINAL 3 of the blower
SW to TERMINAL 1 to GROUND, activating the HTR relay. This causes current to flow from the HTR fuse to the HTR relay
(Point side) to A/C fuse to TERMINAL 2 of the A/C SW. If the A/C SW is turned on at this time, a signal is input into the A/C
amplifier (1MZ–FE) or engine control module (5S–FE). This activates the A/C amplifier (1MZ–FE) or engine control module
(5S–FE) and MG CLT relay so that current flows from the HEATER fuse to the MG CLT relay (Point side) to A/C magnetic
clutch. Causing The compressor to operate.
When blower SW is on and heater control SW is at DEF position, it causes A/C to run whether A/C SW is on or not.
SERVICE HINTS
HTR RELAY [R/B NO.1]
1–2 : Closed with the ignition SW on and the blower SW on
MG CLT RELAY [R/B NO.1]
5–3 : Closed with the ignition SW on, the blower SW on and the A/C SW on or the heater control SW at DEF position
A3 A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW
1–4 : Open with pressure 2.0 kgf/cm2 (29 psi, 196 kpa) or above 32 kgf/cm2 (464 psi, 3138 kpa)
B4 BLOWER RESISTOR
6–1 : Approx. 0.62 Ω
1–3 : Approx. 1.46 Ω
2–6 : Approx. 0.38 Ω
: PARTS LOCATION
26 (1MZ–FE) B4 30 J8 31
A2
28 (5S–FE) B5 30 J11 31
26 (1MZ–FE) D3 26 (1MZ–FE) J12 31
A3
28 (5S–FE) E7 A 30 J23 31
A12 30 E8 B 30 J27 A 31
A13 30 E9 C 30 J28 B 31
A14 30 26 (1MZ–FE) J29 31
F8
A20 30 28 (5S–FE) J32 31
B3 30 H9 30
: RELAY BLOCKS

1R
1W
2C 22 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B No.2 (Engine Compartment Left)

36 (1MZ–FE)
EB1
38 (5S–FE)
No 2)
36 (1MZ–FE)
EB2
38 (5S–FE)
II2
II3
: GROUND POINTS

36 (1MZ–FE)
38 (5S–FE)
: SPLICE POINTS
I3 42 Cowl Wire
A2 A3 A12 A13 A14

GRAY BLACK ORANGE
1 2 X 4 5 X
1 25
7 8 9 10 X 1213 14
1 2 1 1 2

X 4 4
A20 B3 B4 B5 D3
ORANGE
1 2 2 3
1 X 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 3 X X 6
1 2 4 5 8
∗ 1 : 5S–FE w/ Engine Immobiliser System
∗ 2 : 5S–FE w/o Engine Immobiliser System
E7 (A) E7 (A) E8 (B)
(∗ 1) (∗ 2) (1MZ–FE)
10 X 10
19 20 21 13 15 21 X X X X
X 13 X X X X
X X 25 X 27 X
E8 (B) E8 (B) E9 (C)

(∗ 1) DARK GRAY (∗ 2) (∗ 1) DARK GRAY
X
9 11 9 10 X X X 19
E9 (C) F8 H9 J8
(∗ 2) GRAY
1 12 3
456 7 8

X 18
B B B
(Hint : See Page 7)
J11 J12 J23 J27(A)

BLACK
B B A A A A
A A DD DB
A A A A A A A A A A A
(Hint : See Page 7) F F
(Hint : See Page 7)
J28 (B) J29 J32

GRAY
A A
A A
F F F F
D D (Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)

I GROUND POINT
W–B
FRONT TURN SIGNAL W–B 3 ABS SOL RELAY
(*1, * 3)
LIGHT AND PARKING
LIGHT LH
W–B
E1 (GND1)
(* 3)
FRONT TURN SIGNAL W–B W–B ABS AND
W–B
LIGHT AND PARKING E4 (GND2) TRACTION
LIGHT RH (* 3) ECU
W–B
W–B
E1 (GND3)
(* 3)
ENGINE HOOD W–B
W–B
E4
COURTESY SW
W–B
W–B ABS AND
W–B E1 TRACTION
RADIATOR FAN E4 (* 3) ACTUATOR
MOTOR
W–B
W–B
WASHER LEVEL W–B W–B
E4 E1 (GND1)
WARNING SW (*2 * 4) ABS
W–B ACTUATOR
W–B AND ECU
W–B
2 (GND2)
WATER TEMP. SW W–B W–B (*2 * 4)
EA1 E4
NO. 1
W–B
W–B
W–B E1 ABS ACTUATOR
(* 1)
FAN NO. 2 RELAY 1 E4
W–B
W–B
W–B
E1 2 A/F HTR RELAY
W–B (CALIFORNIA)
FAN NO. 3 RELAY 1 E4
(5S–FE)
W–B
W–B
HTR RELAY 1 E4
W–B
W–B
DRL NO. 4 RELAY 2 E4
(* 5)
DAYTIME RUNNING W–B

LIGHT RESISTOR (* 5)
ENGINE MAIN RELAY

W–B
W–B
EFI RELAY
10 4
W–B
FRONT WIPER MOTOR 2J 2F
W–B
5 2C W–B A/C DUAL PRESSURE

(AUTOMATIC A/C) SW
W–B
W–B
EB EA
6 B C
DATA LINK BR A A BR BR BR DATA LINK
II3 B A
CONNECTOR 1 CONNECTOR 2
B C BR
2 B A DATA LINK
HEATED OXYGEN BR CONNECTOR 3 (SG)
SENSOR II1 J22
BR
(BANK 1 SENSOR 2) JUNCTION J7 A , J8 B
CONNECTOR
BR
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
(EOM)
HEATED OXYGEN BR BR A A BR
SENSOR I2 (E1)
(BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
A BR
BR
(ADJ2)
(* 2 M/T)
A J26
HEATED OXYGEN BR JUNCTION
SENSOR I2 CONNECTOR
(BANK 2 SENSOR 1)
BR B B BR
(E05)
(CALIFORNIA) (CALIFORNIA) ENGINE
CONTROL
MODULE
BR B B BR
3 (E04)
COMBINATION BR (CALIFORNIA) (CALIFORNIA)
(ET) IJ1
METER (EXCEPT CALIFORNIA)
BR
(E03)
BR BR
BR
BR
BR
NOISE FILTER (E02)

(IGNITION)
BR
(E01)
BR
IGNITER
* 1 : TMC MADE
* 2 : TMMK MADE
* 3 : W/ TRACTION CONTROL
(1MZ–FE) (1MZ–FE) * 4 : W/O TRACTION CONTROL
ED EC
3
COMBINATION BR BR
(ET) IJ1 (E04)
METER (CALIFORNIA)
(EOM)
IGNITION COIL AND BR A BR

CONNECTOR
(E1)
IGNITER NO. 1
ENGINE
JUNCTION
BR CONTROL
(E01) MODULE
J19
IGNITION COIL AND BR A BR

(CALIFORNIA)
(E02)
IGNITER NO. 2
BR
BR
BR
A (E03)
BR
(5S–FE) (5S–FE)
EC EC
BR
BR
BR
BR
A A A
DATA LINK BR A A BR BR HEATED OXYGEN
I2 SENSOR
CONNECTOR 1 (EXCEPT (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
J23 A CALIFORNIA)
JUNCTION
BR
CONNECTOR
BR
J7 A , J8 B
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR 12
BR HEATED OXYGEN
C B 6 II2 SENSOR
DATA LINK BR BR
A B II3 (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)
CONNECTOR 2
C B 10
DATA LINK BR BR BR A/C MAGNETIC
(SG) A B IK2 CLUTCH AND
CONNECTOR 3
LOCK SENSOR
I GROUND POINT
W–B A A W–B
CRUISE CONTROL B A CRUISE CONTROL
ECU ACTUATOR
W–B A A W–B
TRACTION OFF SW B A CRUISE CONTROL SW
(* 3) [COMB. SW]
W–B A A W–B
DATA LINK (CG) B A DAYTIME RUNNING
CONNECTOR 3 (* 5) LIGHT RELAY (MAIN)
W–B(*1) A
POWER WINDOW (E) A W–B LIGHT CONTROL AND
MASTER SW AND A DIMMER SW
DOOR LOCK W–B A
(E) [COMB. SW]
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
CONTROL SW LH
(* 1)
A W–B
DOOR LOCK MOTOR A KEY INTERLOCK
W–B A SOLENOID
AND DOOR UNLOCK
DETECTION SW (* 1)
FRONT LH A W–B W–B
A UNLOCK WARNING SW
J38
DOOR KEY LOCK AND W–B A

J7 A , J8 B W–B
UNLOCK SW FRONT LH (* 1)
JUNCTION (E1) CENTER AIRBAG
SENSOR ASSEMBLY
CONNECTOR
REMOTE CONTROL W–B A A
MIRROR LH (* 1) 8 1J 3 1M 1 1N
W–B(*2)
POWER WINDOW (E) POWER RELAY
W–B
MASTER SW AND
DOOR LOCK W–B (*1)
CONTROL SW LH (E)
(* 2)
INTEGRATION RELAY
DOOR LOCK MOTOR W–B W–B

AND DOOR UNLOCK B13 NOISE FILTER
DETECTION SW (* 2) (* 2)
FRONT LH
20 IE1
W–B NOISE FILTER
DOOR KEY LOCK AND 7 1J
UNLOCK SW FRONT LH (* 2)
W–B
W–B
W–B WIPER AND WASHER SW

REMOTE CONTROL W–B [COMB. SW]
MIRROR LH (* 2) 7 1G A
A W–B
3 TURN SIGNAL FLASHER
CENTER AIRBAG W–B
(E2) 1N
SENSOR ASSEMBLY W–B
4 9
W–B
POWER OUTLET 1V 2K ST RELAY
3
W–B W–B W–B BRAKE FLUID LEVEL
VANITY LIGHT LH 1F
WARNING SW
W–B
W–B 3 1V W–B BLOWER RESISTOR

VANITY LIGHT RH B2 (LOW SPEED)
(*9)
W–B
MOON ROOF CONTROL W–B W–B W–B A/C BLOWER MOTOR

B 3 : *6
B 2 : *7
B2 I7
SW AND RELAY (* 6) (* 9) (* 9) LINEAR CONTROLLER
W–B
A W–B
W–B HEATER CONTROL SW
(MANUAL A/C)
PERSONAL LIGHT B3
W–B
(* 6)
W–B
W–B
BLOWER RESISTOR
(MANUAL A/C)
W–B(*6)
W–B
B2 J11
MOON ROOF MOTOR JUNCTION REAR WINDOW
AND LIMIT SW W–B CONNECTOR DEFOGGER SW
W–B
(*1 * 6)
A W–B
W–B BLOWER SW
TRANSPONDER KEY (MANUAL A/C)
I1
AMPLIFIER
A W–B
W–B CIGARETTE LIGHTER
A/C CONTROL
ASSEMBLY (* 9)
W–B AIR VENT MODE
W–B CONTROL SERVO MOTOR
A/C AMPLIFIER
(1MZ–FE MANUAL A/C)
A W–B(*1)
(GND)
W–B W–B A
W–B
W–B ABS ECU

(GND2)
(* 1)
BM IE II IG
REMOTE CONTROL W–B A A W–B WIRELESS DOOR LOCK
MIRROR SW ECU
W–B A A W–B THEFT DETERRENT

O/D MAIN SW
ECU
W–B A A W–B DOOR KEY LOCK AND

SHIFT LOCK ECU
(* 1) UNLOCK SW FRONT RH
W–B A
(–) DOOR LOCK MOTOR
COMBINATION A W–B
J39 AND DOOR UNLOCK
METER W–B A (* 1) DETECTION SW
(EP) J5 JUNCTION FRONT RH
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
W–B A A W–B DOOR LOCK CONTROL
CLOCK
(* 1) SW RH
GLOVE BOX LIGHT W–B A A W–B REMOTE CONTROL

AND SW (* 1) MIRROR RH
A
W–B A W–B DOOR KEY LOCK AND
RHEOSTAT
(*2) UNLOCK SW FRONT RH
A
W–B
* 1 : TMC MADE W–B W–B DOOR LOCK MOTOR
B14 AND DOOR UNLOCK
* 2 : TMMK MADE DETECTION SW
* 3 : W/ TRACTION CONTROL (* 2) (*2)
FRONT RH
W–B
* 6 : W/ MOON ROOF 20 IM1

* 7 : W/O MOON ROOF W–B DOOR LOCK CONTROL
* 8 : W/O THEFT DETERRENT SYSTEM (*2) SW RH
* 9 : AUTOMATIC A/C
W–B
W–B REMOTE CONTROL
W–B (*2) MIRROR RH
IF IJ
7 1
STEREO COMPONENT BR BR BR
IH1 IF2 FUEL SENDER
AMPLIFIER
BR
BR BR BR COMBINATION
RADIO AND PLAYER (ES)
METER
IH
DOOR LOCK MOTOR 6

W–B W–B W–B AUTO ANTENNA MOTOR
AND DOOR UNLOCK BP1 B6
DETECTION SW AND RELAY
REAR RH
W–B
POWER SEAT 1
W–B W–B
CONTROL SW BR1 B6
(FRONT PASSENGER’ S
SEAT)
W–B
W–B
IK BN
I GROUND POINT
1
W–B W–B W–B A A W–B
BUCKLE SW LH B12 BQ1 BUCKLE SW LH
(*10) (* 10) (*10) (*11)
A W–B W–B LICENSE PLATE

B9
LIGHT RH
POWER SEAT CONTROL W–B
SW
(DRIVER’ S SEAT) (*10)
W–B
W–B A W–B LICENSE PLATE
FUEL PUMP B9
LIGHT LH
W–B A
W–B
HIGH MOUNTED
STOP LIGHT
REAR COMBINATION W–B W–B A W–B REAR COMBINATION

B11 B9
LIGHT LH LIGHT RH
W–B
W–B J40 W–B

REAR COMBINATION B11 JUNCTION REAR COMBINATION
LIGHT RH CONNECTOR LIGHT LH
W–B
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT W–B

B11 6 DOOR LOCK MOTOR
KEY UNLOCK SW A W–B W–B
BO1 AND DOOR UNLOCK
DETECTION SW
REAR LH
W–B
BL
LIGHT FAILURE W–B

B11
SENSOR
W–B
* 10 : W/ POWER SEAT
* 11 : W/O POWER SEAT B REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER
BP BO
: PARTS LOCATION
J5 31 J19 31 J38 32
J7 A 31 J22 31 J39 32
J8 B 31 J23 31 J40 32
J11 31 J26 31
: RELAY BLOCKS

1 24 Engine Room R/B No.1 (Engine Comportment Left)
2 24 Engine Room R/B No.2 (Near The Battery)
1J
1M
1N
1V
2C
No.2
2F
2J
No.2
2K

36 (1MZ–FE)
EA1 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room Main No
No.3
3 Wire (Radiator LH)
38 (5S–FE)
IH1 40 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel No.2 Wire (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
II1
II2 42 Engine
II3
BR1 46 Floor No.2 Wire and Seat No.2 Wire (Under the Passenger’s Seat)
I GROUND POINT
: GROUND POINTS

36 (1MZ–FE)
38 (5S–FE)
36 (1MZ–FE)
38 (5S–FE)
EC
II 40 Cowl Side Panel RH
IJ
40 Right Kick Panel
IK
BM 44 Roof Left
BO 44 Right Quarter Pillar
: SPLICE POINTS
36 (1MZ–FE) B3 44 Roof Wire
E1
38 (5S–FE) B6 44 Floor No.2 Wire
Engine Room Main Wire
36 (1MZ–FE) B9
E4 44 Floor Wire
38 (5S–FE) B11
I1 42 Cowl Wire B12 46 Seat No.1 Wire
I2 42 Engine Wire B13 44 Front Door LH Wire
I7 42 Cowl Wire B14 44 Front Door RH Wire
B2 44 Roof Wire
J5 J7 (A) J8 (B) J11

ORANGE GRAY GRAY
A A A A A A A
A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
C C C B B B
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)
J19 J22 J23 J26

GRAY
A A A A A A A A
A A A B
A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
A A A B B B

J38 J39 J40
A A A A A A X X
A A A A A A X X X X A A
A A A A
(Hint : See Page 7)
J OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
[A] : System Title [F] : Junction Block (The number in the circle is the
J/B No. and the connector code is shown beside
[B] : Indicates the wiring color.
it). Junction Blocks are shaded to clearly
Wire colors are indicated by an alphabetical code. separate them from other parts.
B = Black W = White BR = Brown
,,,,
L = Blue V = Violet SB = Sky Blue Example:
R = Red O = Orange LG = Light Green ,,,,
,,,,3C indicates
P = Pink Y = Yellow GR = Gray ,,,,
,,,,
that it is inside
Junction Block
G = Green
,,,,No.3
The first letter indicates the basic wire color and the ,,,,
second letter indicates the color of the stripe.
Example: L–Y
[G] : Indicates related system.

[H] : Indicates the wiring harness and wiring harness
connector. The wiring harness with male
L Y terminal is shown with arrows ( ).
(Blue) (Yellow) Outside numerals are pin numbers.
[C] : The position of the parts is the same as shown in
the wiring diagram and wire routing.
[D] : Indicates the pin number of the connector.
The numbering system is different for female
and male connectors.
Female Male ( )
Example : Numbered in order Numbered in order
from upper left to from upper right to
lower right lower left [I] : ( ) is used to indicate different wiring and
connector, etc. when the vehicle model, engine
type, or specification is different.
[J] : Indicates a shielded cable.
Female Male
The numbering system for the overall wiring

diagram is the same as above
[K] : Indicates and located on ground point.
[E] : Indicates a Relay Block. No shading is used and
[L] : The same code occuring on the next page
only the Relay Block No. is shown to distinguish
indicates that the wire harness is continuous.
it from the J/B.
Example : Indicates Relay Block No.1
J
SYSTEM INDEX
SYSTEMS LOCATION SYSTEMS LOCATION
ABS Light Auto Turn Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9–1
TMC Made . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19–2
TMMK Made . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20–2 Moon Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21–2
ABS and Traction Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18–2 Power Outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16–3
Air Conditioning Power Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22–2

Automatic A/C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29–2
Power Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1~29–1
Manual A/C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27–2
Power Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13–2
Auto Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24–2
Radiator Fan and Condenser Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26–3
Back–Up Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–4
Radio and Player
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–4
Built–In Type Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24–3
Cigarette Lighter and Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16–4 Separate Type Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23–2
Combination Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25–2 Rear Window Defogger and Mirror Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26–2
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17–2 Remote Control Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12–4
Door Lock Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14–2 Shift Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16–2
Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator SRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28–2

1MZ–FE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–2
Starting and Ignition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–2
5S–FE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–2
Stop Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11–4
Engine Control and Engine Immobiliser System
1MZ–FE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–2 Taillight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11–2
5S–FE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–2
Theft Deterrent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–2
Headlight
w/ Daytime Running Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–2 Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–2
w/o Daytime Running Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–2
Wiper and Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12–2
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21–4
Wireless Door Lock Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14–5
Illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10–2
Interior Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9–3
Key Reminder and Seat Belt Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21–3

1 CAMRY ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
P o w er S o u rc e S ta rting a n d Ig n ition C ha rg in g
1 2 3 4
B–G
W
* 1 : 1MZ–FE
* 2 : 5S–FE
ACC * 3 : w/ Daytime Running Light
* 4 : TMC Made
W 2 AM1 IG1 4 B–Y * 5 : TMMK Made
B–R(*2)
J25
W–R 7 AM2 IG2 6 B–R JUNCTION CONNECTOR
B–R
B–R
ST2 8 R
B–R
B–Y
B B B B
B–R
B–R
5 1K 4 1K 3 1K 8 1T
I16
W
LIGHT[COMB. METER]
CHARGE WARNING
C8 A , C9 B
IGNITION SW
1 1K
W
STARTER
5A
To Engine Control I3 I4 13 A
B–R
(*2)
5 1B Module<2–9><3–10> IGNITION IGNITION
5A COIL AND COIL AND
10A GAUGE
2 1K IGN IGNITER IGNITER
1 NO. 1 1 NO. 2
2
13 II3 +B +B
B–W
3 1J 8 1C
W–R
J29
40A AM1
B–R
4 B
B–W
JUNCTION
B–R
(*1)
B CONNECTOR B–R 2 1J
B GND IGT IGF IGF IGT GND
B–G
3 2C 4 2L (*2)
W
1 2 4 2 3 3 2 4
W–R
W–R
B–W
(Ignition)
NOISE FILTER
N1
(Main)<7–2>
Light Relay
To Daytime Running
Y–R(*2)
B
Y
BR(*2)
BR(*2)
5 1
B(*2)
(A/T) 12 II3
5A ALT–S
40A MAIN
30A AM2
1
ST RELAY
1 1B
(M/T)
B–W
W–R
(*2)
B–R
B–R
(*1)
4 IG2
1 11 II2 J18
R–L
1 3 2 C7 A JUNCTION CONNECTOR
B–G
CLUTCH
(A/T)
B–W
1 2A 3 2B 5 2D 9 2K 11 2J START
(* 3)
SW
Y
To Engine Control
(w/o Daytime Running Light)

B–R
B–R
A A A A A Module<3–11>
B
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
(*3)
2
Y
B A C
POSITION SW
PARK/NEUTRAL
P1
5 1 1 1 A C
IGNITION COIL NO. 3

I7
IGNITION COIL NO. 2

I6
IGNITION COIL NO. 1

I5
BR
1 B 1 F 2 F 1 C F4 A , F5 B , 4 IK2
Y
P
J19 A C J1
F6 C , F9 F
B–R
JUNCTION JUNCTION
B–O(*5)
B–O(*5)
N
GR(*4)
GR(*4)
(Ignition)
NOISE FILTER
N1
1
(M/T)
W–B
B–R
FUSIBLE LINK CONNECTOR CONNECTOR

100A
ALT BLOCK 6
GR
(*3)
Y
S1 B , S2 A 2 2 2
Module<2–10>
Control
To Engine
10 II2 2
G
Y
STARTER L
1 A 11 A
B–R 2 1 10 9
B 6 EB1
B–G
R–L
IGC3 IGC2 I 2 IGC1 +B
B–O(*5)
GR(*4)
(A/T)
IGNITER
(*2)
BR
IGF IGT3 IGT2 IGT1 GND
(*1)
BR
Y
FL MAIN
CONNECTOR
JUNCTION
3. 0W 4 5 6 7 3
J7 A , J8 B
C B C B
LG–B
BR–Y
W–R
(*1)
(*1)
(*1)
(*1)
GR
B–O(*1 *5)
1 A
GENERATOR
GR(*1 *4)
G1 B , G2 A
W–B 1 B–G
L B B
(*1)
BR
2
A IG A
J11 B A A B A
GR(*4) 3 W
JUNCTION B S A
BATTERY CONNECTOR B–O(*5) BR
B–O(*5)
To Engine Control
GR(*4)
Module<2–8> (*2)
Left kick panel IG To Bulb GR(*2 *4) Rear side of the surge
Check Relay B–O(*2 *5) To Engine tank(*1)
[Comb. Meter] Control Module<3–11> ED : *1 Intake manifold(*2)
<25–6> EC : *2
J
2 CAMRY (Cont. next page)
P o w e r S o ur ce E ng in e C o n trol an d E n gine Im m ob ilis e r S y s tem (1 M Z – F E )

* 1 : California
1 2 3 4
B–Y
B–R
ACC A
L
(*1)
B–Y
B–Y
W 2 AM1 IG1 4 B
12
1 B–R B–R B–R
II3 C
B–W
2 D
3 1K 8 1C
W
B
7 AM2 IG2 6 B–R E
B–R
L–W
ST2 F
1 1K
25A A/F HTR

5A B–R 16
1 IGN
I16 BAT
B
W
W–R
IGNITION SW D5
1
B–Y DATA LINK
CONNECTOR 3
10A GAUGE
10 1J 2 1K 5 1K 7 1W 7 IK1
W
(*1)
CG SG SIL
B–R
2 4 5 7
B–Y
B–R 2 1D
B–R
5 1B
L–W
BR
R–L
W–B
1 1
B–W
W–R
40A AM1
7. 5A OBD
5 1 8
B–W
1 TE1
J4
D
4 2L 8 2J 7 2K D1
B–W
L
DATA LINK
(*1)
4 1B 1 1B (* 1) C A C A
CONNECTOR 1
JUNCTION
From Airbag
CONNECTOR
1 5 E1 +B
CIR OPN RELAY

2 2
3 2 3 12
B–R
B–R
BR
5 1
B–Y
1 1 A B
15A EFI
30A AM2
A B
Sensor Assembly<28–4>
B–R
EFI RELAY
W
C10
2 3
L–B
R–L
G–R
JUNCTION
J7 A , J8 B
J3
A A
W
CONNECTOR
B–R
B–R
1 2A
3 2
A/F HTR RELAY(*1)

7 C
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
B
J35 A , J36 B
4 2F 5 2C 2 2J 10 2C 4 EB1 C
[COMB. METER]
1 F 2 F 1 C 2 2
W–B
L–B
B
(*1)
(*1)
W–B
B–R 8 1J
(Shielded)
B–Y
W–B
W–B
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
7 ID1 BR
W
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP
100A ALT
J7 A , J8 B
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

JUNCTION CONNECTOR
L–B 7 1J C B B–Y
BR BR H
1 A 4 A B
F4 A , F6 C , F9 F
(Shielded) BR
1 ES1 F14 I
C B
W
FUEL M
B–G
BR BR BR
PUMP A B J
G–R
G–R
W–B
B 5 B(*1)
FL
FL MAIN K
3. 0W (*1)
1. 25B
G–R
L
G–R
W–B
M
B–Y
N
W–B
W–B
W–B A A
J40 J11
BATTERY (* 1) JUNCTION JUNCTION
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
EB Left radiator BL Under the left IG Instrument panel

side support center pillar brace LH
2 CAMRY (Cont’ d) (Cont. next page)
* 1 : California * 4 : TMC Made

E n g in e C o n trol an d E n gine Im m ob ilis er S y s te m (1 M Z – F E ) * 2 : Except California * 5 : TMMK Made
* 3 : w/ Engine Immobiliser System * 6 : Automatic A/C
5 6 7 8
B–R B–Y(*3)
A A
B–Y J18
B JUNCTION CONNECTOR
B–R B–R A
C
B–Y
VSV(Vapor Pressure Sensor)
V7
B–W
D A A A A A A
<29–8>
From A/C Control Assembly
From A/C Amplifier<27–4>
ECU<18–2>
From ABS and Traction
W 1
<29–8>
To A/C Control Assembly
<27–4>
To A/C Amplifier
E
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
[Comb. Meter]<25–8>
To Speedometer
L–W
F
Assembly<29–8>
To A/C Control
<1–2><1–3>
From Igniter
INJECTOR NO. 1
I8
INJECTOR NO. 2
I9
INJECTOR NO. 3
I10
INJECTOR NO. 4
I11
INJECTOR NO. 5
I12
INJECTOR NO. 6
I13
2 2 2 2 2 2
B–Y 2
V
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ID1
BR–W
BR–Y
LG–B
LG–B
B–W
W–R
V–W
L–W
B–Y
B–Y
B–R
B–Y
R–L
(*9)
(*9)
(*9)
(*9)
(*9)
(*6)
GR
LG
W
W
R
G
Y
V
L
L
10 ID1
B–Y
16 A 6 E 11 A 8 A 1 A 2 A 5 D 6 D 1 E 2 E 3 E 4 E 9 A 22 B 25 B 13 B 16 B 14 A 21 A 13 A 20 A 25 E 13 E 12 E 11 E 14 B
+B TC SIL MREL BATT IGSW # 10 #20 #30 # 40 #50 # 60 TPC SPD A/C ACT NEO EFI+ EFI– TRC+ TRC– IGF IGT3 IGT2 IGT1 TW
B–Y
B–Y
E 7 A , E 8 B , E 9 C , E10 D , E11 E ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

(*3)
9 II3
W FC HTS OXS EOM HAFR AFR+ AFR– HAFL AFL+ AFL– ACIS EGR EVP1 RSO RSC HTR OXR1 HTL OXL1
6 A 3 A 9 B 8 B 13 C 3 D 11 D 20 D 4 D 12 D 21 D 17 E 18 E 7 D 16 E 15 E 3 D 11 D 4 D 12 D
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
J27 A , J28 B
B–Y
B–Y
R–W
R–Y
Y–G
Y–R
(Bank 1 Sensor 2)
H8
Y–B
L–B
LG
B B B B E B E B
(Shielded)
(Shielded)
(Bank 1 Sensor 1)(*2)
H3

H4
VSV(Intake Air Control)
V6
B–W(*5)
B–W(*4)
B–R(*5)
B–W
G–R
G–R
L (*4)
L (*5)
P–B
(Shielded)
B–R
BR(*5)
R (*4)
BR
G(*4)
B
2 2 2 1 3
CONTROL VALVE
IDLE AIR
I1
VSV(EVAP)
V5
1 3 1 3
VSV(EGR)
V4
A28

A29
HT OX HT OX
1 3
B A B A E A E A
5 EB1 HT OX
B–Y 10 IG3 1 3 1 3 +B E1 E1 +B
B–Y
B–Y
(Shielded)
(Shielded)
1 1 1
2 2 4 4 2
B–Y
B–Y
+B E1
G–R
G–R
A
2 4 A A B–Y
B–Y
BR
BR
BR
2 4 2 4 A A
BR B–Y B–Y
G
BR
BR
B
B
B–Y A A B–Y
B–Y B–Y A A B–Y

H B
BR J20
I J24
JUNCTION
BR
BR
BR
BR JUNCTION
J CONNECTOR
B CONNECTOR
B(*1) B B B B BR BR
K C
(*1)
G–R BR BR
L D
2
G–R BR BR BR
M II1 E
B–Y BR
N F
6
BR BR BR BR
II3 G
(*1)
BR
Rear side of ED
surge tank
J
* 5 : TMMK Made
W–B
* 4 : TMC Made
IE
(*3)
Cowl side
panel LH
CONNECTOR
JUNCTION
B–Y
J26
E2G
E05
R–B BR BR
19 D
8 D
12
B
(*1) (*1)
B
THA
L–Y
22 D
E04
1
BR BR
1 D
* 3 : w/ Engine Immobiliser System
(*1) (*1)
P
VG
P2
10 D
2
5
POWER STEERING
M2 OIL PRESSURE SW
B–L
* 2 : Except California
BR
PS
MASS AIR FLOW
9 D
1
METER
EGLS
* 1 : California
BR W–G
22 E
To Tachometer
2
B–O
[Comb. Meter]
<25–5>
Y
1
F A
E2
EGR VALVE POSITION To A/C Amplifier
TACH
B–O B–O
BR
SENSOR <27–3>
27 B
F A
D B
To A/C Control
Assembly<29–8>
BR P P PTNK J27 A , J28 B
2 ID1
6 ID1
PTNK
E2
17 A
1
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
BR
Y
VCC
Y Y Y G–W G–W
5 ID1
CF From FAN NO. 1 Relay

3 II1
1 II2
29 E
E n gine C o ntro l a n d E ng in e Im mo b ilise r S y s te m(1 M Z – F E )
<26–3>
II1
V1
4
VAPOR PRESSURE
(Shielded)
11
SENSOR
BR
G22+
B–W
Y
10 E
BR
C1
B–W
CAMSHAFT POSITION
SENSOR
NE–
BR Y Y L L
VC
2 D
24 D
VTA VC
2
E2
1
VTA1
L
23 D
3
BR
BR
T2 C2
BR
THROTTLE POSITION CRANKSHAFT POSITION
SENSOR SENSOR
NE+
B–R
16 D
STP
2
From Stop Light SW G–W
15 A
E 7 A , E 8 B , E 9 C , E10 D , E11 E
<11–4>
(Shielded)
ELS2
From ” MIRROR–HEATER” B–Y GR(*4) From Park/Neutral

18 A
STA
Fuse<26–2> B–O(*5) Start SW(A/T) or

7 A
Clutch Start SW(M/T)

<1–2>
ELS
From ” TAIL” Fuse G–O

19 A
<11–2>
3 EC1
BR (Shielded) (Shielded)
E2
18 D
10
K1
KNOCK SENSOR 1
BR
KNKR
1 EC1
W W
27 E
THW
BR G–B
14 D
1
E5
W–B
4 EC1
(*3)
ENGINE COOLANT
TEMP. SENSOR K2
BR
KNOCK SENSOR 2
THG
BR G–Y
13 D
KNKL
2 EC1
1
W W
28 E
E1
EGR GAS TEMP. (Shielded) (Shielded)
SENSOR
TXCT
L–Y
10 C
5
(*3)
TRANSPONDER
KEY AMPLIFIER
(* 1)
BR
RXCK
R–L
5 C
3
(*3)
E01
BR
17 D 30 E 31 E 21 E
T7
CODE
G–W
4 C
E02
1
BR
EC
(*3)
tank RH
E03
BR
Surge
(*1)
BR
9
IMLD
To Theft
4 IG3
R–Y R–Y BR
E1
16 C
Deterrent ECU
2 CAMRY (Cont’ d)
<15–3>
(*2)
BR
BR
BR
KSW
To Unlock
8 IG3
L–B L–B
11 C
Warning SW
A
CONNECTOR
ADJ2
<21–3> BR
JUNCTION
24 E
(*5 M/T)
BR A
BR A
BR A
BR A
BR A
NSW
B–Y
B–Y
J22
(*3)
From ” STARTER” Fuse B–W

20 B
<1–2>
G
C
D
A
F
MEMO
P ow e r S ou rc e E ng ine C on tro l a nd E n g in e Imm o bilis e r S y s tem (5 S – F E ) * 1 : w/ Engine Immobiliser System

* 2 : w/o Engine Immobiliser System
1 B–Y 2 3 4 B–Y
A
B B–Y
B
B–Y
C
ACC B–R B–R
D
2 AM1 IG1 4 B–Y B–R(*1)
E
3 1K 8 1C 1 1K
B–W(* 1)
F
B–Y
G
W–R 7 AM2 IG2 6 B–R 5A
10A
IGN
GAUGE
(*1)
ST2
B–Y
B–R
B
W
5 1K BR
I16
IGNITION SW 7 1W 2 1D
B–R BR
BR
5 1B B–R(*2) (*1)
B–R
(*1)
R–L
B–R
(*2) (*2)
B–W(*1)
2 ID1 3 II2
W–R
D
BR
4 2L 8 2J 7 2K J4 BR BR
BR
10 1J 2 1K JUNCTION 9 II3 H
7 IK1
CONNECTOR
V1
2 5 1 D 1
B–R
SENSOR
1 1 E2
BR
BR
BR
(*1)
R–L
B–Y
B–Y
B–Y
C10
T2
M1
15A EFI
5 1 7 B B E B E B 2 PTNK VCC 1 2
A13
EFI RELAY
40A AM1
30A AM2
7. 5A OBD
B–R
SENSOR
VAPOR PRESSURE
3 2 2 3 E2
1
JUNCTION
[COMB. METER]
CONNECTOR
PIM VC
4 1B 1 1B 1 2A 2 2J 10 2C 4 2F 5 2C
TEMP. SENSOR
2 B A B A E A E A 1 2 3 3 1
J27 A , J28 B
PRESSURE SENSOR
A/C EVAPORATOR
THROTTLE POSITION
CIR OPN RELAY

MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE
3 2
B–R
B–R
B–Y
B–R
B
B
P
Y
Y
Y
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP

LG
B–Y
B–Y
B–Y
B–Y
G–R
1 1
L–W
B–R
B–R
10 IG3 6 ID1 5 ID1
L–B
G–R
1 II2
B–Y
1 F 2 F 1 C
4 EB1 5 EB1
P
Y
L–R
G–R
7
Y Y Y
100A II4 I
L–B
G–R
ALT LG
J
7 ID1 B–Y
K
1 A F4 A , F6 C , F9 F 8
P
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK II4 L
L–R
B–G
M
L–B
4 G–R
FL MAIN F14 N
3. 0W FUEL M G–R
PUMP O
W–B
W–B
5 B–Y(*1)
P
W–B
A B–Y
J40 Q
BATTERY JUNCTION B
CONNECTOR R
Left radiator EB BL Under the left
side support center pillar
3 CAMRY (Cont’ d) (Cont. next page)
E ng in e C o n trol an d E ng in e Im m ob ilis e r S y stem (5 S – F E ) * 1 : w/ Engine Immobiliser System * 3 : California

* 2 : w/o Engine Immobiliser System * 4 : Except California
B–Y 5 6 7 J19 8
B–Y B B B–Y
B A
B–Y
C B B B B
B–Y
B–R B–R B
D (*4)
B–Y
B–Y
B–Y
B–R(*1)
E B
B–W(*1) 12 II3 C
F (*3)
10
B–R
B–Y B–Y 1 2 V
G ID1 J21

I1
V7 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR
VSV(Vapor Pressure Sensor) 2 2 1
VSV(EGR)
V4
VSV(EVAP)
V5
V
B B B B
1 ID1
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
1 2
B–W
1 3
(*1)
INJECTOR NO. 1
I8
INJECTOR NO. 2
I9
INJECTOR NO. 3
I10
INJECTOR NO. 4
I11
2 2 2 2
V
5 II4 6 II4
1 1 1 1
B–W
V–W
B–R
B–O
B–Y
B–Y
P–B
(* 1)
(* 1)
BR BR BR
W
V
Y
L
H
9 B 16 B 7 D 1 A 12 C 11 C 10 C 9 C 12 A 2 A 7 C 6 C 15 B 3 C (*1)
BR
BR
9 B 8 B 12 C 11 C 25 C 24 C 12 A 1 A 10 C 9 C 23 C 22 C (*2)
E2 TPC MREL IGSW #10 #20 #30 # 40 +B BATT ISCO ISCC EGR EVP
SENSOR
INTAKE AIR TEMP.
I14
TEMP. SENSOR
ENGINE COOLANT
E5
1 1
E 7 A , E 8 B , E 9 C , E10 D ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
THW THA VC VTA PIM PTNK THR W FC PSSW ELS RXCK CODE TXCT SIL OX2 HT2
4 B 3 B 1 B 10 B 2 B 8 B 11 B 4 A 14 A 4 C 13 A 3 D 8 D 9 D (*1) 6 A 13 B 14 C (*1)
2 2 J3
4 B 3 B 1 B 11 B 2 B 7 B 10 B 5 A 14 A 12 B 2 A (*2) JUNCTION 16 A 5 B 21 C (*2)
G–W
CONNECTOR
P–B
R–L
L–Y
(*1)
(*1)
(*1)
B
W C C W
G–B
G–R
G–R
D5
Y–B
B–Y
B–R
L–R
B–L
LG
Y
(Shielded)
(Shielded)
4 II4 1 II4 2 II4 DATA LINK 1 II3 2 II3
7 C
CONNECTOR 3
G–B
Y–B
(Shielded)
SIL
TRANSPONDER KEY AMPLIFIER

T7
W
G–W
R–L
P–B
(* 1)
(* 1)
(* 1)
L–Y
B
BAT CG SG
(Bank 1 Sensor 2)
H8
<26–1>
From Diode(Idle–Up)
3 2 4 16 4 5
Y W–B
BR
BR
I
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
3 1
OIL PRESSURE SW
POWER STEERING
P2
J7 A , J8 B
LG 1
J OX HT
A A C A C A
Assembly<28–4>
From Airbag Sensor
8 1J
B–Y
K +B E1
1 5
W–B
P
L 2 4
BR
L–R 7 1J A B B B
M
W–B
G–R
B–Y
N 12 II2
W–B
B–Y
(*1)
(*1)
B
G–R
O
B–Y(*1)
P BR
B–Y A D
BR
Q J11
B JUNCTION
R CONNECTOR BR BR
E
Cowl side IE IG Instrument
panel LH panel
brace LH
J
3 CAMRY (Cont’ d)
* 1 : w/ Engine Immobiliser System
E n gine C o ntro l a n d E ng in e Im mo bilis er S y s te m (5 S – F E ) * 3 : California * 5 : TMC Made
* 4 : Except California * 6 : TMMK Made
9 10 11 12
B–Y
A
B–Y BR
B
(*4) (*4)
BR
B
C
(*3)
(* 4)
B–Y
H3
2 3 2 4
A11
+B AF+ +B E1
BR
B–Y
AIR FUEL
Sensor<27–4>
Clutch and Lock
To A/C Magnetic
SW(M/T)<1–2>
HT AF– OX HT D1
(Bank 1 Sensor 1)
From Ignition Coil
Fuse<1–2>
DATA LINK
RATIO SENSOR
From A/C Dual
1 4 3 1 and Igniter
<27–4>
<27–4>
12 CONNECTOR 1
SW<11–4>
No. 1, No. 2<1–3><1–4>
SW(A/T) or Clutch Start

+B
From ” STARTER”
Relay<27–3>
Pressure SW<27–4>
From Stop Light

From A/C SW
From A/C SW
From MG CLT
From Park/Neutral Position
W–L
(*4)
L–Y
TE1 E1
G
W
(*3)
(*3)
(*3)
(*4)
L(*5)
10 II3
W(*6)
8 3
O (*6)
B–W(*5)
B
G
L–Y
R–B
(Shielded)
(Shielded)
Y–R
(A/T)
W–R
R–W
B–W
W–L
L–W
GR(*5)
G–W
B–O(*6)
2 C 14 B 6 B 5 B 1 C 9 A 19 C 19 A 21 A 10 A 20 A 22 A 11 A 23 C 17 C 22 C 7 B (*1)
BR
BR
2 C 14 B 6 B 6 B 8 C 4 A 18 C 13 A 21 A 10 A 15 A 22 A 11 A 20 C 3 C 19 C 15 B (*2)
BR(*4)
HTAF AF– AF+ OX1 HT1 STP LOCK IN PRS MGC A/C SW LOCK NSW STA IGT1 IGF IGT2 TE1
E 7 A , E 8 B , E 9 C , E10 D ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
IMLD KSW TACH SPD NE+ NE– G+ KNK E04 E1 EOM E01 E02 E03
1 D 4 D 7 A 8 A 12 D 6 D 11 D 12 B 15 C 24 C 2 D 13 C 26 C 25 C (*1)
8 A 9 A 4 C 17 C 5 C 13 B 15 C 14 C (*2) 13 C 26 C 16 B (*2)
L
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
(*3)
L–B
R–Y
B–O
V–W
3 II4 9 II4
(Shielded)
BR
B–R
F A
B–W
L–B
R–Y
(Shielded)
(Shielded)
J27 A
1
BR
JUNCTION
K1
C2
C1
F A
CONNECTOR
2 2
<25–8>
4 IG3 8 IG3 J23
JUNCTION
CAMSHAFT
[Comb. Meter]
A CONNECTOR
CRANKSHAFT
To Speedometer
A
KNOCK SENSOR 1
L–B
R–Y
B–O
POSITION SENSOR
POSITION SENSOR
1 1
A A BR
BR A A BR
To Theft To Unlock To Tachometer BR A A

Deterrent Warning SW [Comb. Meter]
System<15–3> <21–3> <25–5> 6 II3 A
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR BR
D
(*4)
BR
BR
(*3)
BR
BR BR
E
Intake EC EC Intake
manifold manifold
4 CAMRY
* 1 : California
* 2 : Except California
P o w er S ou rc e E le ctro n ic a lly C on tro lled T ra ns m is s io n a nd A /T Ind ic a tor (1 M Z – F E ) * 3 : TMC Made
* 4 : TMMK Made
1 2 3 R–L 4
F
R–L J28 B P1
B
B–Y
B–R A/T INDICATOR LIGHT SW
R–L
ACC JUNCTION 2 [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW]
F CONNECTOR
3 1K 1 1K 1 1J C
W 2 AM1 IG1 4 B–Y B A
J24
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
R–L
5A 10A A LL 2L DL NL RL PL
IGN GAUGE
R–L
4 3 10 9 8 7
W–R 7 AM2 IG2 6 B–R
G–W
L–W
B–R
R–B
2
R
Y
ST2 II2
5 II2 6 II2 9 II2 1 IJ1 3 II3 4 II2
7 1W 2 1D
I16 R–L
B–R
5 1K IGNITION SW
Y
CONNECTOR
JUNCTION
J29
L–W(* 3)
0 (*4)
E
G–W
B–R
R–B
W
R
Y Y E
5 1B B–W C C B–W
CONNECTOR
JUNCTION
J29
E D A
L–W(*3)
0 (*4) D
W–R
J35
B–Y JUNCTION
CONNECTOR D A
2 1K 4 2L 7 2K 8 2J R–B
R–B
2
CONNECTOR
JUNCTION
1 5 C A C A To Speedometer
J27 A , J28 B
[Comb. Meter]
40A AM1
EFI RELAY
L–W(*3)
0 (*4)
30A 15A See Engine Control <25–8> From Cruise
AM2 EFI and Engine Immobiliser Control ECU
B–R
System<2–9><2–10><2–11> <17–3> 5 1V
Y
CONNECTOR
JUNCTION
J4
D
1 2 3 A B
16 IG3 13 IG3 14 IG3 10 1H 15 IG3
B–W
B–Y
B–R
V–W
R–B
Y–B
L–R
G–W
D
B–R
R–B
R–L
1 1B 1 2A 5 2C 4 2F 2 2J
R
Y
B–R
7 C 6 A 11 A 7 A 10 A 8 A 9 A
1 A 20 B 2 D 23 D 14 D 18 D 8 A 2 A 12 B 3 B 2 B 22 B 24 B 4 B
W–B
W–B
B–Y
B
O/D OFF
BATT NSW VC VTA1 THW E2 MREL IGSW L 2 R SPD OD1 IDLO
B–R
B–R
P
L
2
E 7 A , E 8 B , E 9 C , E10 D , E11 E ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
+B SLN– SLN+ SL S1 S2 NC2– NC2+ E03 E01 E02 E1 OD2

1 F 2 F 1 C 16 A 19 E 20 E 9 E 7 E 8 E 26 E 14 E 30 E 21 E 31 E 17 D 10 B
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK
F4 A , F6 C , F9 F
B–Y
12 A 16 B
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
G
100A C 8 A , C 9 B , C10 C
J27 A , J28 B
J26
G–O
L–B
ALT JUNCTION COMBINATION METER
R
B B A
G–O
CONNECTOR
W–L
B–Y
P–L
A L–B
(Electronically Controlled
V3
Transmission) 11 IG3
W–B
1 A
2 C
7 II2
BR
A
B–G
L–B
G–O C J6
BR
BR
BR
B A JUNCTION
4 1 2 3 6
L–B
CONNECTOR
FL MAIN SLN– SLN+ SL S1 S2 J22 C
G–O
W
R
3. 0W
Y
L
JUNCTION O2
B–Y
1 A CONNECTOR A
O/D MAIN SW
A A BR 2 4 W–B A J5
ECU<17–3>
Cruise Control
From
JUNCTION
(*1)
CONNECTOR
W–B
(*2)
BR
A B A
BR B J26
W–B
W–B
BATTERY JUNCTION
(*1)
CONNECTOR
BR
E3
EB Left radiator ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED Surge tank RH EC ED Rear side of IF Left kick panel
side support TRANSMISSION SOLENOID surge tank
J
5 CAMRY
* 1 : TMC Made
* 2 : TMMK Made
P o w er S ou rc e E le ctron ic a lly C on tro lle d T ra ns m is s io n a nd A /T Ind ica to r (5 S – F E ) * 3 : w/ Engine Immobiliser System
1 2 R–L 3 R–L 4
P1
B–R A/T INDICATOR LIGHT SW
R–L
B–Y
ACC C
3 1K 1 1K 1 1J A
W 2 AM1 IG1 4 B–Y J21
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
F A LL 2L DL NL RL PL
5A 10A B
IGN GAUGE 4 3 10 9 8 7
R–L
2
Y
R
IG2 6 F
R–B
B–R
W–R 7 AM2 B–R
L–W
R–L
G–W
B II2
ST2 5 II2 6 II2 9 II2 1 IJ1 3 II3 4 II2
J28 B
7 1W 2 1D JUNCTION
5 1K I16 CONNECTOR
Y
IGNITION SW B–R R–L
E
J29
(* 4)
R
W
E
R–B
B–R
Y
G–W
O (*2)
L–W(* 1)
(*3)
B–R
B–W
JUNCTION
5 1B (* 3) E
CONNECTOR
D A
J29
L–W(* 1)
B–Y O (*2) D
W–R
JUNCTION
2 1K 4 2L 7 2K 8 2J D A
CONNECTOR
R–B
2
1 5 R–B
O (*2)
L–W(*1)
See Engine Control and
30A 15A 6 II4 Engine Immobiliser System C A C A
From Cruise
J4
AM2 EFI <3–5><3–10><3–11> 5 1V
40A AM1
Y
Control ECU
O (*2)
D
B–R
L–W(*1)
EFI RELAY
<17–3>
JUNCTION
1 2 3
CONNECTOR
A B 16 IG3 13 IG3 14 IG3 10 1H 15 IG3
D
1 1B 1 2A 5 2C 4 2F 2 2J J27 A , J28 B
Y
Y
R
(*3)
(*3)
R–L
L–R
B–Y
R–B
Y–B
R–B
B–R
B–R
B–W
G–W
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
2 A 7 D 22 A 1 B 10 B 4 B 9 B 7 B 9 A 1 A 15 A 16 A 17 A 18 A 3 A (* 3) 7 C 6 A 11 A 7 A 10 A 8 A 9 A
B–R
1 A 22 A 1 B 11 B 4 B 9 B 15 B 4 A 19 A 18 A 17 A 20 A 3 A (* 4)
B
B–Y
W–B
W–B
BATT MREL NSW VC VTA THW E2 TE1 STP IGSW L 2 R OD1 IDLO
L
2
P
B–R
B–R
D
N
R
E7 A , E8 B , E9 C ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

O/D OFF
1 F 2 F 1 C +B SL S1 S2 E04 E1 E03 E01 E02 SPD OD2

12 A 20 C 8 C 21 C 15 C 24 C 25 C 13 C 26 C 8 A 5 A (*3)
12 A 1 C 7 C 6 C 15 C 14 C 16 B 13 C 26 C 9 A 7 A (*4)
100A J25
ALT 12 A 16 B
C 8 A , C 9 B , C10 C
L–B
B–Y
JUNCTION
V–W
A CONNECTOR COMBINATION METER

B B A
G–O
L–B
P
V
C
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

1 A J6
7 II2 C
A JUNCTION
B–G
J27 A , J28 B
BR
BR
CONNECTOR
F4 A , F6 C , F9 F
L–B
<25–8>
B A C
BR
BR
BR
G–O
G–O
(California)
L–B
FL MAIN 1 A 3 B 1 B
G–O
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
[Comb. Meter]
3. 0W 2
W–B
To Speedometer
SL S1 S2
W
O2
J23
B–Y
A O/D MAIN
From
11 IG3 SW
JUNCTION
NO. 1
NO. 2 A 4
BR
CONNECTOR
W–B A J5
LOCK–UP
ECU<17–3>
JUNCTION
Cruise Control
BATTERY
BR
CONNECTOR
W–B
A
W–B
EB Left radiator E3 A , E4 B Intake EC EC Intake manifold IF Left kick panel

side support ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED manifold
TRANSMISSION SOLENOID
6 CAMRY
P ow er S ou rc e H ea d lig ht (w /o D ay time R u nn in g L ig h t)
1 2 3 4
2 4 1
HEAD 15A 15A

40A
RELAY HEAD HEAD
MAIN
(LH) (RH)
3 2
1
3 2B 8 2K 3 2G 4 2G 6 2G 8 2C
R–W
R–B
J32
R
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR B R–B
To Theft Deterrent R–B B B 3 3
ECU<15–3> H1 H2
B HEADLIGHT HEADLIGHT
R–B
LH RH
B
3 2 1 1 2
R–B
I17
INTEGRATION
RELAY
1 C
R–B
R–B
R–L
R–L
F4 A , F6 C 4
FUSIBLE LINK F B F B D B D B
R–Y
BLOCK C13
COMBINATION SW 13 8 J35 A , J36 B
1 A
JUNCTION
EL H T HF HL HI CONNECTOR
CONTROL SW
LIGHT
OFF D A F A F A
B–G
TAIL
R–B
R–L
R–L
HEAD
DIMMER SW
LOW
HIGH 3 IG1
FL MAIN
3. 0W
FLASH
R–L
16 17 7
W–B
8
R–B C9
A HIGH BEAM
INDICATOR LIGHT
A R–L [COMB. METER]
BATTERY
9
J7
W–B
JUNCTION
W–B
CONNECTOR
8 1J
A
J5
JUNCTION
7 1J CONNECTOR
A
W–B
W–B
J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
IG Instrument panel IF Left kick panel
brace LH
J
7 CAMRY
P o w e r S o ur ce H ea dlig ht (w / D a y tim e R u n ning L igh t)
1 2 3 4
B R–B
B R–L
B–Y 1 2A 3 2B
ACC 1 4 1
4 2G 2
1 1K 1
W 2 AM1 IG1 4
7. 5A 40A
DOME MAIN 1 1
HEAD RELAY
15A
10A
15A
10A
2 1K
SHORT PIN
3 2
2 2
I16
10A GAUGE
2 IGNITION SW A40 12 2J 8 2K 3 2G
AUTOMATIC LIGHT
H–LP LH(LWR)
HEAD LH(UPR)
H–LP RH(LWR)
HEAD RH(UPR)
CONTROL SENSOR R R
R–L
R–B
40A 3 2
1 1J
R
AM1
From
Relay
2 2 2 2 5 2G 2 2G 2 2
<1–4>
R–L
CLTB CLTS CLTE 1 1W
1 1 1
1 4 3
SW<25–5>
<25–5>
To Integration
F B R
<10–1><11–2>
Brake SW
Level Warning
<10–1><11–1>
From Generator
TAILLIGHT Relay
To Brake Fluid
To Parking
R
1 1B
R–G
P–L
V–Y
R–W
GR–R
R
JUNCTION
7 1V
DIM RELAY
CONNECTOR
B–R
5A DRL NO. 2
4 IG1 9 IG1 8 IG1 D A
2 1 2 1
2 3 2
J27 A , J28 B
Y
R
H1 H2
G–Y
G–R
R–W
R–W
2 2 HEADLIGHT HEADLIGHT
R–L
P–L
V–Y
LH RH
GR–R
W–R
3 3
R–B
6 15 5 23 4 14 13 22 16 17 19
CSB CSO CSE IG BRK PKB CHG– +B TAIL T H–LP
B
B
R–B
R–Y
R–B
W–R
E H HI IND H–ON DIM

1
B–R
B–R
12 2 D6 3 21 18 20 2 2
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY(Main)
R–B 3 1
1 C 1 F 2 F D2
R
DAYTIME RUNNING
R–Y
R–W
DRL NO. 4
LIGHT RESISTOR
R–Y
RELAY
R–Y
100A 3 IG1
ALT 8 EB1 4 2
R–B
W–B
2
4 13 8 7
R–L
R–Y
2 2
I17
1 A EL H T HF HI
F4 A , F6 C , F9 F
C9
FUSIBLE LINK 8 W–B

OFF
BLOCK
LIGHT
B–G
R
TAIL
C13
FL MAIN 3 HEAD
CONTROL SW
R–B
INTEGRATION RELAY
3. 0W 9
R–B
LIGHT[COMB. METER]
LOW
<15–3>
HIGH BEAM INDICATOR
B B B 7 EB1
W–B
R–B B
W–B
HIGH
COMBINATION SW
A R
J5
J1
DIMMER SW
FLASH JUNCTION
JUNCTION CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
To Theft Deterrent ECU

16 A
BATTERY
J11 7 8
A W–B W–B
W–B
JUNCTION 1J 1J
W–B
CONNECTOR A A A
IG Instrument panel IF Left kick panel EB Left radiator
brace LH J7 side support
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
8 CAMRY
P o w er S ou rc e T urn S ign al a nd H a za rd W ar ning L igh t B ac k – U p L igh t
1 2 3 4
B
ACC
2 AM1 IG1 4 B–Y
1 1K 1 2A
R–L
R–L
I16
10A GAUGE
7. 5A TURN
IGNITION SW
W
10A
HAZARD
2 II2
F
2 1L 1 1J 3 2K J28 R–L
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR (5S–FE)
R–L R–L F
(1MZ–FE)
G–R
R–L
2 1K
W G–B
H7
2 HAZARD SW 10 8 2
A A
F TB B1 TL B2 TR TL TB TR J24 J21
40A JUNCTION JUNCTION
AM1 OFF LH C13 CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
TURN SIGNAL SW A A
ON OFF [COMB. SW]
1
(1MZ–FE)
J15
R–L
7 9 5 6 RH JUNCTION
G–B
1 1B
G–W
CONNECTOR
G–R 1 3
G–Y D R–L
(5S–FE)
G–Y G–Y D
(M/T)
BACK–UP LIGHT SW
[PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW](A/T)

BACK–UP LIGHT SW
B1 B
P1 A
B–R
2 A (A/T)
G–B
D 2 B (M/T)
G–B
G–Y
2 1 G–Y
8 1V
T6
B–R
B–R
TURN SIGNAL 6 1H 10 1C
FLASHER
8 A (A/T)
1 F 2 F 5 1A 11 1S 8 1H
3 1 B (M/T)
F4 A , F6 C , 6 1S 2 1A
G–B
R–B
R–B
R–B
R–B

BACK–UP LIGHT RH
R10
G–B
G–B
G–Y

BACK–UP LIGHT LH
R8
100A
G–Y
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
F9 F
J35 A , J36 B
REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT LH
R9
G–Y
ALT
LIGHT[COMB. METER]
TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR
FUSIBLE LINK C 1 1

REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT RH
R11
C 9 B , C10 C
J15 3 II3
BLOCK C G–B 6 1 B 1 C 6 B A
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
1 A 1 C
RH
LH
C
G–B
B B 3 3
B–G
5 5
B 1 EB1 16 B 13 1S
W–B
W–B
W–B
G–Y
FL MAIN
LIGHT RH
FRONT TURN SIGNAL
F2
W–B
W–B
W–B
G–B
R–B
3. 0W
3
SIGNAL LIGHT LH
FRONT TURN
F1
3 W–B 5 1V
A
J5 R–B
JUNCTION
W–B
CONNECTOR 2 C C
2
W–B
BATTERY A
A W–B W–B J27 A
J11 JUNCTION J40
W–B
W–B
W–B
JUNCTION CONNECTOR JUNCTION
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
Instrument panel IG EB Left radiator Left kick panel IF BP Back panel center Under the left BL
brace LH side support center pillar
J
L6
L5 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT LIGHT SW
R R–Y R–Y
1
C9 From Theft R–Y
OPEN DOOR WARNING LIGHT Deterrent
[COMB. METER] ECU<15–3>
CONNECTOR R R–W
11
10
JUNCTION
4
Cowl side panel LH

J16
E
I15
IGNITION KEY CYLINDER LIGHT
R G–R
R
2
R W–B W–B W–B
3 1V
3 1F
IE
1
2
3 : w/o Theft Deterrent System
V9
4 : w/ Theft Deterrent System
W–B
VANITY LIGHT RH
R W–B
2 : w/o Fade Out
R
1 : w/ Fade Out
2
V8
VANITY LIGHT LH
R–W
W–B
G–R
In te rio r L igh t
*
*
*
*
2
(Dome)
DIODE
BM
R W–B W–B
D10
1
(w/ Moon Roof) (w/ Moon Roof)
1
Roof left
3
P5
PERSONAL LIGHT
From Light Failure
ON
R
Sensor<11–4>
OFF
R
R–W
DOOR
1
(*2)
I19
INTERIOR LIGHT
R–W
(*1)
R
5 1F
11 1H 6 1F 1 1M 2 1F
R
G–R
CONDENSER
1
R D15
2 1M
DOOR COURTESY SW
R–W REAR RH
R–W R–W
8 IN2
C16
(*2)
2
1
R–Y
8 1G
R
R–W
D14
R
DOOR COURTESY SW
R REAR LH
9 1S
R–W R–W
12 1S
1
From Theft
1 1W
R R–W
1 2A
12 2J
D A
E B
Deterrent ECU
1
<15–2>
SHORT
2
DOME
R–W R–W
4 1G
From Wireless
7. 5A
D A
E B
PIN
Door Lock ECU<14–6>
R–W
D A
GAUGE
I18 A , B
R–G D13
E A
INTEGRATION RELAY
DOOR COURTESY SW
10A
FRONT RH
(Courtesy)
R–G R–G R–G

6 IN2
DIODE
E A
D B
1
1 1K
D7
7
I17 C ,
L ig h t A u to T ur n O ff
E A
D12
J33 A , J34 B DOOR COURTESY SW
JUNCTION CONNECTOR FRONT LH
R–G R–G
7 1S
4 C
B–Y
1
B
See Headlight
System<6–2><7–2> R–G From Theft
R–G Deterrent ECU J11
1 1G
3 C
<15–2>
6
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
W–B W–B
7 1J
IG
IG1 4
A
10
2 C
ACC
Instrument panel
J 9 A , J10 B
See Taillight
8 A (*3)
6 B (*4)
IGNITION SW
System<11–1> JUNCTION CONNECTOR

R–G R–G From Theft
brace LH
1 C
C A
A B
1
Deterrent ECU
<15–1>
F4 A , F6 C , F9 F
2 AM1
I16
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

P ow er S ou rc e
W B–R B–R
2 1K
1 1B
2 F
2
100A
ALT
9 CAMRY
AM1
B–R
40A
1 F
BATTERY
FL MAIN
B B B–G 3. 0W
1 C
1 A
10 CAMRY
* 1 : Separate Type Amplifier * 4 : Manual A/C

P o w er S ou rc e Illu mina tio n * 2 : Built–In Type Amplifier * 5 : w/ Daytime Running Light
* 3 : Automatic A/C * 6 : w/o Daytime Running Light
1 2 3 4
G
1 5
TAILLIGHT
7. 5A
RELAY
PANEL
A A A A A A A A
2 3
J30 A , J31 B
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
4 1B 6 1C 4 1J 5 1D A B A B
G–R
(*1)
G
A J13 A , J14 B
B–R
J2 B A JUNCTION CONNECTOR B A
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
G–R
(*2)
10 IH1
G
(*5)
G–R
(*6)
B B B B B B B B B B
G–Y
[COMB. METER]
COMBINATION METER ILLUMINATION
C10
G
B–R
B–R
(*1)
(*5)
GLOVE BOX LIGHT AND SW

G3
G
[O/D MAIN SW]

A/T SHIFT LEVER ILLUMINATION
O2
2
(*4)
(*4)
(*4)
(*3)
G
1
RADIO AND PLAYER
RADIO AND PLAYER

I17
ILLUMINATION
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
C5
R2 B , R3 A
R4 C
INTEGRATION
DEFOGGER SW
REAR WINDOW
R5
1 F 2 F 12 10 A 2 C 13
ILLUMINATION
ASHTRAY
A24
ASSEMBLY
A/C CONTROL
A34
BLOWER SW
B5
BLOCK
FUSIBLE LINK
HAZARD SW
H7
RELAY 6 2 4 6 1 2 1
F4 A , F9 F
A/C SW
A14
Light Relay(Main)<7–3>
From Daytime Running
Light Relay(Main)<7–3>
To Daytime Running
100A
ALT 1 2 1 3 7 2 3 3
2 5 B 9 C 12
G
14 2
(*4)
(*4)
(*4)
W–B
B
B
1 A
B
W–G
B
(*1)
EL T H
(*3)
CONNECTOR
JUNCTION
J5
SW
CONTROL
LIGHT
A
OFF A B A B A B A B A
TAIL
W–G
5 IH2
B–G
(*2)
A
HEAD
W–B
C13 16 A A J13 A , J14 B A A A A
W–G
(*1)
COMBINATION
JUNCTION B
W–B
SW
CONNECTOR
W–B
FL MAIN A B
3. 0W 3 1
E D
B A E T
A
D
ILL
A
W–B
J7 2 R7
JUNCTION 6 4 E D RHEOSTAT
CONNECTOR B B B
1V 1H B A
BATTERY 8 1J
J16 A , J17 B
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
7 1J
W–B
W–B
J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
IG Instrument panel IF Left kick panel

brace LH
J
S6
STOP LIGHT SW
Under the left

CONNECTOR
center pillar
JUNCTION
W G–W G–W
4 1R
2 1H
To Shift Lock ECU
1
<16–3>
H10
J40
HIGH MOUNTED STOP LIGHT
To Engine G–W G–W G–W R W–B
5 1R
2 1S
BL
C B
A A
Control Module
A
7
1
<2–10><3–10>
A
S top L igh t
G–W R
J27 A , J28 B
To ABS ECU To Condenser
<19–3> (*1) <9–3>
4
CONNECTOR
R11
W–B
JUNCTION
To ABS Actuator G–W STOP LIGHT RH
C B
and ECU<20–1> (*2) [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH]
To ABS and G–W G–R W–B W–B
BP
CONNECTOR
Traction
5
(*3)
JUNCTION
ECU<18–2>
Back panel
LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR
W–B
G–R
R9
STOP LIGHT LH
center
J4
R–L Y–G Y–G
5 IF2
7 C
3 A
D
4
W–B
5
R–L
C 8 A , C10 C
R10
WARNING LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
TAILLIGHT RH
L3
REAR LIGHTS
1D
2
GAUGE
G–O G–O W–B
3
10A
G–O
R8
* 5 : w/o Daytime Running Light
* 4 : w/ Daytime Running Light
R–L TAILLIGHT LH
1 1K
1 1S
8
Back panel
G–O W–B
center
4
3
W
W–B
* 6 : TMC Made
G W–B W–B
BP
3
11
R11
G–O
W–B
TAILLIGHT RH
W–B
SIDE
A
MARKER
G G W–B W–B
BL
A
1
5
(*6) (*6)
CONNECTOR
Under the left

TAIL
JUNCTION
center pillar
G–O
3
* 2 : TMMK Made w/ ABS w/o Traction Control
* 1 : TMC Made w/ ABS w/o Traction Control
J40
W–B
G–O
R9
TAILLIGHT LH
* 3 : w/ ABS and Traction Control
(*6)
L2 SIDE
G
LICENSE PLATE MARKER

G
LIGHT RH G W–B
T a illig ht
5
G W–B (*6)
2
TAIL
L1 G–O
G
LICENSE PLATE
LIGHT LH
G G G W–B W–B W–B
8 1S
F2
FRONT PARKING LIGHT RH
J35 A , J36 B
2
B–Y
CONNECTOR
G–O W–B
CONNECTOR
C B
2
JUNCTION
JUNCTION
F1
TAIL
10A
FRONT PARKING LIGHT LH

J12
G–O G–O G–O W–B W–B

9 1C
EB
A A
C B
A
2
A
side support
Left radiator
G–O To Engine Control

(1MZ–FE) Module<2–10>
CONNECTOR
To Daytime Running Light

JUNCTION
Relay(Main)<7–3>
From Daytime Running Light

J7
Relay(Main)<7–3>
CONNECTOR
IGNITION SW
A
JUNCTION
G–R
G–Y
(*4)
(*4)
W–B
EL
16
W–B
5
I17
I16
J2
H
IG1 4
INTEGRATION RELAY
ACC
G–R G–R G
6 1C
1J
T
8
COMBINATION SW
A
A
1
14
(*5)
G–R A
CONNECTOR
TAILLIGHT
HEAD
TAIL
OFF
RELAY
JUNCTION
1J
To Wireless Door
7
2 AM1
J11
Lock ECU<14–7>
C13
LIGHT
To Theft Deterrent
1
STOP
CONTROL SW W–B
P ow er S ou rc e
IG
ECU<15–3>
15A
Instrument panel
W B–R B–R B–R

7 1C
4 1B
2 F
FL MAIN
brace LH
B–R
3. 0W
BATTERY
100A
ALT
11 CAMRY
AM1
40A
B–R B–G
1 A
1 F
W
2 1K
1 1B
F4 A , F9 F
2
FUSIBLE LINK
BLOCK
12 CAMRY
P o w e r S o u rc e W ipe r a n d W a s h er R em o te C o n trol M irr or
1 2 3 4
* 1 : TMMK Made
* 2 : TMC Made w/ Mirror Heater
* 3 : TMC Made w/o Mirror Heater
ACC 3 L–R
2 AM1 IG1 4 B–Y
L–R
1 1K 6 1K
I16
IGNITION SW
25A 15A
W
WIPER CIG
Lock ECU<14–7>
To Wireless Door
C11 1 1T
4 1C 1 1A WIPER AND WASHER SW
[COMB. SW]
P–L
L
2 1K
CONNECTOR
JUNCTION
+B +2 +1 +S INT1 INT2 B1 EW WF
J35 A , J36 B
2 E A A
OFF J6
JUNCTION
40A INT CONNECTOR
AM1 A
E B
V
LO
P–L
R6
1 HI 2 9 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW
L
1 1B B
2
SW
OPERATION
WASHER
MOTOR
WASHER
W2
B–R
M
WIPER RELAY
WF EW +2 +1 +S +B LEFT RIGHT UP DOWN LEFT/ RIGHT/
1 UP DOWN
L–W
11 2 8 7 16 17
B–R
B–R
SW
SELECT
MH MV
W–B
L–O
L–B
L–Y
6 IK1
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK
L
1 F 2 F HL HR VL VR M+ E
F4 A , F9 F
5 8 1 7 6 10
BR–R
L–W
BR–Y
LG–B
A
100A A J15
LG–R
L
ALT JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
JUNCTION
J4
A C
L
C
1 A
3 5 1 2
B–G
+2 +1 S B C
BR–W
BR–R
BR–Y
LG–R
LG–B
LG–R
W–B
W–B
FL MAIN
3. 0W 16 IE1 14 IE1 15 IE1 16 IM1 14 IM1 15 IM1
4 2F
BR–W
BR–Y
LG–R
BR–R
LG–R
LG–B
M
W–B
1 A 3 A 2 A 1 A 3 A 2 A (*1)
10 2J A
4 B 2 B 3 B 4 B 2 B 3 B (*2) J5
3 C 1 C 2 C 3 C 1 C 2 C (*3) JUNCTION
W–B
BATTERY CONNECTOR
E 4 A
W–B
M M M M
F3
A
W–B
FRONT WIPER MOTOR
J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
R16 A , B , C R17 A , B , C
IG Instrument panel Left radiator EB IF Left kick
brace LH side support REMOTE CONTROL REMOTE CONTROL panel
MIRROR LH MIRROR RH
J
13 CAMRY
* 1 : w/o Theft Deterrent System
* 2 : w/ Theft Deterrent System
P o w er S ou rc e P o w er W in do w * 3 : TMC Made
* 4 : TMMK Made
1 2 3 4
L
R–B
B–R
10 IE2
5 1G 4 1B 12 1G
L(*3)
L(*4)
B
ACC J38 B
JUNCTION
2 AM1 IG1 4 B–Y 1 CONNECTOR
B
L(*3)
L(*4)
L(*3)
L(*4)
25A 30A P9
DOOR POWER 10 11 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW
I16 BW BW
W
IGNITION SW 2
1 1K FRONT LH FRONT RH REAR LH REAR RH
UP
UP
UP
UP
2 1K
1 5
DOWN
DOWN
DOWN
DOWN
2 POWER
R–B
RELAY
10A GAUGE
PU PD RLU RLD RRU RRD
40A
NORMAL
LOCK
AM1 2 3 14 6 9 12 8 13
(*1)12 A
7 (*2) 3 B 10
WINDOW LOCK SW
1
R–L
R–Y
R–B
G–Y
G–B
G–W
RELAY
1 1B 1 1D 7 1J 3 1S 13 1G 11 IE2 5 IE2 7 IE2 9 IE2 6 IE2 12 IE2
I18 A , B
E E DU DD
INTEGRATION
6 8 A 13 A (* 1)
L
L
L–W
6 B 1 B (* 2) 3 4 1 5
B–R
W–B
R–L
R–Y
R–B
B–R
C B
G–Y
G–B
G–W
(*3)
(*3)
R
W–B
W–B
B–R 7 1S
J38
A W–B
A J4 1 IF1 5 IF1 5 IN2 7 IN2
L–W
(*4)
W–B(*4)
JUNCTION
JUNCTION
B–R
B–R
JUNCTION
A A CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
A 9
1 F 2 F L A A L L
IN2
J33 A , J34 B
BLOCK
A
L
L
L
G–Y
R–Y
G–B
R–B
FUSIBLE LINK
100A ALT
F4 A , F9 F
System<9–1>
6 IM2 4 IM2 5 IM2 1 BO1 2 BO1 3 BO1 1 BP1 2 BP1 3 BP1
(*3)
W–B
W–B
1 A (*4)
L
L
L
See Light Auto Turn Off

R–L
G–B
R–B
G–B
R–B
G–W
20 IE1
5 2 2 4 2 4
B–G
W–B
FL MAIN 4 SU SD 3 SU SD 3 SU SD
3. 0W
7 1G B B B
P6
P7
P8
UP
UP
UP
G
DOWN
DOWN
DOWN
SW REAR LH
U D U D U D
SW REAR RH
3 1V
SW FRONT RH
W–B
A 3 1 1 5 1 5
R
R
R
G
G
G
BATTERY J11 1 2
W–B
JUNCTION M 2 1 2 1 2 1
CONNECTOR P10 M M M
POWER WINDOW MOTOR P11 P12 P13
Instrument panel IG Cowl side IE FRONT LH POWER WINDOW MOTOR POWER WINDOW MOTOR POWER WINDOW MOTOR
brace LH panel LH
MEMO
* 2 : w/ Theft Deterrent System
P ow e r S o urc e D o o r L o c k C o n trol * 3 : TMC Made
* 4 : TMMK Made
1 2 3 4
1 8
R R–Y R–Y
1W 1G A
I18 A , B
INTEGRATION RELAY
12 2J
13 A (*1) 10 1 A 2 A (*1) 5 4 A 3 A 5 A 9 A (*1) 6 8 A 6 A 7 A 10 A 11 A (*1)
1 B (*2) 16 B 17 B (*2) 19 B 18 B 20 B 11 B 5 B (*2) 6 B 12 B 25 B 7 B 9 B (*2)
7 1S
L
Y
L–B
L–Y
L–R
L–R
R–G
L–W
7 1J 5 1M R–G R–G R–G
L–W
B B
7. 5A DOME
A A B B A
B B L–W L–W
C
G
J6
B J37
LG
B
See Key Reminder and JUNCTION
JUNCTION
R–G
C B Seat Belt Warning
2 B ACONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
System<21–3>
JUNCTION
See Light Auto Turn
CONNECTOR
Off System<9–1>
J33 A , J34 B
J6
L(*2)
L
B A
JUNCTION
L–W
SHORT PIN
J6
D E CONNECTOR F
L–W
E F L–R L–R
1 D
Deterrent
JUNCTION
D L–Y
From Theft
E
CONNECTOR
ECU<15–2>
1 2A 1 1D C
F L–R From Theft L–R
L
D E A
Deterrent
Deterrent
Deterrent
R–G
Y
L–W
L–W
From Theft
From Theft
G
G
F
LG
LG
ECU<15–2>
ECU<15–2>
ECU<15–2>
F C B 2
L–R L–R
A B IN2
13 IE1 12 IE1 13 IM1 12 IM1 3 IE1 4 IE1 4 IM1 3 IM1 7 C B
L–R L–R L–R
25A DOOR
IF2 A B G
G
G
P9
LG
LG
R–G
L–W
L–W
B
D18
D16
2 7 6 5 3 2 2 3 L–B L–R
D17
A H
4 1B L–B
FRONT LH
B C 1 I
DOOR LOCK
FRONT RH
L–B L–B
LOCK
LOCK
LOCK
LOCK
B
A B IN2
UNLOCK
UNLOCK
UNLOCK
UNLOCK
(*1) L–B
J
DOOR KEY LOCK

AND UNLOCK SW
B–R
CONTROL SW RH
6 B C
DOOR KEY LOCK

4 3 1 1
AND UNLOCK SW
L–B L–B
IF2 A B
L–R
L–B(*1)
L(*2)
L–R
L–R
L–Y
(*4)
(*3)
(*4)
W–B
W–B
W–B
J30 A , J31 B
L–B
B–R
B–R
W–B

(*4) JUNCTION
(*3)
A CONNECTOR
W–B
(*3)
(*3)
(*4)
2 IF2
W–B
W–B
W–B
1 C 1 F 2 F A A W–B 3 IE2 8 IE2 11 IE1 5 BO1 7 BO1 4 BO1
(*3) L–Y L–Y
J39 K
L–B
L–B
L–Y
L–R
L–R
L–R
A JUNCTION A
D19
100A A A
(*4)
2 3 4 2 3 1
W–B
W–B(*3) W–BCONNECTOR
D21
ALT
J38 (*3)
(*4)
W–B
JUNCTION A
(*3) W–B
W–B
SW FRONT LH
CONNECTOR M M
SW REAR LH
1 A W–B (*4)
(*3)
W–B
F4 A , F6 C ,
(*4)
20 IM1
F9 F
(*4)
B–G
W–B
20 IE1
DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND
(*4)
W–B
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK 1 4
DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND
W–B
W–B
3. 0W
FL MAIN
(*3)
W–B(*4)
W–B
W–B
3 7
W–B W–B(* 3)
A 1V 1G L
J11 J40 6
A W–B W–B(* 4)
W–B
BATTERY JUNCTION JUNCTION BO1 M

CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
IG Instrument panel IE Cowl side IJ Right kick panel BL Under the left
brace LH panel LH center pillar
14 CAMRY (Cont’ d)
W ire le s s D oo r L o ck C on trol * 3 : TMC Made

* 4 : TMMK Made
5 6 7 8
R–Y 1 2 R
A
D10
DIODE E A
J16 A , J17 B
<21–3>
To Unlock Warning SW
(Dome)
Mirror SW<12–3>
From Remote Control
<9–2>
Front RH, Rear RH
To Door Courtesy SW
JUNCTION
ECU<15–4>
To Theft Deterrent
CONNECTOR
D B
R–G
B
R
L–W
R–W
L–B
LG
C
V
W6
15 7 8 WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU 14 5 10 9
11 12 13 4 1
L–R
G–R
D
Y
L–Y
L–Y L–Y
E
CONNECTOR
JUNCTION
C B B
J33 A , J34 B
Y C J37 D A D A D A
F JUNCTION J 9 A , J10 B
From Theft Y C CONNECTOR JUNCTION
Deterrent ECU CONNECTOR
<15–2> B A
L–Y
C
L–R L–R
G–R
G E B E B
L–Y
L–R
H
10 IG1
L–B L–B
L–Y
I
L–B 3
G–R
J
Y
L–Y
IN2
7 IM2 3 IM2 11 IM1 5 BP1 7 BP1 4 BP1
W–B
ECU<15–3>
From Theft Deterrent
Relay<11–1>
From TAILLIGHT
L–R
L–B
L–R
L–B
L–Y
Y
SW FRONT RH
DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND
D20
SW REAR RH
DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND
D22
L–Y 4 (*3)
K 2 3 1 (*4) 2 3 1
M M
1 (*3) 4
4 (*4) A
J5
W–B
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
6 BP1
W–B(*3)
W–B
L
W–B(*4) W–B
W–B
Right kick panel IK BN Under the right Left kick panel IF

center pillar
J
CONNECTOR
JUNCTION
Back panel
* 1 : w/o Daytime Running Light
* 2 : w/ Daytime Running Light
center
J33
L4
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
C
KEY UNLOCK SW
LUG
G–W G–W G–W W–B
BP
2 IF1
7 A
1
4
side support
Left radiator
E6
ENGINE HOOD
COURTESY SW
DSWH
1 IG3
B B B W–B
3 IK1
EB
3 A
2
PANI
From Wireless Door LG
18 A
Lock ECU<14–6>
<2–9><3–9>
From Engine
J 9 A , J10 B
Module
Control
HORN
G–B G–B
11 IG1
From HORN Relay
CONNECTOR
12 B
<21–4>
JUNCTION
Instrument panel
C10
R–Y
brace RH
THEFT DETERRENT
HEAD
From HEAD Relay(*1)<6–2> R–B 7 IG3 R–B INDICATOR LIGHT
10 B
D B
From Daytime Running Light [COMB. METER]
Relay(Main)(*2)<7–1>
IND
R–Y R–Y BR
IH
6 B
D B
E A
5
T h eft D e te rren t
CONNECTOR
JUNCTION
3
Left kick
panel
J5
J33
JUNCTION
B
TAIL CONNECTOR
10 IG1
From TAILLIGHT G–R G–R G–R W–B W–B
IF
E
11 B
7 B
A
Relay<11–1>
HORN
10A
DSWL
R–Y R–Y
6 IF1
To Luggage Compartment
2 A
T 3 B , T 4 A THEFT DETERRENT ECU
5 IG3
W W–L W–L W–L

4 IK1
SH
Light SW<9–4>
3 2F
9 B
2
LSWR
T1 L–Y To Door Unlock Detection

16 A
THEFT DETERRENT SW Rear LH, RH<14–6>

HORN
+B1
R R
E A
D B
11 A
LSWP
2
Y To Door Unlock Detection

15 A
SW Front RH<14–5>
(Dome)
DIODE
J16 A , J17 B
D10
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
To Door Key Lock and
UL2
1
R–Y L
10 A
Unlock SW Front RH
SHORT PIN <14–3>
R
1 1W
8 1G
1 2A
12 2J

1
L–W
L2
8 A
Unlock SW Front
B
7. 5A DOME LH, RH<14–2>

CONNECTOR
JUNCTION
2

UL3
R–G
9 A
Unlock SW Front LH
<14–2>
J34
C
LSWD
+B2
L–W L–W L–R To Door Unlock Detection

1 B
14 A
SW Front LH<14–3>
DSWP
R–G To Door Courtesy SW

5 A
Front RH<9–1>
To Door Courtesy SW
CTY
R–W
1 A
Front RH, Rear RH

<9–2>
B–R B–R
8 1D
1 1K
IG
C A
A B
13 A
DSWD
R–G To Door Courtesy SW

B–Y
4 A
Front LH<9–1>
15A ECU–IG J16 A , J17 B
IG1 4
JUNCTION
KSW
ACC
CONNECTOR L–B To Unlock Warning

6 A
SW<21–3>
IGNITION SW
2 AM1
I16
F4 A , F6 C , F9 F
AM1
40A
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

P o w e r S o ur ce
W B–R B–R
2 1K
1 1B
2 F
2
B–R
BATTERY
100A ALT
L–W B–R B–R
1 1D
4 1B
1 F
15 CAMRY
FL MAIN
3. 0W
25A DOOR
B B–G
1 C
1 A
16 CAMRY
Power
P ow er S ou rc e S h ift L o c k C ig are tte L ig h te r an d C loc k
O u tlet
1 2 G 3 4
R
ACC 3 L–R
R
W 2 AM1 IG1 4 B–Y
L–R
G
1 1K 6 1K 1 1W
I16
IGNITION SW
15A J16
W
G
R
ECU–IG JUNCTION
CONNECTOR 15A 8 1G
15A
POWER–
CIG
R–Y
5 1D 2 1K 12 2J OUTLET
8 1D
1
(Dome)
DIODE
D10
G–W From Stop Light SW
C C
B–R <11–4>
7. 5A 7. 5A
PANEL DOME 5 1J 6 1J 1 1T
B–R
P–L
2
3 1 6
R
L–R
P–L
IG ACC STP SLS+
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
2 3 2
J30 A , J31 B
J16 A , J17 B
RELAY
TAILLIGHT
2 SHIFT LOCK
CONNECTOR
JUNCTION
J6
40A AM1
SOLENOID A A A E A
SHORT L 1 2 A
SLS–
P–L
PIN
V
1 5 A
1 1 A B D B
SHIFT LOCK
CONTROL SW
6 1C 4 1B 1 1B 1 2A G–W 1
P2 R
P–L
G
B–R
B–R
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
C4
B–R G–R 3
P1
POWER OUTLET
P4
2 2 3 1
G 2
CLOCK
C6
B–R
B–R
P
E KLS+
System<11–1>
See Taillight
1 F 2 F 1 C 1
5 4 S3 4 2
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK
F4 A , F6 C , F9 F
SHIFT LOCK ECU 1

W–B
L–B
100A
W–B
ALT
5 IG1
W–B
W–B
W–B
1 A 8 1J 4 1V
L–B
B–G
2 A
SOLENOID
KEY INTERLOCK
K3
J5
JUNCTION
FL MAIN 7 1J 3 1V CONNECTOR
3. 0W A
CONNECTOR
JUNCTION
J5
A A
1 W–B
W–B A
W–B
W–B
A A A
W–B
J7 J11 J11
JUNCTION JUNCTION JUNCTION
BATTERY CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
IF Left kick IG Instrument panel IE Cowl side IG Instrument panel IF Left kick panel
panel brace LH panel LH brace LH
J
17 CAMRY
P ow e r S o urc e C ru is e C on trol * 1 : 1MZ–FE A/T

* 2 : 5S–FE A/T
1 2W 3 4
R–L R–L
(A/T)
ACC
F B F B
W
W 2 AM1 IG1 4 B–Y 2 II2
J27 A , J28 B
JUNCTION
7 1C 2 1K CONNECTOR
D A
(*2)
R–L
I16 1 1K 1 1J
(*1)
R–L
2
IGNITION SW
A A
J24
J21
15A 40A JUNCTION
JUNCTION
STOP AM1 CONNECTOR
R–L
(M/T)
10A 15A A A
CONNECTOR
GAUGE ECU–IG
1
(*2)
(*1)
1
R–L
R–L
C14
<4–3><5–3>
4 1B 1 1B
2
P1
CLUTCH SW
To Electronically
2 1D 9 1J D POSITION SW
D
[PARK/NEUTRAL
To Engine Control Module

2
W
CRUISE CONTROL
Solenoid<4–2><5–2>
POSITION SW]
Controlled Transmission
10
R–L
B–R
B–R
G–B
To Speedometer
B–R
B–R
B–R
(M/T)
J12
9 II2
3 2
J4
D C A
S6
J29
L–B
A
Y–B
B–R L–R
(A/T)
(A/T)
JUNCTION
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
V–W
D C A
CONNECTOR
B–R
B–R
STOP LIGHT SW
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
B–R
B–R
C15
4 1
C10
9 3 6 13 14 12 8
R–L
1 F 2 F CRUISE CONTROL ECU
B D ECT IDL OD SPD L
7
G–W
100A
ALT
R–Y
4 1R
F4 A , F9 F
PI TC CMS CCS GND MO MC STP–
LIGHT[COMB. METER]
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

10 4 5 11 10 16 15 7 2
1 A R–Y
W–B
R–B
O
R–G
W–L 5 1R
CRUISE CONTROL INDICATOR

O
A B 1 2 3
LG–R
J2
B–G
G–W
5 IG2
C3
5 4
D
G–W
FL MAIN D CMS CCS

O
3. 0W M
A A A A A A
RESUME/
D
CRUISE
J7 A , J8 B
ACCEL A A A A
W–B
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
8 1J
SET/
O
COAST
CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR
J27 A
W–B
4
BATTERY 7 1J JUNCTION
CANCEL W–B CONNECTOR
W–B
EP
3 C12
Connector 2
A
To Data Link
To Data Link
CRUISE CONTROL SW
Connector 1, 2
J11
[COMB. SW]
JUNCTION
W–B CONNECTOR
<18–4><19–3><20–2>
<18–4><19–3><20–3>
IG Instrument panel
brace LH
18 CAMRY
P ow e r S o urc e A B S an d T rac tion C on tro l * 1 : TMC Made

* 2 : TMMK Made
1 2 3 4
R–L
Control ECU<17–2>
From Cruise
GR
Assembly<28–4>
From Airbag Sensor
ACC 3 3 8 IK2
GR–L
2 AM1 IG1 4 B–Y
R–L
3
ECU<17–2>
From Cruise Control
Assembly<28–4>
From Airbag Sensor
1 5 6
1 4 4 II3
W
RELAY
ABS SOL
2
I16
RELAY
MOTOR
ABS
IGNITION SW 1 1K
Y–B(*2)
R–L(*1)
B–Y(*2)
LG(* 1)
D4
O
DATA LINK
23 5 CONNECTOR 2 10
2 1K 3 4 2 3
10A GAUGE
15A ECU–IG
WB AB A/D
(Short Pin)
2 2 3 3 3 3 3 D1 3
W–B W–B GR–R E1
DATA LINK
FL ABS
60A
40A
W–R
W–L
AM1 CONNECTOR 1
GR–R TC ABS TRC
W–B
A7 A , A8 B WA
LG–R
TS TC
P–B
4 14 17
LG–R
2 1D 9 1J ABS AND TRACTION
1 B ACTUATOR 4 B 2 B 22 16 11
BR
1 1
B–R
R–L
LG–R(*1)
B B B
P–B(*2)
GND BS BM
G–B
R–Y
R–L
CONNECTOR
JUNCTION
J4
CONNECTOR
JUNCTION
J12
L
3 1 1B D C
C M
B J3 B
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
LG–R
J7 A ,
5 II3 8 II3 11 II3 JUNCTION
C A
B–R
D CONNECTOR
SRC1 SRC2 SMC1 SMC2 SFRH SFRR SFLH SFLR SRRH SRRR SRLH SRLR AST MT
R–Y
LG–R
B–G
G–B
7 A 2 A 8 A 1 A 9 A 3 A 12 A 6 A 11 A 5 A 10 A 4 A 5 B 3 B
12 IK2 2 IK1
J8 B
R–L
C 8 A , C10 C B B
5 IK2
GR–R
GR–L
LG–R
LG–B
COMBINATION
W–R
W–R
R–W
W–L
R–G
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
Y–R
R–B
G–Y
B–Y
Y–B
L–B
R–L
GR
R
R–Y
METER 7 C
OFF
TRAC
1 B 1 F 2 F 8 B 5 C 4 C 12 C 6 C 13 A 26 A 2 C 1 C 8 C 7 C 25 A 12 A 10 A 14 A 1 A 24 A 11 A 23 A 9 A 22 A
SLIP
ABS
IG1 SRC1 SRC2 SMC1 SMC2 SFRH SFRR SFLH SFLR SRRH SRRR SRLH SRLR AST MT R+ MR SR TS TC D/G
G–B
3 C 4 C 5 A A15 A , A16 B , A17 C ABS AND TRACTION ECU

100A ALT
IND WA WT NEO EFI+ EFI– TRC+ TRC– STP CSW FL+ FL– FR+ FR– RL+ RL– RR+ RR– GND3 GND2 GND1
R–L
BR
3 B 4 B 12 B 15 B 6 B 14 B 13 B 5 B 16 B 11 B 5 A 4 A 17 A 18 A 2 B 1 B 9 B 10 B 9 C 10 C 15 A
LG
L
W–B
W–B
W–B
W
G
G
R
B
BR–W
G–W
W–B
G–B
1 A
LG
LG
LG
W
F4 A , F5 B ,
B
L
L
19 IG3 12 IG3 18 IG3 (*2)
W–B
TRACTION OFF SW
T5
F9 F W–B
B–G
(*2)
FUSIBLE LINK 4
G–B
L
BLOCK 4 ID1 3 ID1 9 ID1 3 IL1 2 IL1 1 IL1

SW<11–4>
C From Stop Light 1 IK2 6 IK2
6 II3
Module<2–8>
Control
To Engine
FL MAIN C C G–B
(Shielded)
(Shielded)
3. 0W
BR(*2)
P(*2)
W(*1)
G(*1)
Y(*2)
R(*1)
L(*2)
B(*1)
(*2)
(*2)
G
R FRONT LH
J29 8 1J 1
ABS SPEED SENSOR

A9
W–B
W–B
W–B
(*2)
(*2)
BR
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
FRONT RH
ABS SPEED SENSOR
A10
1 1 2 2
REAR LH
SENSOR
ABS SPEED
A25
REAR RH
SENSOR
ABS SPEED
A26
CONNECTOR
JUNCTION
J22
A B A B A B A
BATTERY
L
7 1J
C
W–B
W–B
CONNECTOR
JUNCTION
J11
A
L C C
W–B
A 2 2 1 1
W–B
A A
BR
J7 A , J8 B
J32
JUNCTION
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
Right radiator EA Instrument IG Right radiator EA EC Surge
side support panel brace LH side support tank
RH
J
19 CAMRY
P o w er S ou rc e A B S (T M C M a de )
1 2 3 4
8
ACC R–L
IK2 From Airbag Sensor From Cruise Control
2 AM1 IG1 4 B–Y Assembly<28–4> ECU<17–2>
4 II3
B–Y
I16 1 1K
LG
IGNITION SW BR
D1 D4
R–L
DATA LINK DATA LINK
W
23 CONNECTOR 1 5 CONNECTOR 2 10 3
BR
WB AB A/D E1
R–L
A9 A10
2 1K GR–R GR–R ABS SPEED SENSOR ABS SPEED SENSOR
FRONT LH FRONT RH
10A GAUGE
15A ECU–IG
1 2 1 2
(Short Pin)
2
3 3 3
9 1J 2 1D WA TS TC TC ABS C A
40A 22 16 11 4 14 J7 A , J8 B
AM1 2 1 3 1 4 5
R–L
B–R
JUNCTION
G–B
R–Y
J4
LG–R
C D CONNECTOR B B
2
J12
ECU<17–2>
1
R
JUNCTION
Assembly<28–4>
R–L
LG–R
C D 5 II3 8 II3 11 II3
JUNCTION
From Airbag Sensor
CONNECTOR
From Cruise Control
60A FL ABS
1 1B
2 4
CONNECTOR
BR
R–L
SW<11–4>
ABS MOTOR RELAY

ABS SOL RELAY
C10
1 3 6 7
From Stop Light
G–B
3 3 3 3 3 3
B
W
C B
J29
P–B
LG–R
1 IK1
C 6 IK2 1 IK2
GR
B B
B–R
LG–R
[COMB. METER]
JUNCTION
G–B
4 C J3
CONNECTOR
B–R
W–L
W–B
W–R
GR–L
ABS WARNING LIGHT
JUNCTION B
CONNECTOR
R
GR
R–L
12 IG3 6 II3
G–W
GR–R
R–Y
G–B
GR–L
LG–R
A18 A , A19 B
ABS ECU
B–R
B–R
1 A 7 A 26 B 13 B 11 B 21 B 8 B 24 B 5 B 2 A 8 A 9 A 3 A
B–G
MR SR R+ IG1 WA TS TC D/G STP FL– FL+ FR– FR+
1 F 2 F 1 B
SFRH SFRR SFLH SFLR SRRH SRRR SRLH SRLR MT GND2 GND RL– RL+ RR– RR+
2 B 1 B 5 A 6 A 11 A 12 A 15 B 14 B 10 A 25 B 12 B 9 B 22 B 23 B 10 B
BR
100A
J22(1MZ–FE) A
R–B
W–R
ALT
G–Y
LG–B
J23(5S–FE)
JUNCTION
B
G
W
CONNECTOR A
1 A 11 IK2 12 IK2 13 IK2 5 IK2
F4 A , F5 B ,
L–B
R–B
G–Y
W–L
R–G
W–R
W–R
R–W
F9 F
LG–B
A4 A , A5 B 9 ID1 3 ID1 1 IL1 2 IL1
B–G
FUSIBLE LINK 1 B 5 B 3 B 7 B 4 B 8 B 2 B 6 B 3 A ABS ACTUATOR
BLOCK
SFRH SFRR SFLH SFLR SRRH SRRR SRLH SRLR MT
W–B
W–B
FL MAIN
BR
3. 0W M
B
G
W
BS BM E
4 A 2 A 1 A
BATTERY 2 1 2 1
W–L
W–B
W–R
A25 A26
W–B W–B A ABS SPEED ABS SPEED
J11
JUNCTION SENSOR SENSOR
W–R REAR LH REAR RH
CONNECTOR
W–B
Right radiator EA IG Instrument panel Surge tank RH EC

side support brace LH (1MZ–FE)
Intake manifold
(5S–FE)
20 CAMRY
P o w e r S o u rc e A B S (T M M K M a d e)
1 2 3 4
From Cruise
Control ECU<17–2>
ACC
O
D4 D1
2 AM1 IG1 4 B–Y DATA LINK DATA LINK
1 1K
ECU<17–2>
From Cruise Control
Assembly<28–4>
From Airbag sensor
CONNECTOR 2 10 CONNECTOR 1
B–G
A/D
5
AB
15A ECU–IG
10A GAUGE
3
I16
IGNITION SW ABS E1 TC TC TS
1
W
14 3 4 11 16
LG–R(5S–FE)
P–B(1MZ–FE)
LG(5S–FE)
B–Y(1MZ–FE)
LG–R
BR
LG
60A
FL ABS B
LG–R
P–B
R–L
2 1D 9 1J B
2 1K 2
B–R
R–L
B
Assembly<28–4>
From Airbag Sensor
CONNECTOR
JUNCTION
J4
CONNECTOR
JUNCTION
J12
CONNECTOR
JUNCTION
J29
From Stop Light D C C 11 II3 8 II3
2 SW<11–4> 3 C B LG–R
J3
R–Y
D C C B
R–L
40A
[COMB. METER]
ABS WARNING LIGHT
C10
LG–R
G–W JUNCTION
B–R
R–L
R–L
AM1 7 CONNECTOR
J7 A , J8 B
1 JUNCTION
1 IK3 5 IK3 12 IG3 10 IK3 12 IK2 5 IK2
CONNECTOR
L
L
C B
B–R
R–L
1 1B BR BR
G–W
4 A B
R–L
R–L
LG–R
B–R
R–Y
BR
14 18 17 15 21 12 11
B–G
STP +B +B IG1 WA TC TS
B–R
B–R
A6
ABS ACTUATOR AND ECU
1 B 1 F 2 F
FL+ FL– FR+ FR– GND1 GND2 RL+ RL– RR+ RR–
7 6 5 4 19 16 9 8 2 1
100A
W–B
W–B
ALT
BR
Y
(Shielded) 6 II3
G
R
L
1 A (Shielded) (Shielded) W–B W–B (Shielded)
F4 A , F5 B ,
B–G
F9 F
W–B
1 IK2 6 IK2 13 IK2 3 IK3 9 IK3 8 IK3 7 IK3 2 IK3 6 IK3
FUSIBLE LINK
BR
3. 0W
FL MAIN
BLOCK
BR
Y
L
(Shielded) (Shielded)
W
R
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
J23(5S–FE)
J22(1MZ–FE)
A
3 ID1 9 ID1 4 ID1 3 IL1 2 IL1 1 IL1

A
BATTERY
BR
W–B
L
BR
2 1 2 1 1 2 1 2
A9 A10 A25 A26

ABS SPEED SENSOR ABS SPEED SENSOR ABS SPEED SENSOR ABS SPEED SENSOR
FRONT LH FRONT RH REAR LH REAR RH
Right radiator EA Surge tank RH EC
side support (1MZ–FE)
Intake Manifold
(5S–FE)
J
21 CAMRY
P ow e r S ou rc e M oon Roof K e y R e m ind e r a nd S e a t B e lt W a rning H o rn
1 B 2 3 4
B–Y
B
ACC R(*4)
1 2A
2 AM1 IG1 4 B–R
1 1K
B–R
* 1 : w/ Power Seat 1
* 2 : w/o Power Seat
I16 * 3 : TMC Made 4 1B 10A
IGNITION SW
W
* 4 : TMMK Made HORN
* 6 : w/ Theft Deterrent System SHORT PIN
10A GAUGE
2
R
25A
(*4)
DOOR 1 5
2 1K
2 1D
L HORN
2 RELAY
R–L
J4
M3 1 1D D
7. 5A DOME
MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AND

40A 6 4 2 3
RELAY
JUNCTION
AM1
L–W
B IG D
CONNECTOR
R–L
C B 12 2J 10 2K 1 2F
1
JUNCTION
5 1G 7 C
Turn Off
CONNECTOR
R
R
(*4)
1 1B A A
System<9–1>
See Light Auto
J33 A , J34 B
1
B–R
C 8 A , C10 C
B–R G LS#3 LS#2 LS#1 MTR+ MTR– 4 A

SEAT BELT WARNING
LIGHT[COMB. METER]
2 8 7 3 5 1
L–W
R–B
B–R
R–W
B–R
30A POWER
5 1F 1 1W
3 1T
R
G
2 I18 A , B
(*4)
R–L
P–B
G–B
W–B
G–W
B
12 A 13 A 8 A (*5)
B–R
INTEGRATION
5 1 3 B 1 B 6 B (*6) 9 RELAY 7 1
J2
1 C 1 F 2 F C
C
G–W
JUNCTION
100A C
CONNECTOR
POWER RELAY
ALT 3 2 10 5 8 6
6 A 5 A 1 A 2 A (*3)
G–B
G–B
G–W
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

4 B 6 B 5 B 2 B 1 B (*4)
1 A 7 1F 7 1J 3 1M 5 1M 7 1D 4 1S 7 1S
F4 A , F6 C , F9 F
R–Y(*1) 6 1 1
From Theft
C12
Deterrent
B–G
ECU 3 BQ1
L
M
NO. 3
NO. 2
NO. 1
<15–3>
<15–1>
HORN SW
(*2)
R–Y
[COMB. SW]
FL MAIN
L–B
L–B
W–B
W–B
(*1)
R–Y
3. 0W H5 H6
HORN HORN
L–B
1 1
U1
B7
B6
R–G
1 (High) (Low)
4 A 3 A (* 3)
To Theft Deterrent ECU
M4 A , B B A B A
3 B (* 4)
MOON ROOF MOTOR
AND LIMIT SW
BUCKLE SW LH
BUCKLE SW LH
2 2
BATTERY 2
(*3)
W–B
W–B
W–B
(*1)
B B B B
W–B
UNLOCK WARNING SW
J 9 A , J10 B
1
(*2)
W–B
W–B
3 3
J40
W–B W–B
D12
1V 1F
L–B
L–B
A 1 BQ1 A
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
J11 W–B A
JUNCTION
JUNCTION
FRONT LH
W–B
W–B
(*1)
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
From From
Cowl side IE BM Roof left Instrument panel IG Under the BL
Wireless Engine
panel LH brace LH left center
Door Lock Control
pillar
DOOR COURTESY SW
ECU<14–6> Module
<2–9><3–9>
22 CAMRY
P o w er S ou rc e P o w er S ea t * 1 : TMC Made
* 2 : TMMK Made
1 2 3 4
L–W
A A A A
L–W
L–W
J 9 A , J10 B
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
8 IF1 C B
4
L–W L–W
L–W
IN2
3 1D
2
2 BQ1 2 BR1
30A
POWER L–W
L–W
1
4 1B P14 A , B P15 A , B
11 A (*1) POWER SEAT CONTROL SW 11 A (*1) POWER SEAT CONTROL SW
2 B (*2) (Driver’ s Seat) 2 B (*2) (Front Passenger’ s Seat)
B–R
FRONT
REAR
FRONT
REAR
UP
DOWN
FRONT
REAR
FRONT
REAR
UP
DOWN
B–R
B–R
REAR REAR
SLIDE RECLINING VERTICAL SLIDE RECLINING VERTICAL
7 A 8 A 4 A 1 A 5 A 2 A 3 A (*1) 8 A 4 A 1 A 5 A 3 A 2 A 7 A (*1)
1 F 2 F
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK
4 B 11 B 7 B 12 B 6 B 5 B 8 B (*2) 11 B 7 B 12 B 6 B 8 B 5 B 4 B (*2)
F4 A , F9 B
R–G
R–G
R–B
R–B
L–B
L–Y
L–B
L–Y
(*1)
(*1)
(*1)
(*1)
(*1)
(*1)
(*1)
(*1)
(*1)
(*1)
(*1)
(*1)
R
R
L
L
100A
ALT
W–B
(Front Passenger’ s Seat
POWER SEAT MOTOR
P22

POWER SEAT MOTOR
P21

POWER SEAT MOTOR
P20
(Driver’ s Seat
POWER SEAT MOTOR
P18
(Driver’ s Seat
POWER SEAT MOTOR
P17
(Driver’ s Seat
POWER SEAT MOTOR
P16
Slide Control)
Reclining Control)
Rear Vertical Control)

Slide Control)
Reclining Control)

W–B
2 1 2 2 1 2
1 A
R–G
R–B
R–G
R–B
L–B
L–Y
L–B
L–Y
(*2)
(*2)
(*2)
(*2)
(*2)
(*2)
(*2)
(*2)
(*2)
(*2)
(*2)
(*2)
R
R
M M M M M M
L
L
B–G
1 2 1 1 2 1
FL MAIN
3. 0W
1 BQ1 1 BR1
3 2 5 6 1 4 3 2 5 6 1 4
W–B
W–B
BATTERY
P19 P23
POWER SEAT MOTORS POWER SEAT MOTORS
(Driver’ s Seat) (Front Passenger’ s Seat)
A
J40 W–B
W–B
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
BL Under the left Right kick IK Under BN
center pillar panel the right
center
pillar
J
23 CAMRY
P o w er S ou rc e R ad io a nd P la y e r (S ep ar ate T yp e A m plifie r)
* 1 : w/ Auto Antenna
1 2 3 4
<24–2>
ACC 3 L–R
F10 F11
L–Y
2 AM1 IG1
FRONT DOOR FRONT DOOR
Motor and Relay

To Auto Antenna
SPEAKER LH SPEAKER RH
2 1 2 1
I16 6 1K 5 1W
V
P
LG
(* 1)
B–R
IGNITION SW
F12 F13
FRONT TWEETER FRONT TWEETER 8 IH1
(Speaker)LH (Speaker)RH
1 2 1 2
W
(*1)
L–Y
R–B
7. 5A RAD–NO. 2
R4
8 RADIO AND PLAYER
3 1H 6 1G ANT+B
11 2K 2 1K
V
P
LG
GR
L–Y
RR RL BEEP GND FR FL MUTE GND ACC AMP+B +B
2 A B
15 14 13 12 7 6 5 11 3 1 4
1 IE1 9 IE1 1 IM1 9 IM1
20A
A B
40A AM1
J16 J16
GR
L
L–Y
V
P
RADIO NO. 1
LG
JUNCTION JUNCTION
L
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
Y
B
B
R
R
G
1
W
W
BR
(Shielded)
(Shielded)
3 IH1 4 IH1 6 IH1 2 IH1 5 IH1 1 IH1

1 2A 1 1B
GR
L
L–Y
V
P
LG
GR
B
2 B 7 A 9 A 2 A 8 A 1 A 14 B 13 B 4 B 11 B 6 B 5 B 12 B 13 A 9 B 1 B 3 B
B–R
ACC +B FL– FL+ FR– FR+ RRIN RLIN BEEP SGND FRIN FLIN MUTE GND RACC AMP+ R+B
B–R
E RL+ RL– RR+ RR–

10 B 4 A 11 A 3 A 10 A
1 C 1 F 2 F S4 A , S5 B
B
Y
R
W
BR
100A ALT
7 IH1 2 IH2 6 IH2 1 IH2 3 IH2
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

B
Y
R
W
1 A
F4 A , F6 C , F9 F
B–G
9 IF1 3 IF1 10 IF1 4 IF1
FL MAIN
3. 0W
B
Y
R
W
BR
1 2 1 2
BATTERY
R12 R13
Instrument panel REAR SPEAKER REAR SPEAKER
IH LH RH
brace RH
24 CAMRY
P o w e r S o u rce A u to A n te n na R ad io an d P lay e r (B u ilt– In T y pe A m p lifier )
1 2 3 4
* 1 : Separate Type Amplifier
ACC 3 L–R * 2 : Built–In Type Amplifier
2 AM1 IG1 4 B–Y
I16 1 2A 6 1K 1 1K
W
IGNITION SW
20A 7. 5A 15A
2 1K RADIO NO. 1 RAD–NO. 2 ECU–IG
11 2K 3 1H 8 1D
40A
AM1
B–R
L–Y
(*3)
GR
B
L–Y(*2)
1
5 1W
1 1B GR(*2)
B–R
<23–3>
Player
Radio and
From
6 1G B–R(*2 *3)
L–Y
(*2)
(*2)
GR
B–R
L–Y
(*2)
L–Y
(*2)
(*3)
GR
GR
R2 B , R3 A
B–R
B–R
8 A 3 A 4 A RADIO AND PLAYER

ANT+B ACC +B
B A B A A A A A C A
(*1 *3)
(*2 *3)
1 F 2 F
B–R
B–R
J16 A , J17 B
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR FL+ FL– FR+ FR– RL+ RL– RR+ RR– GND
F4 A , F6 B , B B C B A B 2 A 6 A 1 A 5 A 2 B 6 B 1 B 3 B 7 A
100A
BR
ALT F9 F
B–R
(* 3)
L–Y
(* 3)
(* 3)
GR
FUSIBLE LINK
LG
W
P
R
L
BLOCK
5 IN1 4 IN1 3 IN1 1 IN1

1 A 1 C
9 IE1 1 IE1 9 IM1 1 IM1 9 IF1 3 IF1 10 IF1 4 IF1
B–G
B–R
B–R
(*3)
L–Y
(*3)
(*3)
(*3)
GR
B
3 2 5 4
FL MAIN +B ACC IG ANT
LG
W
P
R
3. 0W
L
E
6 A27
AUTO ANTENNA MOTOR AND RELAY
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
W–B
BATTERY F10 F11 R12 R13

FRONT DOOR FRONT DOOR REAR SPEAKER REAR SPEAKER
SPEAKER LH SPEAKER RH LH RH
BR
W–B
W–B
Right kick IK BN Under the right Instrument IH

panel center pillar panel brace
RH
J
P ow er S ou rc e C o m bina tio n M ete r * 1 : 1MZ–FE

* 2 : 5S–FE
1 2 3 4
R R R
2 A
D10 E E B–Y R–L
B
J16
DIODE
(Dome)
1 ACC
R–Y
1 1K
8 1G 2 AM1 IG1 4 Y–R
C
G–W
D
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
1 1W
10A
I16 GAUGE
IGNITION SW BR
E
R
W
BR
F
12 2J
1 1J 2 1D
Y–R
Y–G
G–W
G
7. 5A 2 1K J28
J4
DOME JUNCTION
R–L
R–L
R–L
3 IF2 4 IF2
2 CONNECTOR
F D
2
40A
AM1
Y–R
G–W
SHORT F D
PIN P
H
1
R–L
R–L
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
1 1 2
Y–G
L
1 2A 4 1B I
2 II2 F14
FUEL
SENDER
B
B–R
L
(*2)
(*1)
R–L
R–L
B–R
3
J21
J24
W3
1 C 1 F 2 F 1 2 3
A A
SE SI
BR
V2
100A F4 A , F6 B , F9 C
ALT A A
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
1 IF2
WATER TEMP. SENDER
1 A
(Combination Meter)
B–G
IG+
(* 2)
(* 1)
R–L
R–L
FL MAIN 1
BR
3. 0W
R–L
(*1)
BATTERY
R–L
(*2)
BR
BR
Instrument panel IH Rear side of surge tank(* 1)

brace RH ED : *1 Intake manifold(*2)
EC : *2
* 3 : Except * 4
C om b in ation M ete r * 4 : TMMK Made, TMC Made USA w/ Traction Control * 6 : w/ Daytime Running Light
* 5 : Speedometer * 7 : w/o Daytime Running Light
5 6 7 8
11 6
R R L
A B A
R–L R–L 7
B C 11
2
A
13
See Illumination C 7
System<10–4> D
FUEL A See Electronically Controlled
6 Transmission and A/T
Y–R Y–R 10
C B N Indicator System
G–W G–W 3 A <4–4><5–4>
D B FUEL 8
BR 5 R
C A
BR BR 2
E A 9
WATER P
<2–7><3–9><4–3><5–3>
Module
From Engine Control
Y–G 1 TEMP. A
3 A
BR 9
F IJ1 SECURITY See Theft Deterrent
ECU<17–4>
From Cruise Control
C
System<15–3>
Assembly<29–5>
From A/C Control
6
Y–G 8 TACHOMETER 5
G IJ1 B–O SLIP
C A
See ABS and
3 Traction Control
TRAC OFF System<18–1>
From Engine 6 C
B–O 6
Control Module IG3 P
<2–12><3–9> C 10
DOOR See Interior Light
(*5) B
15 System<9–4>
L
V–W
2 B 12 See Electronically Controlled
P O/D OFF
V–W
V–W
H IJ1 A Transmission and A/T Indicator
System<4–3><5–3>
7
L B
ODOMETER
TRIP METER
ILLUMINATION 12 J15
I IJ1 B
See Illumination System JUNCTION
C CONNECTOR
<10–4>
14 3 B
Relay(Main)<7–2>
Running Light
From Daytime
V–W V–W
J2 B IG3
R–W JUNCTION TURN LH 1
(*6) CONNECTOR 3 7 BRAKE
B B R–W R–W B
IG2 B See Turn Signal and
TURN RH Hazard Warning Light
B 3 1 System<8–2><8–3>
R–W
See Taillight REAR LIGHTS

A C
System<11–4>
WARNING SW
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL
B2
4 13
1 See Charging CHARGE See Charging System
B A
R–W
(* 7)
System<1–4> <1–4>
R–W From Daytime Running
Light Relay(Main) 16
(*6) W–B
<7–2> B
GR(*3) BULB OIL
2 From Park/Neutral 6 2 5 5
B–O(*4) B–O CHECK Y–B Y–B
Position SW(A/T) or IG1 B RELAY B IJ1
Clutch Start SW(M/T)
W–B
<1–2>
3 17 11 WASHER LEVEL HIGH BEAM 8
P–L P–L P–L
7 IG1 IK2 IG3 C B
See Headlight
W–B
OIL PRESSURE SW
O1
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR 9 System<6–3><7–3> 1
2 LAMP
CONNECTOR
JUNCTION
J5
B
WARNING SW
WASHER LEVEL
W1
1 A
R–W
See Engine Control and C

Immobiliser System<2–3><3–2> CRUISE 10
PARKING BRAKE SW
P3
See Cruise Control

1 ABS C
See ABS(TMC Made) System<19–2> 4 System<17–2> A
See ABS(TMMK Made) System<20–2> C 12
2 See ABS and Traction B
A
W–B
J11 Control System<18–1>
W–B
JUNCTION SEAT BELT SRS See SRS System

4 13 <28–4>
CONNECTOR See Key Reminder and Seat Belt
A B
Warning System<21–3>
IG Instrument EB Left radiator Left kick IF
panel brace side support panel
LH C 8 A , C 9 B , C10 C
COMBINATION METER
J
26 CAMRY
R ea r W ind ow D e fog g er an d
P o w er S ou rc e R ad ia tor F a n a nd C on d en s er F a n
M irror H ea ter
1 B–R 2 3 4
B–R * 1 : 1MZ–FE
* 2 : 5S–FE
B–Y B–Y * 4 : w/o Auto Antenna
* 5 : TMC Made
ACC * 6 : TMMK Made
B–R
* 7 : Automatic A/C
2 AM1 IG1 4 * 8 : Manual A/C
4 1B 1 1K
W
1
B–R
1 5
I16 1 1
IGNITION SW
10A 10A
1 1
15A ECU–IG
MIRROR–
40A DEF
2 1K TAIL
10A HEATER
HEATER
NOISE FILTER
NOISE FILTER
2 3 2 2 2
TAILLIGHT RELAY
2 30A 30A
RDI CDS
3 1R 6 1A
40A 6 1C 9 1C 11 1J 4 1D 5 1T 7 1J
AM1 2 2
J32
B–R
B–R
L–B
A
B–Y
B–Y
G–O 6 2K 2 2B
1 A 2 2H
W–B
(*1)
B–Y
1 1B A 5 IM1 5 IE1
J12 A 5 1 1 4
See Taillight
JUNCTION
L–B
B–R
B–Y
CONNECTOR
System<11–1>
4
A1
FAN NO. 1
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
A 2
1 A (*5) RELAY
B–R
B–R
13 1J M
6 B (*6)
3 2 2 3
FAN MOTOR
(*2)
B–R B–Y
G–O
5 1 1
ENGINE MAIN RELAY
(*2)
A/C CONDENSER
Module<2–10>
MIRROR LH]
To Engine Control
3 1
R16 A , B
2 2C 4 2F 13 2J 1 2C 2 2F 7 2G 1 2G
RELAY
B–Y
D11 5 A (*5)
B–R
B–R
B–R
G–W G–W
DEFOGGER
[REMOTE CONTROL
DIODE 4 B (*6) L–B
MIRROR HEATER RH
B–R
W–B
(Idle–Up) 3 2 3 L(*1)
A3
(*1)
G–W
L
L
R
2
1 D 1 F 2 F L(*1)
G–W
(*5)
W–B
1 A (*5) 1 1L 12 1J
A/C SINGLE
J38
6 B (*6)
(*2)
B–R
R17 A , B
PRESSURE SW
2 5 IK1 1 1 1 1
W–B(*6)
MIRROR HEATER RH
JUNCTION
(*7)
(*2)
R1
Y–G
L–W
B–W
[REMOTE CONTROL A
Y–G(*8)
CONNECTOR
2 3 2 3
100A ALT
MIRROR RH] 8 ID1
L
2
(* 1)
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

To Engine Control 5 A (*5) 1 EA1
To Diode(A/C)
4
Module<2–11>
Module<3–6> (*4)
(*5)
1 A
<27–2><29–3>
W–B
4 B (*6) 1 M
To Engine Control
F4 A , F7 D , F9 F
W–B 1 II1
L–W
5 4 2 1
(*5) 20 IE1
R5
1 5 1 5
FAN NO. 3 RELAY
FAN NO. 2 RELAY
W4
B–G
(*5)
D IG
W–B
RADIATOR FAN MOTOR
W–B
(*1)
To A/C Control
J39
SW NO. 1
(*6) 1 1 1 1 1
Relay<27–2>
Assembly<29–5>
FL MAIN
From MG CLT
E 1
B
3. 0W
W5
WATER TEMP.
(*3)
B–R(*1)
W–B
W–B
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER SW
3 1
JUNCTION
B–R
W–B
W–R
CONNECTOR
SW NO. 2
W–R
W–B
7 1G
(*6)
(*8)
1 A
W–B
W–B
REAR WINDOW
WATER TEMP.
(*5)
(*2)
W–B
W–B
W–B
DEFOGGER
2 EA1
N2 W–B W–B
DEFOGGER
20 IM1 3 1V NOISE FILTER

REAR WINDOW
(Rear Window 1 B B–R B–R

BATTERY
R14 A , R15 B
A
J11
W–B Defogger)
A W–B W–B
W–B
W–B
(*8)
B
JUNCTION
(*3)
CONNECTOR
Right kick IJ Cowl side IE IG Instrument BO Right quarter EB Left radiator

panel panel LH panel brace pillar side support
LH
27 CAMRY
P o w e r S o u rce A ir C o nd ition in g (M an ua l A /C ) * 1 : 1MZ–FE

* 2 : 5S–FE
1 2 3 B–W 4
L–B 1 4 G
A2
ACC A3 A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH
A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW 2 IK2
4 AND LOCK SENSOR
2 AM1 IG1 4 B–Y
L–B
(*2)
1 1K
G
H9
HEATER CONTROL SW
Module<2–11>
From Engine Control
Module<2–7>
From Engine Control
Module<3–10>
From Engine Control
I16
10A HEATER
Module<2–7>
To Engine Control
IGNITION SW
1 2
W
L–B
Module<3–10>
To Engine Control
W–R(*1)
BR(*2)
FACE
W–L
L–B L–B L–B
B/L
9 2C
FOOT
9 IK2 10 IK2
2 1W 3 1R
F/D
1 1 1 1 1
5 2K W–L
LG–B(*1)
(*1)
B–O(*1)
B–Y(*1)
DEF
G
(* 2)
W–L
HTR RELAY
MG CLT RELAY
(*1)
1 5 2 1 5 L–B
L–B
GND FACE B/L FOOT F/D DEF

10A A/C
L–B
2 1K
4 A12
3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 4 1 7 2 14
From FAN NO. 3 A/C AMPLIFIER
BR(*2)
Relay<26–3>
W–R
(*1)
IGN AC1 ACT +B LOCK
W–B
L–W
R–B
L–R
L–R
B–L
L–O
40A 2 3 2 3
L
D3
AM1 1 DIODE MGC GND S–A/C TH SG L–A/C
B–W
(A/C)
1 12 5 8 9 13 10
1 1 1 1 1 1 L
R–W
(*1)
(*1)
W–B(*1)
W–R(*1)
1 1B L–R L–W(*1) 3 2 L–Y
L–W
R–B
(*1)
L–Y
(*1)
(*1)
(*1) 7
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
J29
L–Y(*2)
B–R
IK2 B F
L–W
L–R
CONNECTOR
JUNCTION
J12
B–W To FAN NO. 3 J12 R–B B F
(*2) Relay<26–4> JUNCTION
CONNECTOR D
3 B F
1 EB2 2 EB1 L–R L–R D D L–R
B–R
B–R
W–R(*1)
EB1
R–B
(*2)
B B
1 F 2 F 1 E
L–R
TEMP. SENSOR
A/C EVAPORATOR
A13
1
L–Y
(*2)
BLOWER MOTOR
B3
BR(*2)
W–B
L–W
2
100A ALT
50A HTR
B4
Module<3–10>
To Engine Control
(*1)
BLOWER RESISTOR 1 2 3 4 5
W–B
M J8
3
R–B
L–R
L–B
FACE B/L FOOT F/D DEF JUNCTION
Module<3–10>
To Engine Control
2 CONNECTOR
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
J32
1
W–B
2 6 1 A
1 A
F4 A , F8 E , A
B–W
B–W
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
J11
A M
F9 F 6 II3
A
B–W
FUSIBLE LINK
L–B
L–O
R–W
(*2)
A
W–B
BLOCK
(*1)
5 8 4
(*2)
CONTROL
BR
2 5 1
L–B
HI M2 M1 CIRCUIT
LO OFF A
B–G
Module<3–10>
To Engine Control
FL MAIN 3 A
CONNECTOR
JUNCTION
J23
3. 0W
W–B
1
W–B
6 IG OFF A
(*2)
B5
BR
BLOWER SW A A W–B 7 GND
BATTERY ON
A20
EB Left radiator Instrument IG AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR A14 Intake EC
side support panel brace A/C SW manifold
LH
J
28 CAMRY
* 1 : TMC Made
* 2 : TMMK Made
P ow er S ou rc e SRS * 3 : w/ Side Airbag
* 4 : TMMK Made 1MZ–FE
1 2 3 4
W–R W–R
To Data Link Connector 1, 2
<18–4><19–3><20–3><20–4>
A31 A32 3 1W
ACC 3 L–R AIRBAG SENSOR AIRBAG SENSOR
FRONT LH FRONT RH
W 2 AM1 IG1
2 1G
P–B
W–R
B–Y(*4)
W–R 7 AM2 IG2 6 B–R S7 S8
W
C9
12
W–R
SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR LH SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR RH
LG(Except *4)
ST2 A B A B
CONNECTION CONNECTION
DETECTION DETECTION
7 2J 5 1K 3 1K 6 1K PIN PIN 7 II3
I16
[COMB. METER]
IGNITION SW 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 13
LG
LG
SRS WARNING LIGHT
5A 15A
BR
B–W
W–R
BR–W
5 1B IGN CIG
2 IG2
J3
A
1 IT1 2 IT1 1 IU1 2 IU1
P
LG
GR
(*3)
(*3)
(*3)
(*3)
(*3)
(*3)
(*3)
(*3)
P–L
10A ECU–B
L–Y
LG A
L–W
W–R
GR–L
LG–B
2 1K 4 1N 2 1N
JUNCTION
4 2L A
CONNECTOR
2 2
B–Y
P–B
BR
GR
B–W
W–R
B–O
BR–W
SHORT
30A 5 B 6 B 26 B 15 B 20 B 9 B 7 A 9 A 10 A 12 A 12 C 10 C 9 C 7 C 3 B 19 B
PIN
AM2
IG2 ACC –SL +SL –SR +SR VUPL SSL+ FSL ESL VUPR SSR+ FSR ESR LA TC
40A AM1
1 C17 A , C18 B , C19 C
1
E1 D+ D– P+ P– SFL+ SFL– PL+ PL– SFR+ SFR– PR+ PR– E2 SIL
1 1B 1 2A 27 B 14 B 13 B 10 B 11 B 5 A 6 A 2 A 1 A 2 C 1 C 5 C 6 C 28 B 12 B
B–R
W
B
B–R
B–R
Y–R
Y–R
Y–G
Y–G
(*2 *3)
(*2 *3)
(*2 *3)
(*2 *3)
1 F 2 F 1 C
Y
Y
Y
Y–B
Y–B
Y–R
Y–R
Y–R
Y–G
Y–G
Y–G
W–B
W–B
(*1 *3)
(*1 *3)
(*1 *3)
(*1 *3)
L–B(*2)
Y–B(*1)
1 BV1 2 BV1 1 BW1 2 BW1
BLOCK
<2–3><3–8>
100A
ALT 1 1N
FUSIBLE LINK
To Data Link Connector 3
1 A
1 2
Y–R
Y–R
Y–G
Y–G
7 1J
(*2 *3)
(*2 *3)
(*2 *3)
(*2 *3)
B–G
F4 A , F6 C , F9 F
SPIRAL
CABLE 3 1N
FL MAIN 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
3. 0W
W–B
3 1V
A23 A22 S9 P24 S10 P25

A AIRBAG SQUIB AIRBAG SQUIB SIDE AIRBAG PRETENSIONER LH SIDE AIRBAG PRETENSIONER RH
J11
W–B
(Steering (Front Passenger SQUIB LH SQUIB RH

BATTERY JUNCTION
Wheel Pad) Airbag Assembly)
CONNECTOR
Instrument panel IG IE Cowl side
brace LH panel LH
MEMO
P o w er S ou rc e A ir C o n ditio ning (A u tom a tic A /C )
1 2 3 4
W–R
A
B–Y
ACC
1 1K
W 2 AM1 IG1 4
W–R
10A
HEATER
10 1V I16
IGNITION SW
L–B L–B L–B
3 1W 2 1W 3 1R
1 1 1 1
W
1 5 1 5
W–R
4 MG CLT
L–B
7 2J 2 1K HTR
L–B
L–B
RELAY
RELAY
2
2 3 2 3 A
10A 40A 1 1 1 1 1 J32
ECU–B AM1 9 2C 5 2K JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A A
2 1
L–R
L–B
L–W
L–W
W–B
B–W
1 1B B
L–B
SHORT 2
PIN L–W L–W L–W
1 EB2 EB1 C
B–R
1 7
3 2 L–Y L–Y
1 2A IK2 D
L–R
From FAN NO. 3 L 1
B
L–B
B–R
B–R
Relay<26–3>
D3
1 C 1 F 2 F 1 E B–W 1 2 L–R DIODE(A/C)
M
B3
BLOWER MOTOR
L–R
100A 50A
B–W
B–W
W–B
B–W
ALT HTR 4 3 E
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

VM +B
B8
2
2 B–W B–W
1 A SI
(Low Speed)
F4 A , F6 C , F8 E , F9 F
B–G
6
BLOWER RESISTOR
FL MAIN B–W
W–B
3. 0W F
GND
A33 W–B W–B
1 G
A/C BLOWER MOTOR
LINEAR CONTROLLER
W–B L–B
H
W–B
W–B
J11 W–B W–B
BATTERY
JUNCTION I
CONNECTOR A A
W–B A A W–B W–B
J
Left radiator EB II Cowl side IG Instrument panel EB Left radiator

side support panel RH brace LH side support
A ir C on ditio n in g (A u to ma tic A /C )
5 6 7 8
W–R Y–G From Defogger Relay
A
<26–3>
A34 A , A35 B
13 A 23 A A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY
B RDFG
IG+ HR MGCR LOCK BLW PSW SPD AIF AIR TPI FACE B/L FOOT F/D DEF AMH AMC S5 TS TP SG TR TE TAM TW ACT AC1 IGN GND
26 A 10 A 2 B 3 A 16 B 9 B 15 A 6 A 7 A 7 B 4 A 17 A 18 A 19 A 20 A 9 A 8 A 11 A 5 B 8 B 1 A 4 B 6 B 3 B 14 B 10 B 13 B 16 A 14 A
V–W
W–R
L–W
L–W
G–R
G–Y
L–O
B–Y
L–R
B–L
W
P
Y
L
L
L–Y
P–L
R
To Speedometer
LG–B
L 1 IG1 1 IK1
B–O
B–Y
V
L–W
W–L
B–W
L–B
L–Y
L–B
6 7 5 3
A/C EVAPORATOR TEMP. SENSOR

A13
A/C AMBIENT TEMP. SENSOR

A30
W
A/C ROOM TEMP. SENSOR

A36
Y
A/C SOLAR SENSOR
A37
2 2 1 2
L
M
CONNECTOR
JUNCTION
J1
A A
Module<2–7>
To Engine Control
Module<2–11>
From Engine Control
1
1 2 1
Module<2–7><2–8>
From Engine Control
L–B
B
W–R
W–R
W–R
W–R
B–Y
A A
L
L–W
C
2 IG1 4 IK3
A38 1
L–Y 9 IK2 11 IK2
W–R
D AIR INLET CONTROL
L
W–R
W–R
SERVO MOTOR
CONNECTOR
JUNCTION
J29
F F
W–R W–R F
B–W
W–B
W–L
L–B
W–R
L–W
L–O
L–R
B–L
F
L
A20
W–R
AIR VENT MODE
1 1 2 3 4 5
A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW
A3
CONTROL SERVO MOTOR

B–W
E FACE B/L FOOT F/D DEF
4 1 10 IK2
A2
A/C MAGNETIC
W–R
W–R
G–R
B–Y
M
L
CLUTCH AND
LOCK SENSOR
4 A 2 1 4 3 5
2
CONTROL
B–W CIRCUIT
WARM
F
B
SERVO MOTOR
AIR MIX CONTROL
A39
W–B
G
M
COOL
L–B L–B 6 IG
H
W–B W–B 7 GND

I
W–B
J W–R
W–B
J
K
Fusible Link Block (See Page 19)

Fuse System Page
Air Conditioning (Automatic A/C) 292
50A HTR
Air Conditioning (Manual A/C) 300
Charging 62
Headlight (w/ Daytime Running Light) 100
Illumination 126
Light Auto Turn Off 110
Radiator Fan and Condenser Fan 288
100A ALT
Taillight 132
Theft Deterrent (TMC Made) 182
Theft Deterrent (TMMK Made) 188
Wireless Door Lock Control (TMC Made) 162
Wireless Door Lock Control (TMMK Made) 172
Instrument Panel J/B (See Page 20)

Fuse System Page
Charging 62
Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (1MZ–FE) 202
5A IGN Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (5S–FE) 210
Engine Control (1MZ–FE) 66
Engine Control (5S–FE) 82
SRS 245
Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (5S–FE) 210
5A STARTER Engine Control (1MZ–FE) 66
Starting and Ignition (1MZ–FE) 54
Starting and Ignition (5S–FE) 58
7.5A OBD
7.5A PANEL Combination Meter 280
Illumination 126
Auto Antenna 272
7.5A RAD–NO.2 Radio and Player (Built–In Type Amplifier) 278
Radio and Player (Separate Type Amplifier) 274
7.5A TURN Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light 114
ABS (TMC Made) 234
ABS (TMMK Made) 240
10A GAUGE ABS and Traction Control 226
Back–Up Light 138
Charging 62
∗ These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.
K
Fuse System Page
Cruise Control 218
Door Lock Control (TMC Made) 150
Door Lock Control (TMMK Made) 156
10A GAUGE Engine Control (5S–FE) 82
Key Reminder and Seat Belt Warning 260
Moon Roof 194
Power Window 144
Stop Light 118
Taillight 132
10A HEATER Air Conditioning (Manual A/C) 300
Rear Window Defogger and Mirror Heater 268
10A MIRROR–HEATER Engine Control (5S–FE) 82
Rear Window Defogger and Mirror Heater 268
10A TAIL Taillight 132
Remote Control Mirror 266
15A CIG
Shift Lock 252
SRS 245
ABS (TMC Made) 234
ABS (TMMK Made) 240
Auto Antenna 272
Cruise Control 218
15A ECU–IG Radiator Fan and Condenser Fan 288
Shift Lock 252
15A POWER–OUTLET Power Outlet 264
Fuse System Page
ABS (TMC Made) 234
ABS (TMMK Made) 240
Cruise Control 218
15A STOP
Shift Lock 252
Stop Light 118
25A WIPER Wiper and Washer 140
Moon Roof 194
Power Window 144
25A DOOR
30A POWER Moon Roof 194
Power Seat 198
Power Window 144
Charging 62
40A AM1
Radiator Fan and Condenser Fan 288
40A DEF Rear Window Defogger and Mirror Heater 268
Engine Room J/B No.2 (See Page 22)

Fuse System Page
5A ALT–S Charging 62
Interior Light 122
Key Reminder and Seat Belt Warning 260
7.5A DOME Light Auto Turn Off 110
Moon Roof 194
K
Fuse System Page
10A ECU–B Combination Meter 280
SRS 245
10A HAZARD Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light 114
Horn 256
10A HORN Theft Deterrent (TMMK Made) 188
15A EFI Engine Control (1MZ–FE) 66
Engine Immobiliser System 94
15A HEAD (LH) Headlight (w/o Daytime Running Light) 96
15A HEAD (RH) Headlight (w/o Daytime Running Light) 96
15A HEAD LH (UPR) Headlight (w/ Daytime Running Light) 100
15A HEAD RH (UPR) Headlight (w/ Daytime Running Light) 100
Auto Antenna 272
20A RADIO NO.1 Radio and Player (Built–In Type Amplifier) 278
Radio and Player (Separate Type Amplifier) 274
Charging 62
30A AM2 Engine Control (5S–FE) 82
Starting and Ignition (5S–FE) 58
30A CDS Radiator Fan and Condenser Fan 288
30A RDI Radiator Fan and Condenser Fan 288
Headlight (w/o Daytime Running Light) 96
40A MAIN Starting and Ignition (5S–FE) 58
Engine Room R/B No.1 (See Page 24)

Fuse System Page
10A A/C Air Conditioning (Manual A/C) 300
25A A/F HTR Engine Control (1MZ–FE) 66
Engine Room R/B No.2 (See Page 24)

Fuse System Page
5A DRL NO.2 Headlight (w/ Daytime Running Light) 100
10A H–LP LH (LWR) Headlight (w/ Daytime Running Light) 100
10A H–LP RH (LWR) Headlight (w/ Daytime Running Light) 100
Engine Room R/B No.3 (TMMK Made w/ ABS and Traction Control)
(TMC Made w/ ABS, w/ ABS and Traction Control) or
Fusible Link Block (TMMK Made w/ ABS w/o Traction Control) (See Page 25)
Fuse System Page
ABS (TMC Made) 234
60A FL ABS ABS (TMMK Made) 240
MEMO
L PART NUMBER OF CONNECTORS
Code Part Name Part Number Code Part Name Part Number
A1 A/C Condenser Fan Motor 90980–10928 B4 Blower Resistor 90980–10976
A2 A/C Magnetic Clutch and Lock Sensor 90980–10942 B5 Blower SW 90980–10877
A/C Triple Pressure SW B6 Buckle SW LH
A3 90980–10943 90980–10825
(A/C Dual and Single Pressure SW)
B7 Buckle SW LH
A4 ABS Actuator 90980–11413
B8 Blower Resistor (Low Speed) 90980–10976
A5 ABS Actuator 90980–10891
C1 Camshaft Position Sensor
A6 ABS Actuator and ECU 90080–98070 90980–10947
C2 Crankshaft Position Sensor
A7 ABS and Traction Actuator 90980–11698
C3 Cruise Control Actuator 90980–11150
A8 ABS and Traction Actuator 90980–11413
C4 Cigarette Lighter 90980–10760
A9 ABS Speed Sensor Front LH
90980–11075 C5 Cigarette Lighter Illumination 90980–11148
A10 ABS Speed Sensor Front RH
C6 Clock 90980–11013
A11 Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 90980–11178
C7 Clutch Start SW 90980–10825
A12 A/C Amplifier 90980–10807
Combination Meter (TMC Made) 90980–11114
A13 A/C Evaporator Temp. Sensor 90980–10825 C8
Combination Meter (TMMK Made) 90980–98048
A14 A/C SW 90980–10631
A15 ABS and Traction ECU 90980–11390 C9
Combination Meter (TMMK Made) 90980–98046
A16 ABS and Traction ECU 90980–11391
A17 ABS and Traction ECU C10
90980–11424 Combination Meter (TMMK Made) 90980–98047
A18 ABS ECU
C11 Combination SW 90980–11594
A19 ABS ECU 90980–11390
A20 Air Vent Mode Control Servo Motor 90980–11165
Airbag Squib
A22 90980–11884 C14 Cruise Control Clutch SW 90980–10906
(Front Passenger Airbag Assembly)
C15 Cruise Control ECU 90980–11391
A23 Airbag Squib (Steering Wheel Pad) 90980–10850
C16 Condenser 90980–10860
A24 Ashtray Illumination 81945–33010
C17 Center Airbag Sensor Assembly 90980–11869
A25 ABS Speed Sensor Rear LH
90980–11060 C18 Center Airbag Sensor Assembly 90980–11872
A26 ABS Speed Sensor Rear RH
C19 Center Airbag Sensor Assembly 90980–11867
A27 Auto Antenna Motor and Relay 90980–11697
Data Link Connector 1 (1MZ–FE) 90980–11195
A28 Air Fuel Ratio Sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 1) D1
90980–11178 Data Link Connector 1 (5S–FE) 90980–11323
A29 Air Fuel Ratio Sensor (Bank 2 Sensor 1)
D2 Daytime Running Light Resistor 90980–10928
A30 A/C Ambient Temp. Sensor 90980–11070
D3 Diode (A/C) 90980–11071
A31 Airbag Sensor Front LH
90980–11856 D4 Data Link Connector 2 90980–11417
A32 Airbag Sensor Front RH
D5 Data Link Connector 3 90980–11665
A33 A/C Blower Motor Linear Controller 90980–11676
D6 Daytime Running Light Relay (Main) 90980–11058
A34 A/C Control Assembly 90980–11390
A35 A/C Control Assembly 90980–11391 D7 Di d (Courtesy)
Diode (C t )
90980–10962
D10 Diode (Dome)
A36 A/C Room Temp. Sensor 90980–10825
D11 Diode (Idle–Up) 90980–11071
A37 A/C Solar Sensor 90980–11918
D12 Door Courtesy SW Front LH
A38 Air Inlet Control Servo Motor 90980–11165
D13 Door Courtesy SW Front RH
A39 Air Mix Control Servo Motor 90980–11319 90980–10871
D14 Door Courtesy SW Rear LH
A40 Automatic Light Control Sensor 90980–11107
D15 Door Courtesy SW Rear RH
B1 Back–Up Light SW 90980–11250
D16 Door Key Lock and Unlock SW Front LH
B2 Brake Fluid Level Warning SW 90980–11207 90980–11490
D17 Door Key Lock and Unlock SW Front RH
B3 Blower Motor 90980–10903
Note: Not all of the above part numbers of the connector are established for the supply. In case of ordering
a connector or terminal with wire, please confirm in advance if there is supply for it using “Parts Catalog
News” (published by Parts Engineering Administration Dept.).
L
Door Lock Control SW RH (TMC Made) 90980–11326 H1 Headlight LH
D18 90980–11314
Door Lock Control SW RH (TMMK Made) 90980–10797 H2 Headlight RH
Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock H3 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
D19 90980–11028
Detection SW Front LH
H4 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 2 Sensor 1)
Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock
D20 H5 Horn (High)
Detection SW Front RH 90980–10619
90980–11150 H6 Horn (Low)
Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock
D21
Detection SW Rear LH H7 Hazard SW 90980–10801
Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock H8 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 2) 90980–11028
D22
Detection SW Rear RH
H9 Heater Control SW 90980–10799
E1 EGR Gas Temp. Sensor 90980–10899
H10 High Mounted Stop Light 90980–11148
E2 EGR Valve Position Sensor 90980–11143
I1 Idle Air Control Valve 90980–11145
Electronically Controlled Transmission
90980–10854 I2 Igniter 90980–11653
Solenoid (1MZ–FE)
E3 I3 Ignition Coil and Igniter No.1
Electronically Controlled Transmission 90980–11150
90980–11156
Solenoid (5S–FE) I4 Ignition Coil and Igniter No.2
Electronically Controlled Transmission I5 Ignition Coil No.1
E4 90980–11143
Solenoid
I6 Ignition Coil No.2 90980–11246
E5 Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor 90980–10737
I7 Ignition Coil No.3
E6 Engine Hood Courtesy SW 90980–11189
I8 Injector No.1
Engine Control Module (1MZ–FE) 90980–11638
E7 I9 Injector No.2
Engine Control Module (5S–FE) 90980–11392
I10 Injector No.3
Engine Control Module (1MZ–FE) 90980–11637 90980–11153
E8 I11 Injector No.4
I12 Injector No.5
E9 I13 Injector No.6
I14 Intake Air Temp. Sensor 90980–11163
E10 I15 Ignition Key Cylinder Light 90980–10906
I16 Ignition SW 90980–11615
E11 Engine Control Module 90980–11421
I17 Integration Relay 90980–11107
Front Turn Signal Light and Parking Light
F1 Integration Relay (w/ Theft Deterrent) 90980–11058
LH I18
90980–11020 Integration Relay (w/o Theft Deterrent) 90980–11542
Front Turn Signal Light and Parking Light
F2
RH I19 Interior Light 90980–10121
F3 Front Wiper Motor 90980–11599 J1 Junction Connector 90980–11542
F4 Fusible Link Block J2 Junction Connector 90980–10803
F6 Fusible Link Block – J4 Junction Connector 90980–10803
F9 Fusible Link Block 90980–11579 J7 Junction Connector
F10 Front Door Speaker LH J8 Junction Connector
90980–10825 90980–11661
F11 Front Door Speaker RH J9 Junction Connector
F12 Front Tweeter (Speaker) LH J10 Junction Connector
90980–10916
F13 Front Tweeter (Speaker) RH J11 Junction Connector 90980–10976
F14 Fuel Pump and Sender 90980–11077 J12 Junction Connector 90980–10803
G1 Generator 90980–09213 J13 Junction Connector
90980–11661
G2 Generator 90980–11349 J14 Junction Connector
G3 Glove Box Light and SW 90980–11098
L PART NUMBER OF CONNECTORS
J15 Junction Connector 90980–10803 Park/Neutral Position SW,A/T Indicator Light
P1 90980–11332
SW and Back–Up Light SW
J16 Junction Connector
90980–11661 P2 Power Steering Oil Pressure SW 90980–11428
P3 Parking Brake SW 90980–10871
90980–11542 P4 Power Outlet 90980–10760
P5 Personal Light 90980–10825
J20 Junction Connector 90980–11539
P6 Power Window Control SW Front RH 90980–10789
P7 Power Window Control SW Rear LH
90980–11539 P8 Power Window Control SW Rear RH
Power Window Master SW and Door Lock
J24 Junction Connector P9 90980–10807
Control SW LH
J25 Junction Connector 90980–11529 P10 Power Window Motor Front LH
P11 Power Window Motor Front RH
90980–11661 P12 Power Window Motor Rear LH
P13 Power Window Motor Rear RH
P14 Power Seat Control SW (Driver’s Seat)
90980–11661 Power Seat Control SW
P15
J31 Junction Connector (Front Passenger’s Seat)
J32 Junction Connector 90980–10803 Power Seat Motor
P16
(Driver’s Seat Rear Vertical Control)
Power Seat Motor
J34 Junction Connector P17 90980–10825
90980–11661 (Driver’s Seat Reclining Control)
Power Seat Motor
P18
J36 Junction Connector (Driver’s Seat Slide Control)
J37 Junction Connector 90980–11542 P19 Power Seat Motors (Driver’s Seat) 90980–11001
J38 Junction Connector Power Seat Motor (Front Passenger’s Seat
90980–10803 P20
Power Seat Motor (Front Passenger’s Seat
J40 Junction Connector 90980–10976 P21 90980–10825
Reclining Control)
K1 Knock Sensor 1
90980–11166 Power Seat Motor (Front Passenger’s Seat
P22
K2 Knock Sensor 2 Slide Control)
K3 Key Interlock Solenoid 90980–10825 Power Seat Motors
P23 90980–11001
(Front Passenger’s Seat)
L1 License Plate Light LH
90980–11148 P24 Pretensioner LH
L2 License Plate Light RH 90980–11862
P25 Pretensioner RH
L3 Light Failure Sensor 90980–10803
R1 Radiator Fan Motor 90980–10928
L4 Luggage Compartment Key Unlock SW 90980–11212
R2 Radio and Player 90980–10996
L5 Luggage Compartment Light 90980–11148
L6 Luggage Compartment Light SW 90980–11097
M1 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor 90980–10845
R5 Rear Window Defogger SW 90980–11280
M2 Mass Air Flow Meter 90980–11317
R6 Remote Control Mirror SW 90980–11450
M3 Moon Roof Control SW and Relay 90980–10799
R7 Rheostat 90980–10908
M4 Moon Roof Motor and Limit SW 90980–11011
R8 Rear Combination Light LH 90980–10795
N1 Noise Filter (Ignition) 90980–10843
R9 Rear Combination Light LH 90980–11001
N2 Noise Filter (Rear Window Defogger) 90980–11259
R10 Rear Combination Light RH 90980–10795
O1 Oil Pressure SW 90980–11363
R11 Rear Combination Light RH 90980–11001
O/D Main SW and A/T Shift Lever
O2 90980–10795
Illumination
Note: Not all of the above part numbers of the connector are established for the supply. In case of ordering
a connector or terminal with wire, please confirm in advance if there is supply for it using “Parts Catalog
News” (published by Parts Engineering Administration Dept.).
L
R12 Rear Speaker LH T1 Theft Deterrent Horn 90980–11235
90980–10860
R13 Rear Speaker RH T2 Throttle Position Sensor 90980–11261
R14 Rear Window Defogger T3 Theft Deterrent ECU 90980–11424
90980–10792
R15 Rear Window Defogger T4 Theft Deterrent ECU 90980–11392
Remote Control Mirror LH T5 Traction Off SW 90980–11013
90980–10558
(TMC Made w/ Mirror Heater)
T6 Turn Signal Flasher 82751–50010
Remote Control Mirror LH
90980–10395 T7 Transponder Key Amplifier 90980–10789
(TMC Made w/o Mirror Heater)
R16 U1 Unlock Warning SW 90980–10860
Remote Control Mirror LH
90980–11487
(TMMK Made w/ Mirror Heater) V1 Vapor Pressure Sensor 90980–11860
Remote Control Mirror LH V2 Vehicle Speed Sensor (Combination Meter) 90980–11143
90980–11489
(TMMK Made w/o Mirror Heater)
Vehicle Speed Sensor (Electronically
V3 90980–11156
Remote Control Mirror RH Controlled Transmission)
90980–10558
(TMC Made w/ Mirror Heater)
VSV (EGR)(1MZ–FE) 90980–11149
Remote Control Mirror RH V4
90980–10395 VSV (EGR)(5S–FE)
(TMC Made w/o Mirror Heater)
90980–11156
R17 V5 VSV (EVAP)
Remote Control Mirror RH
90980–11487
(TMMK Made w/ Mirror Heater) V6 VSV (Intake Air Control) 90980–11149
Remote Control Mirror RH (TMMK Made V7 VSV (Vapor Pressure Sensor) 90980–11859
90980–11489
w/o Mirror Heater)
V8 Vanity Light LH
S1 Starter 90980–09689 90980–10621
V9 Vanity Light RH
S2 Starter 90980–11400
W1 Washer Level Warning SW 90980–11068
S3 Shift Lock ECU 90980–11488
W2 Washer Motor 90980–10981
S4 Stereo Component Amplifier 90980–10848
W3 Water Temp. Sender 90980–11428
S5 Stereo Component Amplifier 90980–10807
W4 Water Temp. SW No.1 90980–11235
S6 Stop Light SW 90980–11118
W5 Water Temp. SW No.2 90980–11243
S7 Side Airbag Sensor LH
90980–11857 W6 Wireless Door Lock ECU 90980–11264
S8 Side Airbag Sensor RH
S9 Side Airbag Squib LH
90980–11864
S10 Side Airbag Squib RH

SXV20 Wiring PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

SXV20 Wiring PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

FOREWORD

This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide

Applicable models: MCV20 Series

For service specifications and repair procedures of the above

Manual Name Pub. No.

All information in this manual is based on the latest product

No. Section Description

INDEX Index of the contents of this manual.

HOW TO USE THIS

D ABBREVIATIONS Defines the abbreviations used in this manual.

INDEX Index of the system circuits.

This manual provides information on the electrical circuits installed on vehicles by

When the circuit operation is understood, begin troubleshooting of the problem

[REAR COMB. LIGHT LH]

[L] HIGH MOUNTED

The first letter of the code for each wiring harness

[P] SERVICE HINTS

L4 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR

[Q] : PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

[R] : RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

Code See Page Ground Points Location

Pins used in the system circuit.

,,,, 3E REAR WINDOW

DOOR KEY LOCK W–B W–B WIPER AND WASHER

DOOR LOCK MOTOR W–B W–B UNLOCK WARNING

BLOWER RESISTOR B5 DOOR KEY LOCK SW LH

K POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)

Battery 30A AM2 2 Fusible Link Block 6 10A HAZARD

100A ALT 6 60A ABS 5

Engine Room R/B (See Page 20)

STARTER RELAY 15A TAIL G

B B–W B–Y 20A DEFOG W–R

B–Y 15A RAD CIG P–L

CONTINUITY AND RESISTANCE CHECK

Light Relay CAUTION:

DISCONNECTION OF MALE AND FEMALE

Press Down Press Down

3 1 HINT : To remove the terminal from the connector, please

3. DISENGAGE THE SECONDARY LOCKING DEVICE OR

(a) Locking device must be disengaged before the terminal

[Retainer at Temporary Lock Position]

Example: [B] For Waterproof Type Connector

4. INSTALL TERMINAL TO CONNECTOR

(a) Insert the terminal.

(b) Push the secondary locking device or terminal retainer in to

CAPACITOR (Condenser) HEADLIGHTS

CIRCUIT BREAKER HORN

DIODE IGNITION COIL

DIODE, ZENER LIGHT

PHOTODIODE LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE)

DISTRIBUTOR, IIA METER, ANALOG

FUSE METER, DIGITAL

RESISTOR SWITCH, DOUBLE THROW

RESISTOR, TAPPED SWITCH, IGNITION

RESISTOR, VARIABLE or RHEOSTAT

SENSOR (Thermistor) SWITCH, WIPER PARK

SENSOR, SPEED TRANSISTOR

Engine Compartment Left (See Page 18)

3 : Fusible Link Block Radiator Upper Support RH (See Page 18)

A 1 A/C Condenser Fan Motor E 1 EGR Gas Temp. Sensor

I 1 Idle Air Control Valve R 1 Radiator Fan Motor